牛津书虫系列《The Oxford Bookworm》【中英对照】(连载中:8.25更至第3-1-4本第10章)_派派后花园

用户中心 游戏论坛 社区服务
发帖 回复
阅读:8232 回复:81

[Novel] 牛津书虫系列《The Oxford Bookworm》【中英对照】(连载中:8.25更至第3-1-4本第10章)

刷新数据 楼层直达
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 40楼  发表于: 2014-08-14 0

■ 7 The Church
  In the spring of 1936,Mrs Simpson wrote a letter to her husband.
  'Dear Ernest,'she wrote.'You have been very kind to me.You are a good and strong man.But I must tell you that our marriage is finished.I am in love with the King and I want a divorce.Don't be angry.There is nothing you can do.I'll never forget you, but I have to be free.'
  Ernest replied immediately:'Your letter arrived this morning. I will do what you ask, but I'll never stop loving you.And if you need me,I'll always be here.'
  That night the King and Wallis met at a small restaurant in Piccadilly. Edward read Ernest's letter again and again.'That's wonderful news,'he said.'Nothing can stop us now!'
  The next day, when Edward came down to breakfast,Gordon Lang, the Archbishop of Canterbury,was waiting for him.
  'Good morning, Gordon,'the King said.'How nice to see you again. And what can I do for you?'
  For a minute the Archbishop said nothing. Then he opened a small black bag and took out three newspapers.'I have come to see you about Mrs Wallis Simpsonn,'he began.'The newspapers say that you want to marry her. Are these stories true,Sir?'
  'Yes,Gordon, Wallis is going to be my wife.'
  'But that's not possible,'the Archbishop replied.'You know what the Church thinks about marriage and divorce. Di-vorce is wrong in the eyes of God!'
  Edward smiled and then said:'Can I ask you some ques-tions about God, Mr Lang?'
  'Yes, of course, Sir.'
  'Is God happy when two people fall in love?'
  'Yes, Sir, but…'
  'And is God happy when two people fall in love and get married?'
  'Yes,Sir,but…'
  'And is God happy when two people fall in love,get mar-ried, and live happily together?'
  'Yes,Sir,but…'
  'Then,Archbishop, Wallis and I will make God very happy.We are in love, we'll get married, and we'll live to-gether happily!'
  'But you don't understand,Sir,'Mr Lang replied.'The Church says that divorce is wrong. Mrs Simpson cannot leave Mr Simpson and then marry you.You must forget about her and find another woman. Please,Sir, I must ask you to think again.'
  'That is not possible,'Edward said softly.'When Wallis is free,I shall marry her.'
  There was a long silence.The Archbishop looked down at the floor and shook his head. 'You're making a big mistake,Sir,'he said. 'The Church is very strong,and we will not have this woman as our Queen!'
  Suddenly Edward stood up, his face red and angry.'Thank you for coming,'he said.'But I have nothing more to say.And I want to be alone.'
  The Archbishop stood up to go, but then turned and touched the King's arm.'Please,Sir, think again. The Church will be against you.'
  'I don't care,'Edward replied.'I have God on my side,and that is all I need.Goodbye, Mr Lang.'


■ 7 教会
  1936年春天,辛普森夫人给她丈夫写了一封信。
  “亲爱的欧内斯特,”她写道,“你一直待我很好。你心地善良,性格坚强。但我不得不告诉你,我们的婚姻结束了。我爱上了国王,我想和你离婚。请不要生气。你无能为力了。我永远不会忘记你,但我必须得到自由。”
  欧内斯特立刻回了信:“你的信是今早到的。我答应你的要求,但我永远不会停止对你的爱。如果你需要我,我随时都会帮忙。”
  那天晚上,国王和沃利斯在皮卡迪里的一家小餐馆见了面。爱德华一遍又一遍地读欧内斯特的信。“这消息太好了,”他说,“现在没有什么能够阻碍我们了。”
  第二天,爱德华下楼吃早饭的时候,发现坎特伯雷大主教戈登·朗正在等他。
  “早上好,戈登,”国王说,“又见到您真好。我能为您做些什么?”
  大主教沉默了片刻,然后打开一个小黑包,取出3份报纸。“我来见您是为了沃利斯·辛普森夫人的事,”他开口说,“报上说您要娶她为妻。这是真的吗,陛下?”
  “是的,戈登,沃利斯将成为我的妻子。”
  “但那是不可能的,”大主教说,“您知道教会对婚姻和离婚的看法。在上帝眼里,离婚是错误的!”
  爱德华笑了,然后说:“我能问您一些有关上帝的问题吗,朗先生?”
  “当然可以,陛下。”
  “当两个人相爱时,上帝高兴吗?”
  “高兴,陛下,但是……”
  “两个人相爱并结婚,上帝高兴吗?”
  “高兴,陛下,但是……”
  “两个人相爱、结婚、在一起幸福地生活,上帝高兴吗?”
  “高兴,陛下,但是……”
  “那么,大主教,沃利斯和我会让上帝十分高兴的。我们相爱,我们要结婚,我们在一起生活会很幸福!”
  “但您不明白,陛下,”朗先生说,“教会认为离婚是错误的。辛普森夫人不能离开辛普森先生,然后和您结婚。您必须忘记她,去找另一个女子。陛下,我请求您三思。”
  “这是不可能的,”爱德华轻轻地说,“沃利斯一离婚,我就娶她。”
  沉默了许久,大主教低头看着地板,摇了摇头。“您正在犯一个很大的错误,陛下,”他说,“教会是强有力的,我们不会让这个女人做我们的王后!”
  爱德华刷地站起身,脸色通红,怒容满面。“谢谢您的来访,”他说,“但我没什么可说的了。我想一个人待着。”
  大主教站起身要走,但又回过头来,拍拍国王的手臂。“陛下,请您再想想。教会会反对您的。”
  “我不在乎,”爱德华回答,“上帝会站在我这边,除此之外我不需要别的。再见,朗先生。”


■ 8 The Storm
  In July and August Wallis and the King sailed the Mediter-ranean. They met Prime Minister Metaxas in Greece,Kemal Ataturk in Turkey,and King Boris in Bulgaria. But that summer is famous for Edward's clothes.On the journey from Athens to Istanbul, the King took off his shirt to get brown in the sun. It was hot, and ten minutes later he was asleep.So he did not see the young photographer who was now taking pictures of the King…
  When Edward returned from the Mediterranean,there was a letter waiting for him.
  It was from Mr Albert Thompson of Birmingham, who wrote:'I saw a picture of you in the newspaper this morning and I felt very angry.I have never seen a King dressed as bad-ly as you were! No shirt! And no tie,no socks,no hat… and in short trousers! How could you,Sir?'
  Edward showed this letter to Stanley Baldwin,the Prime Minister.'What do you think of this?'the King asked.
  'Mr Thompson is right, Sir,'the Prime Minister replied.'You want to be modern, but the people don't like it.'
  Edward put the letter on the fire.'And do you think that divorce is “modern”, Mr Baldwin?'
  The Prime Minister sat down.'Yes, Sir,'he began,'I've read about this Mrs Simpson.She has two husbands still alive.And you must understand what that means, Sir.She cannot marry a King.'
  'But I cannot live without her,'Edward said.
  'Then,Sir,'the Prime Minister replied,'I can see there's a storm coming.I have talked to your family and to Archbishop Lang, and we will not have this woman as our Queen.'
  That night the Prime Minister and the King spoke for many hours. There were hundreds of questions, but only one answer. And so,in the early hours of the next morning, Ed-ward said:
  'You tell me that Wallis cannot marry a King.So there is only one thing that I can do.I will give the crown to my brother, and leave England.I must follow my heart. You tell me that it's a crime to fall in love.You tell me that it's wrong to be happy.How strange this country is!'
  An hour later Edward telephoned Wallis.'The Prime Minister says that a storm is coming,'Edward said.'So I want you to go away.'
  Wallis packed her bags and left for France. Then Edward went to see his mother.
  It was a sad, strange, and angry meeting.'Do you know what you are doing?'the Queen asked.'Look out of that window. Outside this palace there are 400 000 000 people who call you King.They need you.And you will leave all this for Mrs Simpson?'
  'Yes,mother, I will. I'm in love.'
  'Love?'Queen Mary shouted.'You're a King!You must love your country first!'
  'But I'm also a man,'Edward said softly,'and there's nothing that I can do.'
  That afternoon the King telephoned Winston Churchill, one of his closest friends.
  'I have some sad news,'Edward began.'Last night Mr Baldwin came to see me. I have decided to go away next week.'
  'Do you mean on holiday, Sir?'
  'No,Winston,I'm leaving England.I'm never coming back.George will be King.'
  'But that's not right, Sir.You're a free man.You must stand and fight.'
  'No,' the King said.'I have seen war and it's a terrible thing.I don't want to fight again.'
  'But the people love you.And they want Wallis to be Queen.'
  'Perhaps they do,'Edward replied.'But she cannot be Queen. My enemies are stronger than I am.I am just a sailor.And when the winds change, the sea moves and it takes my boat away.'


■ 8 风暴
  7月和8月,沃利斯和国王游历了地中海。他们在希腊会见了梅塔克萨斯首相,在土耳其会见了卡迈勒·阿塔蒂尔克,在保加利亚会见了博里什国王。但那个夏天最著名的事情莫过于爱德华的着装风波了。在从雅典前往伊斯坦布尔的旅途中,国王脱去衬衫做日光浴。天气很热,十分钟后他就睡着了。所以他没有注意到,一名年轻的摄影师正在给国王拍照……
  爱德华从地中海回国后,有一封信正等着他。
  信是伯明翰的阿尔伯特·汤普逊先生写来的,他写道:“今天早上,我在报上看到一张您的照片,我很生气。我从未看到一个国王穿得如此糟糕!居然没穿衬衫!没打领带,没穿鞋,没戴帽子……还穿着短裤!陛下,您怎么能这样?”
  爱德华把信交给首相斯坦利·鲍德温看。“您觉得这封信怎么样?”国王问。
  “汤普逊先生是对的,陛下,”首相回答,“您想赶时髦,可人民不喜欢这样。”
  爱德华把信烧掉。“那么,鲍德温先生,您觉得离婚'时髦'吗?”
  首相坐了下来。“是的,陛下,”他开口说,“我读了关于这位辛普森夫人的事。她有两个丈夫,他们还活着。陛下,您必须明白这意味着什么。她不能嫁给一个国王。”
  “但没有她我无法生活。”爱德华说。
  “那么,陛下,”首相回答,“看得出一场风暴就要来了。我已经与您的家庭成员及朗大主教谈过,我们不会让这个女人做我们的王后。”
  那天晚上,首相与国王谈了好几个小时。涉及的问题很多,但答案却只有一个。于是,第二天凌晨时分,爱德华说:
  “您告诉我沃利斯不能嫁给国王。那么,我能做的只有一件事。我将把王位让给我的弟弟,然后离开英国。我必须依从自己的心。你告诉我与人相爱是罪恶。你告诉我幸福是错误的。这个国家多么奇怪啊!”
  一小时后,爱德华打电话给沃利斯。“首相说,一场风暴就要来了,”爱德华说,“所以我想让你离开这儿。”
  沃利斯收拾了行装,启程去法国。然后爱德华去见母亲。
  这次会面伤感、奇特,而又充满火药味。“你知道自己在做什么吗?”王太后问,“向窗外看看吧。宫殿外有4亿人叫你国王。他们需要你。而你却要为了辛普森夫人抛弃这一切?”
  “是的,母亲。我爱她。”
  “爱?”玛丽王太后喊道,“你是国王!你首先要爱自己的国家!”
  “但我首先是一个男人,”爱德华轻轻地说,“我无能为力。”
  当天下午,国王给自己的一位密友温斯顿·邱吉尔打电话。
  “我有坏消息要告诉你,”爱德华说,“昨晚,鲍德温先生来见我。我决定下周离开这儿。”
  “您是说去度假吗,陛下?”
  “不是,温斯顿,我要离开英国。永远也不再回来。乔治将成为国王。”
  “但这样不行,陛下。你是一个自由人。你必须坚决同他们战斗。”
  “不,”国王说,“我见过战争,那太可怕了。我不想再同谁打仗。”
  “但是人民热爱你。而且他们希望沃利斯做王后。”
  “也许是这样,”爱德华说,“但她不能当王后。我的敌人比我强大。我只是一名水手。风向一转,海水就会把我的船卷走。”
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 41楼  发表于: 2014-08-14 0

■ 9 The Woman I Love
  A few days later Mr Churchill came to see Edward at Buckingham Palace.At first the King was quiet.Then he said:'This is my last night in England,Winston.I love this country.I wanted to be a modern,kind King.I wanted to change the world,but they stopped me.And now I have to leave.'
  It was ten o'clock.Edward stood up and walked over to the window.In the dark streets below there were hundreds of people.They were singing and calling his name:'Edward,Edward,we love Edward!'they shouted.'Long live the King!Long live love!'
  Suddenly the King turned to Mr Churchill.'Why is this happening to me,Winston?'he cried.'What have I done wrong?'
  He sat down and put his head in his hands.There was a silence in the room,but through the open window came the shouting from the street.'Long live Edward!Long live love!Long live Edward!Long live love!'
  Mr Churchill came over and put his hand on the King's arm.Edward looked up.'Thank you,Winston,'he said.'You were a good friend to me.'
  'Thank you,Sir.And you were a good King.'
  At ten o'clock the next morning the telephone rang in Edward's bedroom.
  'They're ready for you now,Sir,'a voice said.
  The King walked slowly down the stairs.In front of him there was an open door.The family were waiting for him.His mother sat near the window,dressed in black.His brothers stood beside her.'How close they are!'the King thought.
  On a small table in the centre of the room there was a piece of paper.Edward sat down and read these words:
  I,Edward the Eighth,King of Great Britain,King of India,King of Australia,King of New Zealand,King of Canada,King of Kenya,King of Nigeria,King of Bur-ma,King of Malaya,King of Singapore,and King of thirty-two other countries,have today given the crown to my brother George.
  God be with him and all his people.
  10th December 1936.
  Edward took a pen and wrote his name at the bottom of the page.Then he stood up and kissed his brother's hand.
  'I never wanted this to happen,'George said.'This is the worst day of my life.'
  Edward walked over to his mother.'Before I kiss you,'she said,'there are some things that I want to say.I have never understood you,child.This morning you were a King.But tonight,you'll run from England like a thief.Alone.An-gry.Afraid.You think that you're free.But you're not.You cannot be free.
  'Everyone needs their family.Everyone needs their home.And tonight you have lost both those things.
  'I love you.I am your mother and nothing can change that.But if you marry that woman,you will break my heart.Go now.It is all very sad.'
  Edward kissed Queen Mary's hand.Then he turned and walked away.
  The next day Edward returned to Windsor Castle.He went into a small,cold room at the top of the building.From there,he spoke on BBC radio to Britain and the world.
  This is what he said:
  Tonight,for the first time,I can say a few words to you.Earlier today I gave the crown to my brother George.He is now your King.I will soon leave this country and travel to France.My heart is with Wallis and I cannot live without the woman I love.'
  I don't know what will happen to me.Perhaps I will never see England again.But think of me tonight when I sail across the sea.
  God be with you.Long live King George!
  Edward left Windsor Castle and got into a large black car.It was now midnight and it was just beginning to rain.
  'Take me away as quickly as you can,'he said.The car moved off into the darkness and the rain.
  'What a night!'said the driver.'I think the sky is cry-ing,Sir.'
  At 1.30 a.m.they arrived at Portsmouth.Edward got out of the car and a voice said:'The King is here!'
  Edward stopped and looked out across the open sea.There was a thin,cold smile on his face.'King?'he said.'No,I am not the King.I am just a man in love.'
  Then he turned and walked onto the ship and into the night.


■ 9 我爱的女人
  几天后,邱吉尔先生来白金汉宫拜访爱德华。开始,国王沉默不语。然后他说:“温斯顿,这是我在英国的最后一个晚上了。我爱这个国家。我想做一个跟得上时代的、仁慈的国王。我想改变这个世界,但他们阻止了我。现在,我不得不离开。”
  10点了。爱德华站起身,走到窗前。夜幕中,下面街道上站了好几百人。他们唱着歌,叫着他的名字:“爱德华,爱德华,我们爱爱德华!”他们喊着,“国王万岁!爱情万岁!”
  国王突然转向邱吉尔先生。“温斯顿,为什么这会发生在我身上?”他喊道,“我做错了什么?”
  他坐下来,双手抱着头。屋里一片寂静,但街上的叫喊声从打开的窗户传进来。“爱德华万岁!爱情万岁!爱德华万岁!爱情万岁!”
  邱吉尔先生走上前,把手放在国王的胳膊上。爱德华抬起头。“谢谢你,温斯顿,”他说。“你是我的好朋友。”
  “谢谢您,陛下。您是位出色的国王。”
  第二天上午10点,爱德华卧室里的电话响了。
  “他们准备好了,正在等您,陛下。”一个声音说。
  国王缓缓走下楼梯。在他面前,有一扇敞开的门。全家人都在等他。他的母亲坐在窗户旁,身穿黑衣。他的弟弟们站在她身旁。“他们之间是多么亲密呀!”国王想。
  屋子中央有一张小桌子。上面放了一张纸。爱德华坐下来,读到下面的话:
  我,爱德华八世,英国国王、印度国王、澳大利亚国王、新西兰国王、加拿大国王、肯尼亚国王、尼日利亚国王、缅甸国王、马来亚国王、新加坡国王,以及其他32个国家的国王,今天把王位交给我的弟弟乔治。
  愿上帝与他同在,与他的臣民同在。
  1936年12月10日。
  爱德华取出一支笔,在这页纸的下部签了自己的名字。然后站起来,吻了吻弟弟的手。
  “我从未期望过这种事发生,”乔治说,“这是我一生中最糟糕的一天。”
  爱德华走到母亲身边。“在我吻你之前,”她说,“有些话我想说。孩子,我一直都不理解你。今天早晨你还是国王。但今晚,你就要像小偷一样逃离英国,孤零零一个人,愤愤不平,忐忑不安。你以为自己自由了,但你没有。你永远也不会自由。”
  “每个人都需要自己的家庭。每个人都需要自己的家园。但今晚,这两样你都失去了。”
  “我爱你。我是你的母亲,这是什么都改变不了的。但如果你娶了那个女人,就会伤透我的心。现在走吧。这太让人伤心了。”
  爱德华吻了王太后玛丽的手。然后他转身走了。
  第二天,爱德华回到了温莎城堡。他走进城堡顶部一间狭小阴冷的房间。在那里,他通过BBC的广播向英国和全世界讲了话。
  下面就是他所说的:
  今晚,我第一次有机会向你们讲几句话。今天早些时候,我把王位让给了我的弟弟乔治。现在,他是你们的国王了。我不久将离开这个国家去法国。我的心和沃利斯在一起,没有我爱的女人,我无法生活。”
  我不知道我将来会怎么样。也许我再也看不到英国了。但是,今晚我跨越海峡时,请大家想着我。
  愿上帝与你们同在。乔治国王万岁!
  爱德华离开温莎城堡,坐进一辆黑色大轿车。时值午夜,天下起了雨。
  “带我离开这儿,越快越好,”他说。汽车驶入黑夜和雨幕中。
  “这是怎样的一个晚上啊!”司机说,“我想天空都在哭泣了,陛下。”
  凌晨1点30分,他们到达朴茨茅斯。爱德华走下汽车,只听一个声音叫道:“国王来了!”
  爱德华停下脚步,向大海那边望去。他的脸上挂着淡淡的、冷漠的微笑。“国王?”他说,“不,我不是国王。我只是一个恋爱中的男人。”
  然后,他转身走上船,消失在夜色里。


■ 10 The Wedding
  The next morning Edward telephoned Wallis from Boulogne.
  'Did you listen to me on the radio?'he asked.
  'Yes,of course,'she said.
  'And how did you feel?'
  'I was sitting in my room alone,'Wallis said.'And when I listened to your words,I felt so sad.I put my hands over my eyes and I just cried.I couldn't stop myself.You have left everything for me.But I love you so much,Edward,and with me,you'll be the happiest man in the world.'
  'I am that already,'he replied.'You are all that matters in my life.'
  Edward married Wallis Simpson six months later,on 3rd June1937.None of the Royal Family came to the wedding.Edward was forty-three.Wallis was forty-one.And they now took a new name-the Duke and Duchess of Windsor.
  A few weeks later Edward wrote to his brother King George.'I was surprised that you didn't come to the wedding,'he wrote.'But Wallis is now my wife and nothing can change that.As you know,we have a house in Paris.But France is not my home,and I want to live again at Windsor with Wallis by my side.'
  I'm sorry,Edward,'King George wrote back.'But you know how I feel about that woman.I do not like her.I will never like her.You can live here,but Wallis cannot.'
  'My brother',Edward said later,'pushed me away like a dog.I will never forget what he did.And after that I decided that I didn't want my family.They didn't want Wallis,and so I didn't want them.'


■ 10 婚礼
  第二天早晨,爱德华从布伦打电话给沃利斯。
  “你听到广播上我的讲话了吗?”他问。
  “当然听了。”她说。
  “你觉得怎么样?”
  “当时我正一个人在自己房间里,”沃利斯说,“我听到你的讲话,觉得难过极了。我捂着眼睛哭了。我忍不住要哭。你为了我放弃了一切。爱德华,我是那么地爱你。和我在一起,你将成为世界上最幸福的男人。”
  “现在我已经是了,”他答道,“你是我生命中的一切。”
  6个月后,也就是1937年6月3日,爱德华和沃利斯·辛普森结了婚。皇室没有人出席婚礼。爱德华时年43岁。沃利斯41岁。他们现在有了一个新的称号——温莎公爵和夫人。
  几个星期后,爱德华写信给他的弟弟乔治国王。“你没有出席婚礼,我觉得很惊讶。”他写道,“但现在,沃利斯是我的妻子了,什么也改变不了这一点。你知道,我们在巴黎有一所房子。但法国不是我的家,我想和沃利斯一起回温莎去住。”
  “对不起,爱德华,”乔治国王回信说,“但你知道我对那个女人的看法。我不喜欢她。我永远不会对她有好感。你可以住在这儿,但沃利斯不行。”
  爱德华后来说:“我的弟弟把我像狗一样推开了。我永远也不会忘记他的所做所为。从那以后,我确信我不需要我的家人了。他们不接受沃利斯,所以我也不接受他们。”


■ 11 Paris
  For the next thirty years the Duke and Duchess lived in Paris.They gave parties and travelled round the world,but they never went back to Buckingham Palace.
  When King George died in 1952 and Queen Mary died in 1961,Edward returned to Windsor for a few days.But Wallis stayed in France.'It's your family,'she said.'Not mine.'
  But then,in 1966,the Duke and Duchess met Queen Elizabeth(the daughter of King George)at a small party in London.After thirty long years it was time to forget the past.Elizabeth kissed the Duchess and touched her arm.Then she turned to the Duke and said:'Wallis is so beautiful,uncle.I think you're a lucky man.'
  'That day Elizabeth was very kind to us,'Edward wrote later.'But why couldn't my mother or my brother say those words to me?'
  On BBC television in 1969 the Duke and Duchess spoke about their life together.
  'Do you argue?'someone asked them.
  'No,not really,'the Duchess replied.'But there's one thing about my husband that I really don't like.He is always late.It doesn't matter if he's meeting a queen,a president,or a film star.He can never arrive on time.I don't know why.I have tried to change him,but it's just not possible.'
  The Duke smiled and touched her hand.'I know that I'm often late,'he said.'But on our wedding day,I arrived at the church twenty minutes before you.I was early and you were late.'
  'Yes,that's true,'the Duchess said.And they both laughed.
  'You could see real love in their eyes,'one newspaper wrote.'They were on television,but they forgot about the cameras and the millions of people who were watching.They were just two people in love.'
  The Duchess was famous for her jewellery.'After my husband,'she once said,'I love jewellery more than anything else in the world.'And after thirty-five years with the Duke she had hundreds of pieces,which came from all over the world.
  'I have never met a more beautiful woman than Wallis,'Edward wrote,'and I love giving her presents.She has given me so much happiness.I buy her jewels to say“thank you”.'
  In May 1972 the Duke became ill.When the doctor arrived,he listened to Edward's heart and then said:'How many cigarettes do you have a day,Sir?'
  'About forty or fifty,'the Duke replied.'But please don't ask me to stop.I've smoked for sixty years and I cannot change now.'
  That night Edward called Wallis into the room.'I feel very tired,'he said.'And I'm afraid.I love you.I have been very happy with you,and you have been a wonderful wife.When I die,I want you to take my body back to Windsor.Will you do that for me?'
  'Yes,of course,'she said.And they both began to cry.
  The Duke of Windsor died one hour later with Wallis by his side.
  Three days later,a blue aeroplane arrived in Paris.Wallis went back to England with the Duke's body and,for the first time in her life,she entered Buckingham Palace.
  A week later the Duchess returned to France,and for the next fourteen years she lived alone in Paris.The big house was dark.The doors were locked and she did not go out.
  In the afternoons she sat in the dining room with Edward's love letters.'They were so beautiful,'she said.'I read them again and again.'
  But then,in 1986,Wallis became ill.She went to a small hospital near the house,and a few days later she died.'With-out Edward,'she once wrote,'my life was empty.'
  She was buried in England next to her husband at Wind-sor.'It's a strange thing,'one newspaper wrote.'When they were alive,the Duke and Duchess could never live in Britain.It was only in death that they could be there together.'


■ 11 巴黎
  在以后的30年里,公爵和夫人住在巴黎。他们举行各种聚会,周游世界,但从未回过白金汉宫。
  爱德华分别在1952年乔治国王去世时,及1961年王太后玛丽去世时,回温莎待过几天。沃利斯则留在法国。“那是你的家庭,”她说,“不是我的。”
  但是,1966年公爵和夫人在伦敦的一个小型聚会上见到了伊丽莎白女王(乔治国王的女儿)。事隔30年,该忘记过去了。伊丽莎白吻了公爵夫人,碰了碰她的胳膊。然后她转向公爵,说:“沃利斯真美,伯父。我觉得您真幸运。”
  “那天,伊丽莎白对我们很和气,”爱德华后来写道,“但为什么我的母亲和弟弟就不能对我说这些话呢?”
  1969年,在BBC电视节目里,公爵和夫人谈起他们的婚姻生活。
  “你们吵架吗?”有人这样问他们。
  “不,不真吵,”公爵夫人回答,“但我丈夫有一点我确实不喜欢。他总是迟到。无论是要会见女王、总统,还是电影明星,他从不准时赴约。我不知道为什么。我曾试图改变他,但就是不行。”
  公爵微笑着拍拍她的手。“我知道自己常常迟到,”他说,“可我们举行婚礼那天,我比你早20分钟赶到教堂。我早到了,而你却迟到了。”
  “对,这倒是真的,”公爵夫人说,他俩都笑了。
  “在他们的眼中,你可以看到真正的爱,”一家报纸如此写道,“他们在接受电视采访,但他们忘记了摄像机,忘记了几百万观众在注视着他们。他们只是两个相爱中的人。”
  公爵夫人因她的珠宝而出名。“除了我丈夫,”她有一次说,“这世界上我最爱的莫过于珠宝了。”与公爵一起生活35年后,她拥有了来自世界各地的几百件珠宝。
  “我从未见过比沃利斯更美的女人,”爱德华写道,“我喜欢送礼物给她。她给了我那么多快乐。我给她买珠宝,以表达谢意。”
  1972年5月,公爵病倒了。医生赶来后,听了听爱德华的心脏,问道:“您一天吸几枝烟,先生?”
  “大约四五十枝,”公爵回答,“但请别让我戒烟。我已经吸了60年烟,现在已经改不了了。”
  那天晚上,爱德华把沃利斯叫进房间。“我觉得很累,”他说,“也很害怕。我爱你。和你在一起我很快乐,你是个出色的妻子。我死后,你要把我的遗体送回温莎。你会为我做这件事吗?”
  “会,当然会,”她说。然后两个人都哭了。
  1小时后,温莎公爵溘然长逝,沃利斯一直陪伴在他身旁。
  3天后,一架蓝色飞机到达巴黎。沃利斯护送公爵的遗体回到了英国,这是她平生第一次踏进白金汉宫。
  1周后,公爵夫人回到法国。在这以后的14年里,她独自一人住在巴黎,把自己锁在那所幽暗的大房子里,足不出户。
  每天下午,她就坐在餐厅里,读爱德华写的情书。“它们是那么美,”她说,“我读了一遍又一遍。
  然而,1986年,沃利斯病倒了。她住进离家不远的一家小医院,几天后便去世了。“没有爱德华,”她曾写到,“我的生活一片空虚。”
  她被葬在英国温莎她丈夫的墓旁。“这真是件奇怪的事,”一家报纸写道,“公爵和夫人活着的时候不能住在英国。只有死后,他们才得以一起住在那儿。”


■ 12 Long Live Love!
  In 1970,two years before his death,Edward said:
  There are some people who think that I was wrong to give away my crown.But they don't understand true love.
  When I was young,I lived in Buckingham Palace.I could have anything that I wanted.But I wasn't happy be-cause my heart was empty.
  Then I met Wallis and everything changed.For half of my life I have lived here with the most beautiful woman in the world.And she is everything to me.
  When I sit in my garden with the Duchess by my side,I sometimes think about my early life.I remember the days alone in my bedroom.I remember the teacher who hit me with a stick.I remember the war and my travels around the world.And then I remember the crowds of people below my window,who shouted:'Long live love!'
  On my last night in London I spoke with Winston Churchill.In the middle of our conversation he said:'I think,Sir,that the best things in life are free.'I have nev-er forgotten those words.And now,many years later,I un-derstand what they mean.You cannot buy happiness.And you cannot buy love.
  To be happy deep inside your heart is the most wonderful thing in the world.I have been a lucky man.And so I say:
  'Thank God for Wallis,and LONG LIVE LOVE!'


■ 12 爱情万岁!
  1970年,即爱德华去世前两年,他曾说过:
  有些人认为我放弃王位是错误的。但他们不懂得真正的爱情。
  我年轻的时候住在白金汉宫。我想要的东西都能得到。但我并不快乐,因为我的内心是空虚的。
  后来我遇到了沃利斯,一切都变了。我的后半生都和这位世界上最美丽的女人在这里一起度过。她就是我的一切。
  我和公爵夫人一起坐在花园里时,有时会想起自己早年的生活。我想起自己孤零零待在卧室里的那些日子。我想起那个用棍子打我的老师。我想起战争和周游世界的旅行。我想起那些聚集在我窗下的人群,他们高呼着:“爱情万岁!”
  我离开伦敦前的最后一个晚上和温斯顿·邱吉尔做过一次长谈。谈话中,他说:“陛下,我认为生活中最好的事情是无偿的。”我从未忘记这句话。现在,许多年之后,我才理解了它的涵义。幸福是买不到的。爱情也是买不到的。
  内心深处的幸福是世界上最美妙的。我是一个幸运的人。所以,我要说:
  “感谢上帝给了我沃利斯,爱情万岁!”
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 42楼  发表于: 2014-08-16 0

【02-03】  [亡灵岛 / 约翰·埃斯科特 著]
  Dead Man's Island by John Escott

■ 简介
  一个人有了隐私又不想让别人知道时,我们就可以说他“衣橱里有具骷髅”。大部分人都做过一些不光彩的事,卡罗尔·桑德斯也不例外。她有具“衣橱里的骷髅”,不管走到哪儿都摆脱不了。这使她越来越沮丧。当然,这件不光彩的事正在慢慢地毁坏着她的生活。
  后来她遇到一位更有隐私的人。他的隐私需要整个一个岛来遮掩。也许最有可能由卡罗尔发现他的隐私。但是如果她想探明他的隐私,他会怎么样呢?他会乐意把他的隐私告诉她吗?或者他会生气,非常生气吗?这全取决于他藏在锁着的房间中的那具“衣橱里的骷髅”究竟是什么——而卡罗尔要打开那扇锁着的门。
  本书作者约翰·埃斯科特是一位经验丰富的作家,现在英格兰南部的博恩默思生活和工作。


■ 1 Coming to England
  My name is Carol Sanders.
  I live in England now,but when I was younger,I lived in Hong Kong.My father was a businessman there and my mother worked as a secretary.We lived in Hong Kong for seven years.
  I was happy at school, with lots of friends,and we had a good time.I liked pop music—the Rolling Stones,David Bowie and Jake Rosso were my favourites.
  Jake Rosso was my favourite singer. He died in a car accident the year I left school, but I listened to his pop records all the time.I had hundreds of pictures and photos of him on my bedroom wall.
  Then one day in winter when I was seventeen,things began to go wrong for me.
  My father went to Australia on business.I loved him very much and didn't like him going away.
  ‘Come home quickly,’I always said to him.
  He was in Australia for two weeks.Then, on the day of his journey home, an aeroplane from Sydney crashed into the sea just south of Hong Kong.Everybody on the plane died.
  I heard about the plane crash on television.At first, I did not think about my father.Then I remembered he was flying back from Sydney on that day.
  ‘Oh,no!’I cried.
  I telephoned the airport but they did not know the names of all the passengers then.
  ‘Perhaps my father didn't get that plane,’I thought.‘ Oh,please!Please!’
  My mother was at work and I called her on the telephone.She came home quickly and we went to the airport and waited for news.
  Later,we learned my father was on the plane.
  ‘It's not true!’I shouted.
  But it was true, and I began to cry.
  I cried for weeks and weeks.I spent many days alone in my room.I was lonely and sad and I wanted to die,too.
  I stopped going out with my friends. I didn't want to see other people.I stopped listening to Jake Rosso's records, and took his pictures off my bedroom wall. I didn't listen to music or watch television. Nothing mattered any more.
  Then I stopped crying.I stopped feeling sad and began to feel angry.
  ‘Why did it happen to him?’I asked my mother.‘Why do the best people die?Jake Rosso.My father.’
  ‘I… I don't know, Carol,'my mother said.She was unhappy,too.
  At the time of the plane crash, I was a student at college.I enjoyed the college work and life very much, but after my father's death I stopped doing my work at the college.I began to go out with some new friends.They were different from my other friends,and my mother didn't like them.
  ‘ They're bad people,Carol,'she told me.‘They do dangerous things.’
  ‘They're exciting,’I said.‘And I like them.’
  I knew she was angry but I didn't care. But then I learned my new friends took drugs,and I began to take drugs,too.It was wrong and stupid,I know that now, but I was unhappy and angry.
  The police came to the college to arrest some of the students.They didn't arrest me, but I had to leave the college.It was a bad time.
  My mother was very unhappy with me.‘What am I going to do with you,Carol? she said.
  ‘I'm sorry,’I told her.
  ‘We'll go back to England,'she said.‘You can find a college there.Perhaps you can be happier in England.’
  ‘All right,’I said.‘I want to forget what's happened.I want to forget what I've done and begin a new life, be a new person.’
  A month later, we came back to England.We lived in London,in a hotel.It was strange,at first, with all the red buses and everybody speaking English.It was the beginning of the summer,three months before college began in the autumn.London was full of tourists.
  We looked at all the famous buildings—Buckingham Palace,the Tower of London.And we went to restaurants and theatres in the evenings.It was interesting and exciting and I began to forget the bad times in Hong Kong.
  ‘I'm pleased we came to London,’I told my mother.
  But after a few weeks,she said,‘You need to find a college,Carol.You must go on studying. And I need a job.’
  That evening, we looked in the newspapers.
  ‘What about this?’I said.I showed my mother a job in the newspaper.
  SECRETARY
  for the summer months
  on a small private island in Scotland.
  Live with the family in a big house.
  interseting work and good pay
  for the right person.
  Phone Greta Poss.Telephone number 071…
  ‘Well, that sounds interesting,'said my mother.‘I'd like to work as a secretary on an island in Scotland.It's a beautiful country, Carol, and you can go to a college there in the autumn.’
  ‘And it's a place to live for the summer,’I said.‘Hotels are expensive.’
  My mother telephoned Greta Ross.
  Come and see me tomorrow, Greta Ross told her.‘Come to Savoy Hotel at eleven o'clock.’
  I went to Savoy Hotel with my mother.It was big and ex pensive,bigger than our hotel,and in the centre of London.
  ‘Mum needs this job,I thought.‘And a private island in Scotland is a nice place to live.Perhaps I can forget what's happened if I go there.’
  ‘Room twenty-two,'said the woman at the hotel desk.‘Go on up. Mrs Ross will see you now.’
  Greta Ross was waiting for us.She was about thirty years old and very beautiful.She wore an expensive red dress and her hair was very long and dark.
  ‘This is my daughter,Carol,'said my mother.
  ‘Hallo, Carol,'said Greta Ross.
  ‘Hallo,’I said.
  ‘Carol is eighteen years old,'said my mother.‘Can she come with me,if I get the job? Perhaps she can help in the house or in the garden.She likes gardening.She's studying farming at college.’
  ‘Perhaps, said Greta Ross.‘There's a small farm on the island.’
  ‘I'd like to work on the farm,’I said.
  Greta Ross looked at my mother.‘How long did you live in Hong Kong,Mrs Sanders?’
  ‘Seven years,’answered my mother.‘My husband died in a plane crash last year,so we've come back to live in England.’
  ‘Where did you live before Hong Kong?’
  ‘We lived in India for three years.’
  Then Greta Ross took my mother into a room and asked her more questions.I waited outside.
  ‘Greta Ross is nice,’I thought.‘I hope my mother gets the job.’
  Soon after,the door opened and my mother came out.She was smiling.
  Greta Ross said,‘Please wait here for a minute,Mrs Sanders.I want to make a phone call.'she went back into the room,and closed the door.
  I was sitting on a chair near the door,and I could just hear Greta Ross's voice speaking on the phone.
  ‘I think I've found someone,'she was saying.‘She has a daughter,but the girl can work in the garden or on the farm… Don't worry,they've been away from England for ten years… It'll be all right,I tell you… Don't worry.’
  After a few minutes, Greta Ross put down the phone and came ont of the room.
  ‘You've got the job,'she told my mother.
  My mother was pleased.‘Thank you,'she replied.
  I was pleased,too, but now I was worried about that phone call.I didn't understand it.


■ 1 来到英格兰
  我叫卡罗尔·桑德斯。
  我现居英格兰,但我更年轻时住在香港。我父亲在那儿经商而我母亲是个秘书。我们在香港住了七年。
  我在学校很快乐,有许多朋友;我们玩得很愉快。我喜欢流行音乐——滚石乐队、戴维·鲍伊和杰克·罗素是我至爱。
  杰克·罗索是我最喜欢的歌手。我离校那年他死于一次车祸,但我一直在听他的流行歌曲唱片。我在我卧室的墙上贴了成百上千的有关他的画片和照片。
  接着在我17岁那年冬季的一天,事情对我来说开始变糟了。
  我父亲去澳大利亚出差。我非常爱他,不愿意让他离家在外。
  “快点回家来,”我总是对他说。
  他在澳大利亚呆了两周。接着,在他要登上回程的那天,一架从悉尼起飞的飞机坠入香港正南部的海域。机上人员全部遇难。
  我从电视上听到飞机失事的消息。起初,我并没有想到我父亲。后来,我想起来那天他正从悉尼乘机返回。
  “啊,不!”我叫了起来。
  我给机场打电话,但他们那时还不知道所有乘客的名字。
  “或许我父亲没乘那架飞机。”我想,“啊,千万别乘!千万别乘那架飞机!”
  我母亲当时正在上班,于是我给她打了电话。她很快回家;我们去机场并等待消息。
  后来,我们得知我父亲正在那架飞机上。
  “这不是真的!”我喊道。
  但这是真的,我哭了起来。
  我哭了一周又一周。好多天我独自一人呆在房间里。我既孤独又伤心,我也想过去死。
  我不再和朋友们出去玩了。我不想见别人。我不再听杰克·罗索的唱片了,还把他的图片从我卧室的墙上取了下来。我不听音乐了,也不看电视了。一切对我都不再要紧了。
  后来我不哭了。我不再伤心了,而开始感到愤怒了。
  “为什么这事让他碰上了呢?”我问妈妈,“为什么总是最好的人死呢?杰克·罗索。我爸爸。”
  “我……我不知道,卡罗尔。”我妈妈说。她也不愉快。
  飞机失事的时候,我正是个大学学生。我当时很喜欢大学的学习和生活,但我父亲去世后我在大学不学习了。我开始和一些新结识的朋友出去玩。他们和我的其他朋友不一样,而且我妈妈不喜欢他们。
  “他们不是正经人,卡罗尔。”她告诉我,“他们在干一些危险的事情。”
  “他们令人感到兴奋。”我说,“而且我喜欢他们。”
  我知道她生气了,可我不在乎。后来我得知我新结识的朋友们在吸毒,我也开始吸毒了。我现在知道那样做既错又蠢,可那时候我心情郁闷。
  警察来到大学抓了一些学生。他们没抓我,可我不得不离开那个大学。那段日子可真糟糕。
  我妈妈对我很不高兴。“我拿你可怎么办呢,卡罗尔?”她说。
  “对不起,”我告诉她说。
  “我们回英格兰吧。”她说,“在那儿你可以找所大学上。在英格兰也许你会高兴些。”
  “好吧。”我说,“我想把过去发生的事忘掉。我想把我所干的事忘掉,开始新生活,成为一个新人。”
  一个月后,我们回到了英格兰。我们住在伦敦,呆在一家饭店里。起初,一切都很新奇:公共汽车是红色的,人人都说英语。时值初夏,离秋季开学还有三个月。伦敦到处都是观光客。
  我们参观了所有著名的建筑物——白金汉宫、伦敦塔。而且晚上我们去餐馆和剧院。这令人感兴趣、令人激动,我开始忘掉在香港的那些令人难受的时光。
  “我真为我们来到了伦敦而高兴,”我对妈妈说。
  但是过了几周之后,她说:“你得找所大学上,卡罗尔。你必须继续你的学业。我也需要个工作。”
  那天傍晚,我们翻看了一下报纸。
  “这工作怎么样?”我说。我给妈妈看了看报上登的一条招工的消息。
  招聘秘书启事
  苏格兰一私人小岛上
  夏季招聘秘书一名。
  可与本家共享宽裕住所。
  若人选合适,
  工作有趣,薪金丰厚。
  有意者请与格里塔·罗斯联系。电话:071……
  “嗯,听起来挺有意思的。”我妈妈说,“我愿意在苏格兰的一个岛上干秘书工作。它是个很美丽的地方,卡罗尔,而且你秋季可以在那儿上大学。”
  “夏季也可以在那儿过。”我说,“饭店很费钱。”
  我妈妈打电话给格里塔·罗斯。
  “明天来见我吧。”格里塔·罗斯告诉她,“11点请到萨沃伊饭店来。”
  我和妈妈一起去了萨沃伊饭店。这个饭店既大又贵,比我们住的饭店大,并位于伦敦的中心地带。
  “妈妈需要这个工作。”我想,“苏格兰的一座私人岛屿还是个生活的好地方。我如果去那儿,也许就可以把过去发生的事情忘掉。”
  “22号房间。”饭店服务台的女士说,“上楼去吧。罗斯夫人现在就可以接见您。”
  格里塔·罗斯正等着我们。她大约三十岁,很漂亮。她穿着一件很贵的红色连衣裙,头发很长很黑。
  “这是我女儿卡罗尔,”我妈妈说。
  “你好,卡罗尔。”格里塔·罗斯说。
  “您好,”我说。
  “卡罗尔18岁了。”我妈妈说,“如果我能得到这份工作,她可以跟着我吗?也许她能帮助做些家务活或干些园子里的活。她喜欢园艺。她正在大学学农业。”
  “也许行吧。”格里塔·罗斯说,“岛上有个小农场。”
  “我喜欢在农场里干活,”我说。
  格里塔·罗斯看了看我母亲。“你们在香港住了多久,桑德斯夫人?”
  “七年。”我妈妈说,“我丈夫去年因飞机失事去世了,所以我们回英格兰住来了。”
  “住在香港之前你们呆在哪儿?”
  “我们在印度住了三年。”
  然后格里塔·罗斯带我妈妈进了一个房间,问了她更多的问题。我在外边等着。
  “格里塔·罗斯挺好的。”我想,“我希望妈妈能得到这份工作。”
  过了不一会儿门开了,我妈妈出来了。她微笑着。
  格里塔·罗斯说:“请在这儿等一会儿,桑德斯夫人。我想去打个电话。”她返回房间,并关上了门。
  我坐在门旁的一把椅子上,正好能听到格里塔·罗斯打电话的声音。
  “我想我已经找到了一个人。”她正在说,“她有个女儿,但这个女孩可以在园子或在农场干些活儿……别担心,她们离开英格兰已有10年了……不会出事的,我告诉你……别担心。”
  过了一会儿,格里塔·罗斯挂上了电话并从屋里出来了。
  “你得到了这份工作,”她告诉我妈妈说。
  我妈妈很高兴。“谢谢您,”她说。
  我也很高兴,可现在我对那个电话感到忧虑不安。我不明白它的意思。


■ 2 The Island
  We went to Scotland the next day,first by plane,then by train.Greta Ross travelled with us.
  I looked out of the train window and saw fields and villages and mountains.‘Mum is right,’I thought.‘Scotland is a very beautiful place.’
  ‘You're going to be my husband's secretary,’Greta Ross told my mother He's a businessman,but he never leaves the island.He does all his work by telephone and letter and computer.He invests money in companies, all over the world.’
  ‘Do many people live on the island?’I asked.
  ‘Not many,'said Greta Ross.‘You'll meet them soon.’
  ‘Greta Ross is young,’I thought.‘Is her husband young,too? How can a young man buy an island?Is he very rich?’
  After the train, we went on Mr Ross's boat, which took us out to the island. The boatman was a young man. He had dark hair and was brown from the sun.
  ‘This is Tony, said Greta Ross.‘He works for Mr Ross.’
  ‘Hi,'said Tony.
  Soon we were near the island.I could see the beaches and the cliffs. The boat slowed down.
  ‘There are dangerous rocks around the island,’explained Tony.‘A lot of them are under the water and you can't see them.I have to be careful.But the rocks keep other boats away,and that pleases Mr Ross.’
  ‘Why?’I asked.
  Tony looked at Greta Ross but she wasn't listening.‘Mr Ross doesn't like visitors to the island,'tony said in a quiet voice.
  Then Greta Ross looked at us and Tony said no more.
  ‘Why doesn't Mr Ross like visitors?’I thought.‘Has he something to hide?’
  When we arrived on the island, my mother and I followed Greta up to the house.It was very big and there were trees all around it.
  A woman was waiting inside the house.
  ‘This is Mrs Duncan,Tony's mother,'said Greta.‘She's the housekeeper and her husband is the gardener.Mrs Duncan will take you up to your rooms. I'm going to tell Mr Ross you've arrived.’
  The housekeeper was a little woman with short hair. She went up the stairs,and my mother and I went after her.
  My room was next to my mother's.I looked out of the win dow and saw the garden at the back of the house.A man was working in the garden,near some trees.‘Is that Mr Duncan?’I thought.I looked between the trees and saw the sea.‘It's a beautiful house and a beautiful island.’
  That evening,we had dinner with Mr and Mrs Duncan and Tony.We ate in the big kitchen.
  ‘What happened to Mr Ross's last secretary?’asked my mother.
  ‘She's in hospital,'replied Mrs Duncan.‘She's going to be away all summer.’
  ‘Isn't Mrs Ross lonely here?’I said.
  ‘No,'said Mrs Duncan.‘She likes painting a lot.She has a room upstairs and goes there to paint.She's very good.Sometimes she goes to different places on the island to paint pictures.’
  We finished eating our meal.Soon after,Greta Ross came into the kitchen.
  ‘Mr Ross wants to see you and your daughter now,Mrs Sanders,'she said Follow me,please.’
  We followed her through the house and into a big room.This was Mr Ross's office and he was sitting behind a desk.
  I was surprised.He was a young man,about thirty.He had a moustache,short dark hair,and he wore glasses.
  Mr Ross was speaking into the telephone.‘Who does he look like?’I thought.‘Is it Tony Duncan?’
  ‘Mr Ross is talking to a business friend in New York,'said Greta.‘Please,sit down.’
  While we waited, I looked around the office.There were three telephones,a computer, and lots of books and papers.
  There was another door and I could see a smaller room,next to the office.There was a smaller desk and another computer in there.
  Mr Ross finished speaking on the phone,then looked care fully at my mother and me.For a few seconds he didn't speak,and just watched us.Then he said,‘I'm pleased to meet you,Mrs Sanders.I need some help with my work.My secretary is in hospital,and there's a lot of work to do. Sometimes you’11have to work late at night,because of time differences in New York and Tokyo.Is that all right?’
  ‘Yes, that's all right,’said my mother.
  ‘Can you use a computer?’
  ‘Yes.’
  ‘Good.’He looked at me.‘Is this your daughter?’
  ‘Yes, this is Carol,'said my mother.
  ‘Hallo,’I said.
  ‘Greta says you like gardening.There's a big garden here,so you can help Mr Duncan.And there's a farm.Dan and Stella Parks live in the farmhouse and work on the farm.You can help them,too.We have some animals.Some sheep,a few cows and chickens.And there's a horse called Smoke.He's grey,like his name.Can you ride?’
  ‘Yes,’I said.‘I can ride a horse.’
  ‘You can ride Smoke around the is land,if you like.’
  ‘I'd like that,’I said.‘Thank you.’
  ‘And we grow vegetable and fruit,’he said.‘I work on the farm sometimes.I enjoy it.’
  I smiled at him but he didn't smile back.
  ‘Carol will enjoy working on the farm,'said my mother.‘Won't you,Carol?’
  ‘Yes,’I said.
  ‘Mr Ross looks sad,’I thought.‘But how did he get all his money? And why does he hide away on an island?’


■ 2 岛屿
  第二天我们就去了苏格兰,先乘飞机,后乘火车。格里塔·罗斯与我们同行。
  我从火车车厢的窗子向外望去,看到了田野、村庄和群山。“妈妈说得对,”我想,“苏格兰是个非常漂亮的地方。”
  “你就要当我丈夫的秘书了。”格里塔·罗斯告诉我妈妈说,“他是个商人,但他从来不离开这个岛。他通过电话、信函和电脑来干他所有的工作。他向遍布世界各地的公司投资。”
  “许多人住在岛上吗?”我问。
  “不多。”格里塔·罗斯说,“不一会儿你就能见到他们了。”
  “格里塔·罗斯年轻。”我想,“她丈夫也年轻吗?一个年轻人怎么能买得起一座岛屿呢?他很有钱吗?”
  下了火车,我们上了罗斯先生的船,那船带着我们出海向岛驶去。船夫是个年轻人。他长着一头黑发,皮肤晒成了棕色。
  “这是托尼。”格里塔·罗斯说,“他为罗斯先生工作。”
  “你好,”托尼说。
  不久我们就离这个岛近了。我能看到海滩和峭壁了。船慢了下来。
  “岛的四周都是危险的礁石。”托尼解释道,“许多礁石在水下,人看不见。我得很小心。但这些礁石使别的船不能靠近这个岛,那使罗斯先生感到很高兴。”
  “为什么?”我问道。
  托尼看了一下格里塔·罗斯,但她没在听我们说些什么。“罗斯先生不喜欢客人到岛上来,”托尼轻声说。
  接着,格里塔·罗斯看了看我们,托尼便没再说什么。
  “为什么罗斯先生不喜欢客人呢?”我思考着。“难道他有什么事要遮遮掩掩吗?”
  我们到了岛上之后,我和我妈妈随格里塔来到了那幢房子。它很大,四周都是树。
  一个女人正在房子里等着我们。
  “这是邓肯太太,托尼的母亲。”格里塔说,“她是女管家,她丈夫是园丁。邓肯太太将带你们上楼去你们住的房间。我去告诉罗斯先生你们已经到了。”
  管家是个留着短发的小妇人。她上了楼,我和我妈妈随后跟着她。
  我的房间就在我妈妈的房间的隔壁。从窗子向外望去,我看到了房后的园子。有个人正在园子里干活,那儿旁边有些树。“那就是邓肯先生吧?”我想。我透过树林,看到了大海。“这房子漂亮,这岛也漂亮。”
  那天傍晚,我们与邓肯夫妇和托尼一起进餐。我们在大厨房吃饭。
  “罗斯先生的上任秘书发生了什么事?”我妈妈问道。
  “她住院了。”邓肯太太回答说,“整个夏季她都将不在。”
  “罗斯夫人在这儿不寂寞吗?”我说道。
  “不寂寞。”邓肯太太说,“她非常喜欢画画。她楼上有个房间,她常去那儿画画。她这个人很好。有时她去岛上不同的地方画画。”
  我们吃完了饭。不久之后格里塔·罗斯来到了厨房。
  “罗斯先生现在想见见你和你的女儿,桑德斯夫人。”她说,“请跟我来。”
  我们跟着她穿过房子来到一个大房间里。这是罗斯先生的办公室,他正坐在办公桌的后面。
  我很惊讶。他是个年轻人,大约三十岁。他留着胡子,长着黑色短发,并戴着眼镜。
  罗斯先生正在打电话。“他看上去像谁呢?”我思考着。“像托尼·邓肯?”
  “罗斯先生正在与纽约的一位商界朋友通话。”格里塔说,“请吧,坐下。”
  我们等着的时候,我打量了一下这间办公室。屋里有三部电话、一台电脑以及许多书本和文件。
  办公室还有一个门,所以我可以看到紧挨着办公室的一个小一些的房间。那里面有一张小一些的办公桌,另有一台电脑。
  罗斯先生打完了电话,然后仔细地看了看我妈妈和我。有那么片刻他默默不语,只是在打量我们。然后他说:“见到你们很高兴,桑德斯夫人。我需要人帮助处理我的工作。我的秘书正在住院,有许多事情要处理。由于纽约和东京都有时差问题,有时候你得在深夜工作。你看行吗?”
  “行,那没什么。”我妈妈说。
  “你会用电脑吗?”
  “会用。”
  “那很好。”他看了看我。“这是你女儿吗?”
  “是,这是卡罗尔。”我妈妈说。
  “您好,”我说。
  “格里塔说你喜欢园艺。这里有个大园子,所以你可以给邓肯先生帮帮忙。这里还有个农场。丹·帕克斯和斯特拉·帕克斯住在农舍里并在农场干活。你也可以给他们帮帮忙。我们养了些动物。一些羊,几头牛和数只小母鸡。还有一匹叫‘烟’的马。这匹公马灰色,跟它的名字一样。你会骑马吗?”
  “会骑,”我说,“我会骑马。”
  “如果你喜欢,你可以骑‘烟’在岛上转转。”
  “那太好了。”我说,“谢谢您。”
  “我们还培植蔬菜和水果。”他说,“我有时在农场里干些活。我喜欢干农活。”
  我朝他笑了笑,可他没回敬我的笑。
  “卡罗尔会喜欢在农场干活的。”我妈妈说,“是不是,卡罗尔?”
  “是的,”我说。
  “罗斯先生显得有些忧伤。”我想,“但是他怎么会有那么多钱呢?而且为什么他要隐匿在一个岛上呢?”
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-17 00:36重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 43楼  发表于: 2014-08-16 0

■ 3 The Photograph
  I worked in the garden for the first two days.The weather was hot and sunny.I liked working with Mr Duncan,and he was pleased with my work.
  ‘You're a good gardener,’he said.
  ‘I've always liked gardening,’I said.‘But I'm studying at college to be a farmer.’
  Sometimes I saw Greta Ross.
  ‘She likes to be alone,’I thought.Once or twice I saw Greta go out with her painting things.She went up on the hills or down to the beach.
  Mr Duncan took me to the farm and I met Dan and Stella Parks.They were very friendly.
  ‘You can work on the farm for the next three days,'said Day Parks.‘Mr Duncan says you're a good gardener.Are you a good farmer,too?’
  I smiled at him.‘I am,’I said.
  He smiled back.
  So I worked on the farm with Mr and Mrs Parks.They were nice people.I helped with the cows and the chickens,and went up on the hills with Mr Parks and his dog to look after the sheep.
  One afternoon I went out riding. Smoke was a big, lazy,friendly horse.I enjoyed riding and Smoke knew his way around the island very well.I learned new places to go to.
  I rode along the cliff top and then in between some trees.When we came out of the trees, I saw the house from the other side.I tried to find the window of my room.Which one was it?
  Suddenly,I saw a face at one of the windows.The face was looking at me.It was there for just a second or two,then it moved away quickly.
  ‘Who was thst?’I thought.‘Was it Mr Ross?And which room was it?’
  I didn't see my mother very much that first week.She worked all day and in the evenings.She wrote letters to South America,Japan,Canada and Australia. Sometimes,she worked after I was in bed.
  ‘Mr Ross works hard,'she told me.‘He invests money in many companies and countries.But it's not his money.’
  ‘It's not?’I was surprised by this.
  ‘No,it's his wife's money.And she bought the island.It's her island,her house,her farm.Everything belongs to her.’
  ‘How strange!But why does Mr Ross always look sad?And why does he never leave the island?’I asked.
  ‘I don't know,'said my mother.‘He says he likes it here and likes working on his farm.It's strange,I know.’
  Sometimes,when I finished work,I walked along the beaches or the cliffs.Or I went swimming in the sea.I liked swimming.Greta Ross often came to the beach to swim,but Mr Ross never came.
  ‘Stay away from the rocks,Carol,’Greta Ross told me.‘They're very dangerous.’
  ‘I will,’I said.
  Sometimes I took my camera to the beach and took photographs of some of the boats that went by.I took photographs of the birds on the cliffs.
  There were other small islands near our island, and boats with tourists stopped at them.But no boats stopped at our island.They kept away from the dangerous rocks.Tony was right.The island did not have visitors.
  One day,I was walking back to the house,and had my camera with me.I stopped and looked at the big house.Mr Duncan was working in the garden in front of it.At first,he didn't see me.
  ‘I'm going to take a photograph of the house,’I thought.‘The sun is in just the right place, and it will make a good picture.’
  I looked at the building through my camera,and took the photograph.Mr Ross was coming out of a door.He was in my picture,too,and he looked angry.
  ‘That's all right,’I thought.‘It's still a good photograph.’
  But Mr Duncan was running across the grass.He came quickly up to me and said,‘Give me your camera.’He looked very worried.
  ‘Wbat's wrong?’I asked in surprise.I gave him the camera.
  ‘Never take photographs of Mr Ross,’he said.And then he opened the back of my camera and took out the film.
  ‘Hey!What are you doing?’I said.‘You'll spoil my film!’
  But he didn't stop.‘Sorry,’he said, and he put the film into his pocket.‘But no pictures of Mr Ross. He doesn't like people to take pictures of him.’
  Mr Ross was watching us.He saw the camera and he saw Mr Duncan take out the film,but he said nothing.Then he turned and went back into the house.
  Later,I told my mother about Mr Duncan and the camera.‘He spoiled my film,’I said.
  ‘I don't understand,'she said.‘Why did he do that?’
  ‘I don't know,’I said,‘but there's something strange about Mr Ross.’
  About a week later,I finished work early one day and came back to the house.My mother was working in her small room,next to Mr Ross's office. Mrs Duncan was in the kitchen.Greta Ross was painting in her room upstairs.
  I went to my room and began reading a book.I was sitting beside the window.After half an hour,I got tired of reading.I looked out at the rain,and the grey sea and rocks between the trees.
  ‘My book isn't very interesting,’I thought.
  I got up and went out of my room.I walked along the passage and turned a corner.Then I saw the door at the end of the passage.There was a large plant in a plant pot outside the door.
  ‘Where dogs that door go?’I thought.‘I haven't seen it before.’I remembered the face at the window in my first week on the island.‘Perhaps it's the door to that room,’I thought.
  I walked along to the door and turned the handle.The door didn't move.It was locked.
  ‘What are you doing?'said a voice behind me.
  I turned round quickly and saw Greta Ross.She looked angry.
  ‘That room is private,'she said.
  ‘I'm sorry,’I said.‘I didn't—’
  ‘Stay away from there,'she told me.
  I told my mother about the locked door.
  ‘What's behind it?’I said.‘Is it a secret?’
  ‘I don't know,'said my mother.‘It doesn't matter.Mr Ross can have locked rooms if he wants them.’
  ‘I think he does have secrets,’I said.‘There's something strange about him There's something strange about this island.Somebody isn't telling us something.Something important.’
  My mother laughed.‘Stop playing detective,Carol,'she said.


■ 3 照片
  头两天我在园子里干活。天气晴朗而炎热。我很喜欢与邓肯先生一块儿干活,他对我干的活也很满意。
  “你是个好园丁,”他说。
  “我一向喜欢园艺。”我说,“但我现在正上大学,以便当个农夫。”
  我有时见到格里塔·罗斯。
  “她喜欢一个人独处,”我想。有一两次我看见格里塔带着画具出去了。她到山上或到海滩去。
  邓肯先生带我到农场去,我见到了丹·帕克斯和斯特拉·帕克斯。他们非常友好。
  “接下来的这三天你可以在农场干活。”丹·帕克斯说,“邓肯先生说你是个好园丁。你也是个好农夫吗?”
  我朝他笑了笑。“是的,”我说。
  他回笑了笑。
  这样我就和帕克斯夫妇一起在农场干活了。他们是好人。我帮着照看奶牛和小母鸡,还和帕克斯先生及他的狗一起上山去照看羊群。
  一天下午,我骑马出去。“烟”是一匹懒散而友善的大马。我喜欢骑马,“烟”对岛上的路很熟。我知道了些新的去处。
  我骑马沿着峭壁顶部走,然后在树林中间穿行。当我们从树林中出来时,我看到了那幢房子的另一面。我想找出我房间的窗子。是哪一扇呢?
  突然我看见一扇窗子旁有一张脸。那人正看着我。那人只在那儿呆了一瞬间,接着很快就挪开了。
  “那是谁?”我想,“是罗斯先生吗?又是哪个房间呢?”
  第一个星期我没怎么见到妈妈。她整个白天还有晚上都在工作。她给南非、日本、加拿大和澳大利亚写信。有时我睡了之后她还在工作。
  “罗斯先生工作很努力。”她告诉我,“他给很多公司和国家投资。可那不是他的钱。”
  “不是他的钱?”对此我很惊讶。
  “不是他的,是他妻子的钱。并且是她买了这个岛。这是她的岛屿,她的房子,她的农场。所有的东西都属于她。”
  “多奇怪呀!可为什么罗斯先生总显得那么忧郁呢?为什么他从不离开这个岛呢?”我问道。
  “我不知道。”妈妈说,“他说他喜欢这儿,喜欢在他的农场里干活。我知道,这的确有点儿怪。”
  有时干完活以后,我就沿着海滩或峭壁散步,或者去海里游泳。我喜欢游泳。格里塔·罗斯常到海边去游泳,但罗斯先生从来不去。
  “离礁石远些,卡罗尔。”格里塔·罗斯告诉我,“它们很危险。”
  “好吧,”我说。
  有时我将照相机带到海边,照照过往的船只,照照峭壁上的鸟儿。
  我们这个岛附近还有些其他的小岛,载着旅客的游船停靠在那里。但没有船在我们这个岛边停靠。船只都远离那些危险的礁石。托尼说的对:这个岛上没有客人来。
  有一天,我正朝房子走回去,随身带着照相机。我停下来,看着这幢大房子。邓肯先生正在房子前面的园子里干活。起初,他没看见我。
  “我来给这幢房子拍一个照吧。”我想,“太阳正在合适的位置,拍出来会挺不错的。”
  我把镜头对准了房子,拍了一张。罗斯先生正好从门里出来。他也被拍了进来,他看上去一副生气的样子。
  “那也没什么。”我想,“仍然是张好照片。”
  但邓肯先生从草地上跑过来。他很快跑到我跟前说:“把相机给我。”他看起来很着急。
  “怎么了?”我惊奇地问道。我把相机交给了他。
  “决不许给罗斯先生拍照,”他说。然后他打开相机后盖,把胶卷取出来。
  “嘿!你干什么呀?”我说,“你会毁了我的胶卷的!”
  可他不停手。“对不起,”他说,并把胶卷装进了他自己的衣袋里。“可不许给罗斯先生拍照。他不喜欢别人给他照相。”
  罗斯先生正看着我们。他看见了照相机,也看见了邓肯先生把胶卷取出来的过程,可是他什么也没说。然后他转过身就回到房子里去了。
  过后,我把邓肯先生和照相机的事情告诉了妈妈。“他毁了我的胶卷,”我说。
  “我不明白。”她说,“他为什么要那样做呢?”
  “我不知道。”我说,“可罗斯先生这个人真有点儿古怪。”
  大约一周之后,有一天我很早就干完活儿,回房子里去了。我母亲正在罗斯先生办公室旁边的她那个小房间里工作。邓肯太太在厨房。格里塔·罗斯在楼上她的房间里画画。
  我去了自己的房间,开始读书。我坐在窗子旁。半个小时后,我读腻了。我向外望去,看外面的雨,看隐蔽在树木之间的灰蒙蒙的大海和岩石。
  “我的书不很有趣,”我想。
  我站起来走出房间。我顺着走廊走,拐了一个弯。然后我看见走廊尽头有一扇门。门外的花盆里有一株很大的植物。
  “这门通哪儿呢?”我想。“我先前没见过它。”我记起了我到岛上的第一周看到的、那扇窗子旁的那张脸。“可能这就是通向那个房间的那扇门,”我想。
  我一直走到房门前,转了转门把手。门没动,是锁着的。
  “你在干什么?”身后有人问我。
  我赶紧转过脸,看到了格里塔·罗斯。她显得生气了。
  “那是私人专用房间,”她说。
  “对不起。”我说,“我不——”
  “离那儿远点,”她对我说。
  我把那扇锁着的门的事情告诉了我妈妈。
  “那扇门后有什么?”我说,“是秘密吗?”
  “我不知道。”我妈妈说,“那没什么关系。罗斯先生要是想的话,当然可以有锁起来的房间。”
  “我想他一定有秘密。”我说,“他这个人有些古怪。这座岛有些奇怪。有人有什么事情瞒着咱们。是重要的事情。”
  我妈妈笑了。“别玩侦探游戏了,卡罗尔,”她说。


■ 4 The Locked Room
  Two days 1ater there was a storm in the middle of the night.
  I was hot and I couldn't sleep.I got out of bed,went across to the window and looked out at the night.Black clouds hur ried across the sky,and the trees moved wildly in the wind.The rain made a loud noise on the window.
  I opened my window and put my head out into the wind and the rain.I looked at the other windows in the house.Most of them were dark.But one window had a light in it.‘Somebody isn't sleeping,’I thought.‘Which room is that?’
  There were six windows between my window and the room with the light.
  ‘And there are six doors between my room and the locked door!’I thought.‘That light is in the locked room.Somebody's in there!’
  I put on my dressing-gown and went out of my room.The house was dark,and at first I couldn't see very well.I walked along the passage and turned the corner.
  There it was, the locked room.And there was a light under the door!
  I went nearer and heard noises.
  ‘Somebody's moving about in the locked room’,I thought.‘Who is it?’
  Then the light went off and the door opened.
  I was afraid to move.
  Somebody came out of the room, and into the dark passage.Lightning suddenly lit up the house,and I saw who it was.
  ‘It's Mr Ross!’I thought.‘What was he doing in that room in the middle of the night?’
  I didn't move and he didn't see me. He locked the door of the room carefully.He didn't put the key in his pocket,but hid it in the plant pot next to the door.
  ‘He's coming along here,’I thought.‘I must get back to my room.’
  And I ran back along the passage.
  Mr Ross heard me .‘Who's that?’he called.
  I didn't answer,but ran into my room and closed the door.
  He came along the passage and stopped outside my door.Then he walked past and went on down the stairs.
  I took off my dressing-gown and went back to bed. I was shaking because I was afraid.
  ‘Now I know how to get into the locked room,’I thought.‘But what's in there?’
  There was no storm in the morning,but it was still raining.I got up early and worked on the farm.There were eggs from the chickens and I put them in boxes.I helped to milk the cows and then took them out to the field.
  Later,I went back into the house for breakfast.‘Did you sleep all right last night?’asked Mrs Duncan.‘Or did the storm wake you up?’
  ‘I… slept all right,’I said.I didn't want to tell her about the light in the locked room,or about Mr Ross.
  After breakfast,I went back upstairs.Mr Ross was talking on the telephone in his office.My mother was working at her desk.I knew that Mrs Duncan was in the kitchen and that Mr Duncan was working in the garden.
  ‘Where's Mrs Ross?’I thought.
  Then I looked out of the window and saw her with Tony Duncan.They were walking to the boat.
  ‘He's taking her out in the boat,’I thought.‘Perhaps she's going to Edinburgh.’
  The boat moved away from the island and I waited until it was out at sea.Then I opened the door of my room.
  There was nobody in the passage and I ran along to the locked room.The key was still in the plant pot and I took it out.My hand was shaking.
  Then I unlocked the door.


■ 4 锁着的房间
  两天后半夜里来了一场暴风雨。
  我很热,睡不着。我下了床,走到窗边,望着窗外的夜色。乌云在天空中匆匆飘过,树在狂风中猛烈地摇摆。雨打在窗子上弄出了很大的响声。
  我打开窗子,把头伸在风雨中。我看了看这幢房子的其他窗子。绝大部分窗子是黑的。但有一扇窗子里有灯光。“有人没睡。”我想,“那是哪个房间呢?”
  我这个和亮着灯的那个房间之间隔六个窗子。
  “而且我这个房间和锁着门的那个之间隔六扇门!”我思考着。“那个亮着的灯就在那个锁着的房间。那里面有人!”
  我穿上晨衣,从我屋里走了出来。这座房子里很暗,起初我也看得不怎么清楚。我顺着走廊走,拐了一个弯。
  那儿就是那个锁着的房间。而且门下面露出了灯光!
  我走近了些,听到了动静。
  “有人在这个锁着的房间里走动。”我思考着。“是谁呢?”
  接着灯熄了,门开了。
  我没敢动。
  一个人从屋里走出来,到了黑暗的走廊里。忽然一道闪电照亮了这幢房子,我看清了这个人是谁。
  “是罗斯先生!”我想。“他半夜在那个房间里干什么呢?”
  我没动,他也没看见我。他小心地锁上了门。他没把钥匙放入他的衣袋里,却把它藏在门旁的花盆里。
  “他正往这儿来了。”我想,“我必须回我的房间去。”
  于是我就顺着走廊往回跑。
  罗斯先生听见我了。“谁?”他叫喊着。
  我没回答,却跑进自己的房间,关上了门。
  他顺着走廊过来了,在我的门外停了下来。然后他就走过去了,往前下了楼。
  我脱下晨衣,回到了床上。我因害怕而直发抖。
  “现在我知道怎么进入那锁着的房间了。”我想,“但那里有什么呢?”
  早晨风暴停了,但雨还在下。我很早就起了床,在农场里干活。那儿有小母鸡下的一些蛋,我把蛋放在箱子里。我帮着给奶牛挤奶,然后把它们带到了外面的田野。
  后来我回房子里去吃早饭。“昨天晚上你睡得好吗?”邓肯太太问道。“还是暴风雨把你吵醒了?”
  “我……睡得很好,”我说。我不想把锁着的那个房间里亮着灯的事或罗斯先生的事告诉她。
  早饭后,我回到楼上。罗斯先生正在他的办公室里打电话。我妈妈正坐在她办公桌旁工作。我知道邓肯太太在厨房里而邓肯先生在园子里干活。
  “罗斯夫人在哪儿呢?”我想。
  接着我从窗子向外望去,并看见她和托尼·邓肯在一起。他们正向一条船走去。
  “他要用船送她出岛。”我想,“她可能去爱丁堡。”
  船离开了这座岛;我一直等着,直到它出海了。然后我打开了我房间的门。
  走廊里没有人,我顺着路跑到那个锁着的房间前。钥匙还在花盆里,我把它拿了出来。我的手在颤抖。
  然后我打开了门。

■ 5 A Dead Man
  I went into the room… and I was very surprised.
  The room was full of strange things.Coloured shirts and suits.Three guitars.And there were posters and photographs on the walls.
  I looked at the posters.
  Jake Rosso's face looked down at me.
  I looked at the dead Jake Rosso's pictures,and I remembered all the photographs on the walls of my room in Hong Kong.I could never forget that face—the face of my favourite singer.
  Then,while I looked at his face,something strange happened.I began to see another face in the posters.An older face,and with a moustache,but the same face.
  I saw the face of Mr Ross.
  ‘No!’I said.‘It's not true!’
  But it was,I knew it was.
  ‘Mr Ross is…Jake Rosso!’
  ‘No!'said a voice behind me.
  I turned round and saw Mr Ross.He was standing in the doorway.He looked…afraid.
  ‘I don't believe you!’I said.
  ‘You have to believe me!’
  I looked at the posters.‘Who is that,if it's not you?’
  ‘It's Jake Rosso.He was… my brother.’
  ‘That's not true!I shouted.‘I don't believe you.Listen,Jake Rosso was my favourite singer—I had hundreds of pho tos of him.I still have all his records.I loved him,do you understand?Thousands of people loved him.’
  ‘He's dead,'mr Ross said quietly.
  ‘No!’I shouted.‘You're Jake Rosso!You look different now,yes.You've got short hair,you've got a moustache now,and you wear glasses.But you're… Jake… Rosso.You were my favourite pop star, so I know.’
  Mr Ross said nothing,and watched my face.
  ‘He doesn't know what to do,’I thought.‘He knows I don't believe him,and he's afraid.’
  Then he said,‘It was you in the passage last night,wasn't it?’
  ‘Yes,’I answered.
  He looked angry.‘I was wrong to give your mother a job,’he said.‘I thought it was OK because you came from Hong Kong.And I needed help with my work.I needed a good secretary.’
  ‘Does your other secretary know who you are?’I asked.‘Do the other people on the island know?’
  Mr Ross didn't answer,but walked across to the window.He was thinking.
  ‘What's he going to do?’I thought.
  Then he turned round.‘OK,you're right.I…I am Jake Rosso.’
  ‘I knew it!’
  He looked worried and unhappy.‘Can you keep a secret?A very important secret?’
  I thought for a minute,then I said,‘Yes,I can keep a secret.’
  Then he told me:
  ‘The other people on this island are my family.’
  ‘Your family?’I said.
  ‘Yes.My real name is James Duncan,and Mr and Mrs Duncan are my father and mother.Tony is my younger brother,and his wife, Lisa,is my secretary.It's she who's in hospital.’
  ‘And Stella and Dan Parks?’I asked.
  ‘My mother's sister and her husband,’he said.
  ‘But what are you doing here on this island?I don't understand.’
  ‘I'11 tell you,’he said.He sat down on a chair and took a guitar in his hands,but he didn't play it.‘You were right.I was a famous pop star.I was very rich,and I had a beautiful wife.But things went wrong.’
  ‘How?’
  ‘I took drugs,’he said.‘I drank a lot of alcohol.I got drunk and crashed cars.I did stupid,terrible things.I knew it was wrong but I couldn't stop doing it.I was… crazy,for a time.’
  ‘I can understand that,’I told him.‘I've taken drugs,too.
  He looked surprised.‘You have?’
  ‘Yes,’I said.‘After my father died,I was very unhappy and things went wrong for me too.But go on with your story.’
  He went on.‘One night,I was driving my car.I was drunk and— and I hit somebody.A young girl.She…died.I killed her.’
  ‘Oh,no!’
  ‘Yes,’he said.‘She was fifteen years old.I wanted to die,too.The money didn't matter any more.Nothing mat tered any more.’
  ‘What did you do after the accident?’I asked.
  ‘I drove on in the car.I didn't stop,and I didn't tell the police.I had killed someone and I was afraid.’He looked afraid now.He put the guitar down and went on with his story.‘So I made a plan.Jake Rosso had to die,too.It was the best thing to do.And so… I “killed” him.’
  ‘But you're still alive.’
  ‘My family know I'm alive, but no other people know.’He looked at me.‘But now you know.’
  ‘How did you do it?’I asked.
  ‘I told my family about my p1an and I told Greta,my wife.At first they didn't like it.But after a long time,they said OK.Then I faked the car crash.’
  ‘Faked it?’
  ‘Yes,’he said.‘I put some of my things in the car.A guitar,and some clothes.Then I pushed my car over a cliff and burned it.The police found the burned car and thought I was dead.Everybody thought I was killed in the car crash.’
  ‘But you faked the crash,’I said.
  ‘Yes.’
  ‘What did you do then?’
  ‘My family hid me away for months.I tried to change into a different person— with shorter hair,a moustache, quiet suits.All my money went to Greta and she changed her name to Ross.I told her to buy this island.Now I invest her money,the money that was mine.And now I'm “James Ross.”
  ‘What about“Jake Rosso”?’I asked.
  ‘Jake Rosso took drugs,’he said.‘Jake Rosso got drunk and crashed cars. He killed a young girl,so he had to “die”.I can never forget the girl.I think about her every day.’
  ‘And that's why you always look so sad,’I thought.
  I looked around the room.‘Why do you keep a room like this? Why do you keep the guitars,the posters and photographs?’
  James Ross did not speak for a minute.Then he said,‘I need to remember my old life, and what Jake Rosso was like.I'm never going to sing again and I'm never going to take drugs But I need this room,to remember.’
  I looked at the posters and the photographs.And I looked at his sad face.‘I'm not going to say anything.I won't tell my mother,I won't tell anybody.’
  James Ross looked at me.‘I think you understand,’he said.
  ‘I do,’I said.‘I've done bad things.I want to forget them,too.I needed to get away,to hide,too.That's why we came to England,to begin a new life Yes,I understatld.’
  He took my hand,and we walked out of the room and closed the door.
  I never went into the room again,and I didn't tell anybody.
  My mother and I left the island at the end of the summer.Soon after,I went to college.
  My life is bettter now.I work on a farm in England and my mother works in an office. My mother doesn't worry about me,because I'm happier now.
  I haven't been back to the island.
  But I know there's a ‘dead man’living there.


■ 5 亡灵
  我进了房间……并感到很惊讶。
  屋里满是奇怪的东西:花衬衫和花衣服,三把吉它。墙上还有一些海报和照片。
  我看着海报。
  杰克·罗索的脸俯视着我。
  我望着已故的杰克·罗索的图片,想起了在香港时我房间墙壁上的那些照片。我永远也不会忘记那张脸——我最喜爱的歌手的那张脸。
  接着,正当我盯着他那张脸看时,奇怪的事情发生了。我开始在海报上看出另一张脸。这张脸显得年龄大了一些,留着胡子,但又是一模一样的。
  我看到了罗斯先生的脸。
  “不!”我说,“这不是真的!”
  但这是真的,我知道这是真的。
  “罗斯先生就是……杰克·罗索!”
  “不是!”我身后有个人说。
  我转过脸,看见了罗斯先生。他正站在门口。他看上去……害怕的样子。
  “我不相信你的话!”我说。
  “你应当相信我的话!”
  我望着海报。“如果那个人不是你,那是谁?”
  “是杰克·罗索。他是……我兄弟。”
  “那不是真的!”我大声喊道,“我不相信你的话。听着,杰克·罗索是我最喜爱的歌手——我存有他几百张照片。我现在还保存着他所有的唱片。我喜爱过他,你懂吗?成千上万的人喜爱过他。”
  “他死了,”罗斯先生平静地说。
  “没有!”我喊叫着,“你就是杰克·罗索!你现在看上去不一样了,是这样。留着短发,蓄着胡子,戴着眼镜。但是你就是……杰克……罗索。你曾是我最喜爱的那位流行歌手,所以我知道。”
  罗斯先生没说什么,他看着我的脸。
  “他不知道该怎么办了。”我想,“他知道我不相信他的话,他害怕了。”
  然后他说:“昨天晚上是你在走廊里,对吗?”
  “是我,”我回答说。
  他看上去生气了。“我给你妈妈工作给错了,”他说,“我原认为不会有事,因为你们从香港来。而且我那时需要人帮我工作。我当时需要一个好秘书。”
  “你另外的秘书知道你是谁吗?”我问道,“岛上其他的人知道吗?”
  罗斯先生没有回答,但走到了窗户旁。他正思考着。
  “他要干什么?”我想。
  然后他转过身来。“好吧,你说对了。我……我是杰克·罗索。”
  “我早就知道这点!”
  他显得有些不安和不快。“你能保密吗?一个非常重要的秘密?”
  我想了一下,然后说:“能,我能保密。”
  然后他把秘密告诉了我:
  “岛上其他的人是我家里人。”
  “你家里人?”我说。
  “是的。我的真名叫詹姆斯·邓肯,而邓肯先生和夫人是我的父母。托尼是我的弟弟,他的妻子莉萨是我的秘书。现在住院的就是她。”
  “而斯特拉·帕克斯和丹·帕克斯呢?”我问道。
  “是我姨妈和姨夫,”他说。
  “但是你在这儿的这个岛上干什么呀?我不明白。”
  “我会告诉你的,”他说。他在一把椅子上坐下来,拿起一把吉它,可他没弹。“你说对了。我过去是个有名的歌星,那时我很有钱,还有个漂亮的妻子。可后来出事了。”
  “怎么了?”
  “我吸毒,”他说,“我酗酒。我喝醉了并撞了车。我干了些既愚蠢而又可怕的事情。我知道这不对,可我不能罢手。有一段时间,我简直是……发疯了。”
  “我可以理解。”我告诉他,“我也吸过毒。”
  他看上去很惊讶。“你吸过毒?”
  “吸过。”我说,“我父亲去世后,我很不快乐,我也出事了。可接着讲你的事吧。”
  他接着讲了。“一天晚上,我开着车。我喝醉了,还——还撞了人。是个年轻姑娘,她……死了。我撞死了她。”
  “啊,不!”
  “真的。”他说,“她15岁。我也想去死。钱对我来说已不再有意义了。一切都不再有意义了。”
  “出事之后你怎么办了?”我问道。
  “我接着开车。我没停下来,也没告诉警察。我撞死了人,我真害怕。”他现在看上去还很害怕。他放下吉它继续讲他的故事。“所以我订了一个计划。杰克·罗索也得死。这是最好的办法。所以……我‘杀’了他。”
  “可你还活着。”
  “我家人知道我还活着,但别人不知道。”他看了看我。“但现在你知道了。”
  “你是怎么做的?”我问道。
  “我把我的计划告诉了我家里的人,还告诉了我的妻子格里塔。起初,他们不喜欢这个主意。可过了很长一段时间后,他们说‘行’。后来我伪造了那场车祸。”
  “伪造车祸?”
  “是的。”他说,“我在车里放了些我的东西。一把吉它,还有一些衣服。然后我把车从峭壁上推下去并且把车烧了。警察发现了烧毁的车,认为我死了。大家都认为我在车祸中丧生了。”
  “可是车祸是你伪造的呀,”我说。
  “是的。”
  “后来你干了什么?”
  “我的家里人把我隐匿了几个月。我尽力想变成一个完全不同的人——剪短头发,留起胡子,穿着不显眼的衣服。我所有的钱都归了格里塔,她把姓改为罗斯。我叫她买下这个岛。现在我用她的钱投资,这钱原来是我的。现在我是‘詹姆斯·罗斯’。”
  “那‘杰克·罗索’呢?”我问。
  “杰克·罗索吸毒。”他说,“杰克·罗索喝醉了酒,撞了车。他撞死了一个年轻姑娘,所以他不得不‘死’。我永远也忘不了那个女孩。我天天想着她的事。”
  “而那便是你为何总是显得那么忧郁的原因,”我想。
  我环视了一下这个房间。“你为什么把房间保持这个样子?你为什么保留这些吉它、海报和照片?”
  詹姆斯·罗斯沉默了片刻。然后他说:“我需要记住原来的生活,记住杰克·罗索曾是什么样子。我决不会再唱歌,也决不会吸毒。可是我需要这个房间,以回忆过去。”
  我望着海报和照片。我还望着他那张忧郁的脸。“我什么也不会说的。我不会告诉我妈妈的,我谁也不会告诉的。”
  詹姆斯·罗斯看着我。“我想你理解,”他说。
  “我理解。”我说,“我做过错事。我也想把它们忘掉。我也想出走,隐藏起来。那就是为什么我们来到了英格兰、来开始一种新的生活的原因。是的,我理解。”
  他拉着我的手,我们走出了这个房间并关上了门。
  我再也没进过这个房间,也没把这件事告诉过任何人。
  夏末,我和我妈妈离开了那座岛。不久之后,我上了大学。
  现在我的生活好多了。我在英格兰的一个农场工作,我妈妈在办公室工作。她不为我担心了,因为我现在快乐多了。
  我再也没有回岛上去过。
  但是我知道那儿住着一位“亡灵”。
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-17 00:37重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 44楼  发表于: 2014-08-16 0

【02-04】  [哈克贝利·费恩历险记 / 马克·吐温 著]
  The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain

■ 简介
  “我从来没有一个家,”哈克写道,“或像所有的其他的男孩子那样去上学。我睡在街上或林子里,只要我想做,我就能做我想做的事情。这真是一种美好的生活。”
  所以,当哈克去和道格拉斯寡妇住在一起时,他根本不喜欢这样。他不得不保持干净、整洁,始终都要听话,还得去上学。然后,他爸爸来了,把他带走住在了林子里。起初,哈克挺高兴,但是,他爸爸总是打他,所以,哈克决定逃走。
  他遇到了吉姆,一个逃跑的奴隶,他们决定结伴乘木筏沿密西西比河顺流而下。当然他们遇到各种各样的麻烦和危险,但是,哈克感到很愉快。河上的生活是如此的自由、轻松、舒适……
  马克·吐温于1835年出生于佛罗里达州,1910年去世。他的真名是塞缪尔·克莱门斯,美国内战开始前,他是密西西比河船上的一名领航员。他也是一个报纸撰稿人和作家,他的小说《汤姆·索亚历险记》和《哈克贝利·费恩历险记》非常著名。

■ 1 Huck in trouble
  You don't know about me if you haven't read a book called The Adventures of Tom Sawyer.Mr Mark Twain wrote the book and most of it is true.In that book robbers stole some money and hid it in a very secret place in the woods.But Tom Sawyer and I found it,and after that we were rich.We got six thousand dollars each-all gold.
  In those days I never had a home or went to school like Tom and all the other boys in St Petersburg.Pop was always drunk,and he moved around a lot,so he wasn't a very good father.But it didn't matter to me.I slept in the streets or in the woods,and I could do what I wanted,when I wanted.It was a fine life.
  When we got all that money,Tom and I were famous for a while.Judge Thatcher,who was an important man in our town,kept my money in the bank for me. And the Widow Douglas took me to live in her house and said I could be her son. She was very nice and kind,but it was a hard life because I had to wear new clothes and be good all the time.
  In the end,I put on my old clothes and ran away.But Tom came after me and said that I had to go back,but that I could be in his gang of robbers.So,I went back,and the widow cried and I had to put on those new clothes again.I didn't like it at all.Her sister,Miss Watson,lived there too.She was al-ways saying,'Don't put your feet there,Huckleberry,'and 'Don't do that,Huckleberry.'It was terrible.
  When I went up to bed that night,I sat down in a chair by the window. I sat there a good long time, and I was really unhappy.But just after midnight I heard 'mee-yow!mee-yow!'ortside.Very softly,I answered,'mee-yow!mee-yor!' Quietly,I put out the light and got out through the window.In the trees, Tom Sawyer was waiting for me.
  We went through the trees to the end of the widow's garden.Soon we were on top of a hill on the other side of the house.Below us we could see the river and the town.One or two lights were still on,but everything was quiet. We went down the hill and found Joe Harper, Ben Rogers and two or three more of the boys.Then Tom took us down the river by boat to his secret place,which was a cave deep in the side of a hill.When we got there, Tom told us all his plan.
  'Now,we'll have this gang of robbers,'he said,'and we'll call it Tom Sawyer's Gang.If somebody hurts one of us,the others will kill him and his family. And if a boy from the gang tells other people our secrets,we'll kill him and his family,too.'
  We all thought this was wonderful,and we wrote our names in blood from our fingers.Then Ben Rogers said,'Now, what's the gang going to do?'
  'Nothing,'replied Tom.'Just rob and kill. We stop people on the road,and we kill them,and take their money and things.But we can keep a few of the people,and then their friends can pay money to get them back.That's what they do in the stories in books.'
  But Ben wasn't happy.'What about women?'he asked. ' Do we kill them,too
'
  'Oh,no,'Tom answered.'We're very nice to them, and they all love us, and they don't want to go home.'
  'Then the cave will be full of women, and people waiting,and we'll have to watch them all night…'
  'We'll all go home now,'Tom said,'and we'll meet next week, and we'll kill somebody and rob somebody.'
  Ben wanted to begin on Sunday,but the others said no.It was bad to kill and rob on a Sunday.
  My clothes were very dirty and I was very tired when I got back.Of course,the next morning Miss Watson was angry with me because of my dirty clothes,but the widow just looked unhappy.Soon after that we stopped playing robbers because we never robbed people and we never killed them.
  * * *
  Time went on and winter came.I went to school most of the time and I was learning to read and write a little.It wasn't too bad,and the widow was pleased with me.Miss Watson had a slave,an old man called Jim,and he and I were good friends.I often sat talking to Jim,but I still didn't like living in a house and sleeping in a bed.
  Then,one morning,there was some new snow on the ground and outside the back garden I could see footprints in the snow. I went out to look at them more carefully.They were Pop's footprints!
  A minute later,I was running down the hill to Judge Thatcher's house. When he opened the door,I cried,'Sir,I want you to take all my money.I want to give it to you.'
  He looked surprised.'Why,what's the matter?'
  'Please,sir,take it! Don't ask me why!'
  In the end he said,'Well,you can sell it to me,then.'And he gave me a dollar and I wrote my name on a piece of paper for him.
  That night when I went up to my room,Pop was sitting there, waiting for me!I saw that the window was open,so that was how he got in.
  He was almost fifty and he looked old.His hair was long and dirty and his face was a terrible white colour.His clothes were old and dirty,too,and two of his toes were coming through his shoe.He looked at me all over for a long time,and then he said,' Well,just look at those Clean,tidy clothes!And they say you can read and write now. Who said you could go to school?'
  'The widow…'I began.
  'Oh, she did, did she? Well, you can forget about school.I can't read and your mother couldn't read;no one in our family could read before they died,so who do you think you are? Go on,take that book and read to me!'
  I began to read, but he hit the book and it flew out of my hand,across the room.Then he shouted,'They say you're rich—how's that?'
  'It isn't true!'
  'You give me that money!I want it.Get it for me tomorrow!'
  I haven't got any money.Ask Judge Thatcher.He'll tell you.I haven't got any money.'
  'Well, give me what you've got in your pocket now.Come on, give it to me!'
  'I've only got a dollar, and I want that to…'
  'Give it to me,do you hear?'
  He took it,and then he said he was going out to get a drink.When he was outside the window, he put his head back in and shouted,'And stop going to that school, or you know what you'll get!'
  The next day he was drunk,and he went to Judge Thatcher to get my money.The judge wouldn't give it to him.But Pop didn't stop trying and every few days I got two or three dollars from the judge to stop Pop from hitting me.But when Pop had money, he got drunk again and made trouble in town.He was always coming to the widow's house,and she got angry and told him to stay away.Then Pop got really angry and one day he caught me and took me a long way up the river in a boat.I had to stay with him in a hut in the woods and I couldn't go out by myself.He watched me all the time. The widow sent a man to find me and bring me home,but Pop went after him with a gun, and the man ran away.


■ 1 哈克遇到麻烦
  如果你没有看过《汤姆·索亚历险记》那本书,你就不知道我。这本书是马克·吐温写的,大部分是真实的。在那本书中,强盗们偷了钱,并把钱藏在了树林中一个很秘密的地方。但我和汤姆·索亚找到了这笔钱,在这之后,我们发财了。我们每个人得到了6000美元——全是金币。
  在那些日子里,我从来没有一个家,或是像汤姆和圣彼得斯堡所有其他的男孩那样去上学。爸爸总是喝得醉醺醺的,经常转来转去,所以,他不是一个很好的父亲。但是,这对我来说无所谓。我睡在街上或林子里,只要我想做,我就能做我想做的事情。这真是一种美好的生活。
  当我和汤姆得到所有那些钱时,我们出了一阵子名。撒切尔法官是我们镇子上的一个重要人物,他替我将钱存在了银行。道格拉斯寡妇领我到她家去住,并说我可以做她的儿子。她非常和蔼,但这是一种令人难以忍受的生活,因为我不得不穿新衣服,而且始终都要听话。
  最后,我穿上我的旧衣服跑掉了。可汤姆追上了我说,我得回去,但我仍可以加入他的强盗团伙。所以,我回去了,寡妇叫着,我不得不又穿上那些新衣服。我根本不喜欢这一切。她的姐姐沃森小姐也住在那儿。她总是说,“别把你的脚放在那儿,哈克贝利,”还有“别干那个,哈克贝利。”真是糟透了。
  那天晚上,上床睡觉的时候,我坐在窗边的椅子上。我坐了很久,真是很难受。但是,午夜刚过,我听到外面“喵!喵!”的声音。我很轻地回答着“喵!瞄!”。我轻轻地吹灭蜡烛,从窗户钻了出去。汤姆·索亚正在树丛中等我。
  我们穿过树丛来到寡妇的花园的尽头。不一会儿,我们就到了房子另一头的一个小山顶上。我们能看到山下的小河和镇子。一两处烛光仍亮着,但是,万物都是静悄悄的。我们下了山,找到了乔·哈珀,本·罗杰斯,还有两三个其他的男孩。然后,汤姆用船把我们带到了那个秘密的地方,这个秘密的地方是山坡深处的一个岩洞。当我们到那时,汤姆把他的全部计划告诉了我们。
  “现在,我们就来组织这个强盗团伙,”他说,“我们就叫它汤姆·索亚团伙吧。如果有人伤害我们中的某个人,其他的人就要杀了他和他的全家。如果这个团伙的哪个男孩把我们的秘密告诉了其他人,我们也要把他和他的全家都给杀喽。”
  我们都觉得棒极了,我们用手指上的血写上了我们的名字。然后,本·罗杰斯说,“这团伙到底要干些什么呢?”
  “什么都不干,”汤姆回答道,“只是抢劫和杀人,我们在路上拦截人,杀了他们,拿走他们的钱和东西。但是,我们可以留下几个人,这佯,他们的朋友可以交钱把他们赎回去。这就是人们在书中故事里所做的。”
  但是,本不高兴了。“女人怎么办?”他问道,“我们也杀她们吗?”
  “噢,不,”汤姆回答。“我们待她们很友好,她们都爱我们,她们不想回家。”
  “那么,岩洞里全都是女人,人们等待着,我们将不得不整夜监视她们……”
  “我们现在都回家吧,”汤姆说,“我们下周碰头,杀个什么人,抢劫个什么人。”
  本想星期天开始,但是,其他的人不同意。星期天杀人抢劫是不好的。
  我回来时,衣眼很脏,我也很疲倦。第二天早晨,当然是因为我的脏衣服,沃森小姐很生我的气,可寡妇只是看上去不高兴。之后不久,我们就不玩强盗的游戏了,因为,我们从来没抢劫过人,从来没杀过人。
  * * *
  时间流逝,冬天来到了。大部分时间我去学校上学,我学认字,也学着写一点。不太糟,寡妇对我挺满意。沃森小姐有一个奴隶,是个叫吉姆的老头,我和他是好朋友。我经常坐着和他聊天,但我仍然不喜欢住在房子里,睡在床上。
  后来,一天早晨,地上覆盖了一层新雪,我能够看见后花园外边雪中的脚印。我出去更加仔细地察看,是爸爸的脚印!
  片刻之后,我跑下山来到了撒切尔法官家。他打开门时,我叫喊着,“先生,我要你把我的钱都拿去。我想把钱送给你。”
  他看上去很惊讶。“嗨,怎么回事?”
  “先生,请收下!不要问我为什么!”
  最后,他说,“好吧,你可以卖给我。”他给了我一个美元,我在一张纸上为他写上了我的名字。
  那天晚上,当我走进我的房屋时,爸爸坐在那儿,正在等我!我看见窗户是开着的,所以,他是从窗户进来的。
  他差不多50岁了,显得很老。他的头发又长又脏,脸色白得可怕。他的衣眼也又旧又脏,两个脚指头从鞋里露了出来。他久久地上下打量着我,然后说道,“噢,就看看这些干净、整齐的衣服吧!他们说你现在能认字、写字了。谁说你可以上学了?”
  “寡妇……”我开始说。
  “噢,她说的,是吗?好吧,你可以不提学校。我不认字,你妈妈不认字;咱们家人一直到死,都没有人认字,所以,你觉得你挺不错吧,拿起那本书,给我念念!”
  我开始念,但是,他将书打飞出我的手,穿过房间。然后,他喊道,“他们说你发财了——那是怎么回事?”
  “那不是真的!”
  “你把钱给我!我要钱。明天给我把钱拿来!”
  “我没有钱。问问撒切尔法官,他会告诉你。我没有钱。”
  “好吧,把你口袋里的钱给我。快点,把钱给我!”
  “我只有一美元,我想用它去买……”
  “把钱给我,你听见没有?”
  他拿了钱,然后,他说,他要去喝一杯。到了窗外时,他把头伸了回来,叫喊道,“别再去那个学校了,否则你清楚你会得到什么!”
  第二天,他喝醉了,他去了撒切尔法官家去要我的钱,法官没给他。但是,爸爸不停地去要钱。每隔几天,我就从法官那儿拿两三美元给爸爸,免得他打我。但是,爸爸有钱时,就喝醉酒,在镇上惹麻烦。他总是到寡妇的家来,寡妇很气愤,让他走开。爸爸真生气了。一天,他抓住了我,用一只船带我往河上游走了很长一段路。我不得不和他呆在树林中的一个小木屋里,我不能独自外出。他一直监视着我。寡妇派了个人找我,要把我带回家,可是,爸爸拿了支熗跟在后面,那个人吓跑了。


■ 2 Huck escapes and finds a friend
  Mostly it was a lazy,comfortable kind of life,but after about two months Pop began to hit me too much with his stick.He often went away into town too,and then he always locked me in the hut.Once he was away for three days and I thought I was never going to get out again.
  When he came back that time,he was drunk and angry.He wanted my money,but Judge Thatcher wouldn't give it to him.The judge wanted to send me to live with the widow again,Pop told me.I wasn't very pleased about that.I didn't want to go back there.
  So I decided to escape and go down the river and live in the woods somewhere. When Pop was out,I began to cut a hole in the wooden wall of the hut. In a few days,when the hole was bigger,I could take the wood cut, escape through the hole,and put the wood back.
  One morning Pop sent me down to the river to catch some fish for breakfast.To my surprise, there was a canoe in the water and there was no one in it.Immediately,I jumped into the river and brought the canoe to the side. It was lucky that Pop didn't see me,and I decided to hide the canoe under some trees and use it when I escaped.
  That afternoon,Pop locked me in and went off to town.'He won't be back tonight,'I thought, so I began to work hard at my hole.Soon I could get out through it,and I carried food and drink and Pop's gun down to the canoe.Then I put back the wood to hide the hole,took the gun and went into the woods.There I shot a wild pig and took it back to the hut with me.Next,I broke down the door with an axe.I carried the pig into the hut and put some of its blood on the ground. Then I put some big stones in a sack and pulled it along behind me to the river.Last of all,I put some blood and some of my hair on the axe.I left the axe in a corner of the hut and I took the pig down to the river.
  'They won't know it's only a pig in the river,'I said to myself.'They'll think it's me.'
  Then I took the canoe and went down the river to Jackson's Island. By then it was nearly dark, so I hid the canoe under some trees and went to sleep.
  It was after eight o'clock when I woke up the next day and the sun was high in the sky.I was warm and comfortable and I didn't want to get up.Suddenly,I heard a noise up the river.Carefully,I looked through the trees,and I saw a boat full of people.There was Pop,Judge Thatcher,Tom Sawyer and his Aunt Polly and his brother Sid, and lots of others. They were looking for my body in the river. I watched them, but they didn't see me, and in the end they went away.I knew that nobody was going to come and look for me again.I found a good place under the trees to sleep and to put my things.Then I caught a fish and cooked it over a fire.
  I lived like that for three days, and then I decided to have a look round the island. So I went into the woods.'This is my island,'I thought.'I'm the only person on it.'
  Suddenly,just in front of me,I saw a fire,and it was still smoking.There was somebody on my island!I didn't wait. I turned and went straight back.But I couldn't sleep.After a time,I said to myself,'I can't live like this.I must find out who it is.'
  Silently, I moved along the river in my canoe,under the darkness of the trees.And then I stopped.Through the trees I could see the light of a fire. Afraid, I left my canoe and went nearer.There was a man lying by the fire.Suddenly,he sat up and I saw that it was Jim,Miss Watson's slave!I was really happy to see him!'Hello,Jim,' I cried,and I jumped out from behind the tree.
  Jim fell to his knees.'Please don't hurt me!' he cried. 'I've always been good to dead people!'
  'It's all right,Jim.I'm not dead,' I said.'But why are you here on the island?' I asked.
  'Well, Huck,' he began.'Old Miss Watson wanted to sell me. A man came into town and told Miss Watson that he'd buy me for eight hundred dollars.She couldn't say no, so I ran away.I ran down to the river to hide,but everybody in the town was there. They said you were dead, Huck.I had to wait all day to get away.When it was dark,I got on to a big boat and hid. When we came near this island, I jumped into the water and swam here.'
  Jim finished his story and then we both carried all our things into a cave and hid the canoe under some trees.We were just in time because then the rains came. It rained for days,and the river got higher and higher. All kinds of things came down the river and one night there was a little wooden house, lying half on its side. We got the canoe out and went to take a look.Through the window we could see a bed,two old chairs and some old clothes.There was something lying in the corner and we thought it looked like a man.Jim went in to see, but he said,'He's dead.Someone shot him in the back.Don't look at his face,Huck.It's terrible!'
  I didn't want to see the dead man's face,so I didn't look.We just took the old clothes and a few other things,and went back to our cave on the island.
  Another night,when we were out looking for things on the river,we found a raft.It was made of good, strong wood,and was about four metres by five metres.'This could be useful,'I said to Jim, so we pulled it back to the island behind the canoe, and tied it up under the trees.


■ 2 哈克出逃并找到一个朋友
  大多是一种懒散、舒适的生活,但是,大约两个月后,爸爸开始更加狠命地用棍子打我。他也经常离开小木屋到镇上去,那时,他总是把我锁在小木屋内。有一次,他走了三天,我想,我永远也出不去了。
  那次他回来时,醉醺醺的,而且还很生气。他想要我的钱,但撒切尔法官不给他。爸爸告诉我,法官想把我送去再和寡妇住在一起。我对此不太高兴。我不想回那儿去。
  所以,我决定逃走,顺流而下,住在森林里的什么地方。爸爸出去的时候,我开始在小木屋的木墙上挖洞。过不了几天,洞大些的时候,我就可以把木头拿开,从洞里逃走,然后把木头放回去。
  一天早晨,爸爸打发我到河里去抓鱼当早餐。令我吃惊的是河里有一只独木舟,里面没有人。我立即跳进河里,把独木舟带到了岸边。幸运的是爸爸没看见我,我决定把独木舟藏在树下,等我逃跑时好用。
  那天下午,爸爸把我锁在屋里到镇上去了。我想,“他今晚不会回来了,”所以,我开始拚命挖洞。不久,我就能钻出去了。我带上食品、饮料和爸爸的熗上了独木舟。然后,我把那块木头放回去把洞掩盖起来,拿上熗,进了林子。在森林里,我打了一只野猪,把它带回了小木屋。接着,我用斧子把门劈开,拖着猪进了小木屋,在地上弄了些猪血。然后,我在袋子里放了些大石头,拽着袋子一直到了河边。最后,我在斧子上弄了些血和我的头发。我把斧子丢在小木屋的一个墙角,把猪扔到了河里。
  “他们不会知道河里的东西只是一头猪,”我自言自语道。“他们会以为那是我。”
  然后,找解下独木舟,顺流而下来到杰克逊岛。那时候,天快黑了,所以,我把独木舟藏在树下,然后睡觉了。
  第二天当我醒来时,已是八点多了,太阳已高高挂在天空。我感觉暖融融的,很舒服,我不想起来。突然,我听到河上游一阵喧闹声,我透过树丛仔细观看,看见一艘挤满人的船。船上有爸爸、撒切尔法官、汤姆·索亚和他的菠莉姨妈,还有汤姆的弟弟锡德以及许多其他的人。他们在河里寻找我的尸体。我看着他们,可他们没看见我。最后,他们走了。我知道不会有人再来找我了。我在树下找了个睡觉、放东西的好地方。然后,我抓到了一条鱼,在火上煮了。
  我在岛上就这样生活了三天。然后,我决定到岛上转一转。我进了森林。“这是我的岛,”我想,“我是这岛上唯一的一个人。”
  突然,就在我面前,我看见了一堆火,仍然冒着烟。我的岛上还有别人!我一刻没停,转过身来,径直回到原地。但我睡不着觉。过了一段时间,我自言自语道,“我不能这样的生活下去,我必须弄清楚它是谁。”
  我坐在独木舟里,借着树的黑暗,轻轻地顺流而下。然后,我停了下来。透过树丛,能看见一处火光。我胆战心惊地离开了独木舟,靠近火堆。有个人躺在火边。突然,他坐了起来,我看见那人是吉姆,沃森小姐的奴隶!看见他,我真高兴!“你好,吉姆!”我喊道,从树后跳了出来。
  吉姆跪了下来。“请别伤害我!”他叫道。“对死去的人,我一直总是友好的!”
  “没事儿,吉姆。我没死,”我说,“可你为什么在这个岛上呢?”我问。
  “唉,哈克,”他开始道,“老沃森小姐想要卖我。一个男人来到镇上告诉沃森小姐,他要花800美元买我。她答应了,所以,我就逃了。我跑到河边藏了起来,可镇上所有的人都在那儿。他们说你死了,哈克。我不得不等上一整天再逃走。天黑时,我上了一条大船,藏在那儿,当我们靠近这个岛时,我跳进水里,游到了这儿。”
  吉姆讲完了他的经历,然后,我们俩把我们所有的东西都搬到了一个岩洞里,把独木舟藏在树下。我们刚干完,雨就下起来了。雨接连下了数日,河水越涨越高。各种各样的东西从河上游漂了下来。一天夜里,有一座小木房子斜着浮在水面上。我们把独木舟弄出来,划过去看了看。透过窗户,我们能看到一张床,两把旧椅子,还有一些旧衣服。屋角那儿躺着什么东西,看起来像个人。吉姆进去看了看,可他说,“他死了。有人在他的背后开了熗。别看他的脸,哈克。太可怕了!”
  我根本不想看死人的脸,所以,我没看。我们拿了些旧衣服和一些别的东西,便回到了岛上的岩洞里。
  又一天夜里,当我们出去寻找河上的东西时,我们发现了一个木筏子。它是由很好、很结实的木头做成的,大约5米长,4米宽。“可能会有用的,”我对吉姆说。所以,我们把它拖在小木舟后带了回来,并把它栓在了树下。
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-17 00:39重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 45楼  发表于: 2014-08-16 0

■ 3 Huck and Jim travel south
  For some days everything went along quietly,but we were getting bored. We wanted to know what was happening in town and so I decided to go and find out. Jim said,'Why don't you wear the old dress and the hat that we found in the house? People won't know you, then. They'll think you're a girl.' And so I did.
  Just after it was dark,I got into the canoe and went up the river to the bottom of the town.There,I left the canoe and went on foot. Before long, I came to a little house which was always empty.Now there was a light on,and when I looked through the window, I saw a woman of about forty.She was a stranger and that was good because she didn't know me.So I knocked on the door.'I must remember that I'm a girl'I said to myself.
  The woman opened the door.'Come in,' she said.She looked at me with her little bright eyes.'What's your name?'she asked.
  'Sarah Williams,'I replied.'I'm going to see my uncle,on the other side of town.My mother's ill, you see,and she needs help.'
  'Well, you can't go there by yourself now.It's too dark.My husband will be home in about an hour. Wait for him and he'll walk with you.'
  And then she began to tell me about all her troubles. I was getting bored with all this until she said something about Pop and my murder.
  'Who did it?'I asked.
  'Well,'she replied,'some people say old Finn did it him-self;other people think it was a slave who ran away that night.His name was Jim. They'll give three hundred dollars to anybody who finds him——and they'll give two hundred dollars for old Finn. He got drunk and left town with two strangers.A lot of people think he killed his boy and he's going to come back one day, and get all Huck Finn's money.' 'And what about the slave?'I asked.
  'Oh,they'll soon catch him. People want the three hundred dollars. I think he's on Jackson's Island, you know.I've seen smoke there.My husband's gone to get two of his friends and they're going over there with a gun later tonight.'
  When I heard this, my hands began to shake. The woman looked at me strangely,but then she smiled and said kindly,'What did you say your name was?'
  'M-Mary Williams.'
  'Oh,' she said,'I thought it was Sarah.'
  'Er… well, yes, it is. Sarah Mary Williams. Some people call me Sarah and some people call me Mary, you see.'
  'Oh,do they?'She smiled again.'Come on,now—what's your real name? Bill? Bob? I know you're not really a girl.'
  So then I had to tell her another story, with a different name,and I said I was running away. She said she wouldn't tell anybody, and gave me some food before I left.I hurried back to the island and Jim.
  'Quick,Jim!'I cried,waking him up.'They're coming to get us!'
  We got out the raft as fast as we could,put all our things on it, tied the canoe on behind, and moved off down the river.When it began to get light,we hid. When it was dark again,we travelled on. On the fifth night we passed St Louis, and we decided to go on down to Cairo in Illinois,sell the raft there and get a boat to Ohio.There are no slaves in Ohio.
  We slept for most of that day and we began our journey again when it was dark.After some time,we saw lights on the Illinois side of the river and Jim got very excited. He thought it was Cairo. Jim got the canoe ready and I went off in it to take a look at those lights. But it wasn't Cairo.
  After that, we went on down the river. It was very dark that night and it wasn't easy to see where we were going.Suddenly, a big steamboat came at us very fast, and the next minute it was right over us. Jim and I jumped off the raft into the water. The boat hit the raft and went on up the river.
  When I came up out of the water, I couldn't see Jim any-where.I called out his name again and again,but there was no answer.'He's dead!' I thought.Slowly, I swam to the side of the river and got out.I saw that I was near a big old wood-en house. Suddenly a lot of very angry dogs jumped out at me.They made a terrible noise and someone called from the house,'Who's there?'
  'George Jackson,'I answered quickly.'I've fallen off a river boat.'
  Well, the people who lived in that house were very kind,and they took me in and gave me some new clothes and a good meal. I told them that my family were all dead,so they said I could stay with them as long as I wanted. It was a beautiful house and the food was good there, so I stayed.
  A few days later one of the slaves in the house came to me and said,'Come with me!'Together,we went down to some trees by the river.'In there!'he said and went away.
  On the ground, I found a man, asleep. It was Jim! I was really pleased to see him.When the steamboat hit the raft,Jim told me, the raft didn't break up.Jim swam after it and caught it. Then he began to look for me.
  We decided to leave at once. It's all right living in a house for a little while, but you feel more free and easy and comfort-able on a raft.


■ 3 哈克和吉姆向南旅行
  几天来,一切都很顺利。但是,我们有点烦了。我们想知道镇上发生了什么事情,于是,我决定去查清楚。吉姆说,“你为什么不穿上我们在那木房子里找到的旧衣服,戴上那帽子呢?那样,人们就不会认出你。他们会以为你是一个女孩呢。”于是,我照着他说的做了。
  天刚黑,我上了独木舟,往上游划去来到镇边。我把独木舟留在那儿,步行前往。不久,我来到了一座小房子前。这座小房子以前一直是空的,但现在里面有亮光,当我透过窗户往里望时,我看到了一位大约40岁的女人。是个陌生人,这不错,因为她不认识我。所以,我敲了敲门,“我必须记住我是一个女孩儿,”我自言自语道。
  那女人开了门。“进来吧,”她说道。她用她那小小的、亮亮的眼睛打量着我。“你叫什么名字?”她问道。
  “萨拉·威廉斯,”我回答道。“我打算去见我的舅舅,他住在镇子的另一头。你瞧,我妈妈病了,她需要帮助。”
  “噢,你现在不能自己去那儿,天太黑了。我丈夫大约一小时后会回来。等等他,他会跟你一起去的。”
  然后,她开始对我讲起她的烦恼。对她所讲的这一切我变得厌烦了,直到她谈起爸爸和我的那件凶杀案。
  “是谁干的?”我问道。
  “嗯,”她回答道,“有人说是老费恩自己干的,其他的人认为是一个那天夜里逃走的奴隶干的。他的名字叫吉姆。他们出价300美元悬赏捉拿吉姆——并且他们出价200美元悬赏捉拿老费恩。他喝得醉醺醺的,和两个陌生人离开了镇子。许多人认为是他杀了他的儿子,有朝一日,他会回来,并且会得到哈克·费恩所有的钱。”
  “那奴隶怎么样了?”我问道。
  “噢,他们不久就会抓住他的。人们想要那300美元。我想,他在杰克逊岛上,我看到了那里有烟。我丈夫去找他的两个朋友,今夜晚些时候,他们带着熗要到那儿去。”
  当我听到这消息时,我的手开始颤抖起来。那女人奇怪地看着我,然后,她笑了,和蔼地说道:“你说你叫什么名字?”
  “玛——玛丽·威廉斯。”
  “噢”,她说道,“我原以为是萨拉。”
  “欧……噢,是的,是萨拉·玛丽·威廉斯。听我说,有的人叫我萨拉,有的人叫我玛丽。”
  “噢,是吗?”她又笑道,“得啦,现在把你的真实名字告诉我?比尔?鲍勃?我知道你的确不是一个女孩儿。”
  然后,我不得不又编了一个谎话告诉她,谎话中我又换了一个名字。我说道,我正在离家出走。她言道她不会告诉任何人,并给了我些吃的,然后,我走了。我急忙回到了岛上,回到了吉姆那儿。
  “快点,吉姆!”我喊着把他叫醒。“他们来抓我们了!”
  我们尽快地把木筏拉出来,把我们所有的东西放在上面,把独木舟拴在木筏后面,顺流而下。天快亮时,我们藏起来,天再黑时,我们继续走。第五天夜里,我们经过了圣路易斯,我们决定继续顺流而下到伊利诺伊州的开罗去,在那儿卖掉木筏,弄条船到俄亥俄州去。俄亥俄州没有奴隶。
  那天的大部分时间我们在睡觉,天黑时,我们又开始了我们的旅行。一段时间后,我们看到了河岸边伊利诺伊州的灯光,吉姆兴奋极了,他以为是开罗。吉姆把独木舟准备好,我乘着独木舟前去看看那些灯光,可那不是开罗。
  之后,我们继续顺流而下。那天夜里,天很黑,不太容易看清我们在往哪儿走。突然,一只汽船速度很快地冲着我们开过来了,紧接着,它朝我们头顶上压过来。我和吉姆从木筏上跳进水里。汽船撞到了木筏,继续往上游开去。
  当我露出水面时,我哪儿也看不到吉姆。我一遍又一遍地大声喊着他的名字,可是没有回答。我想,“他死了!”慢慢地,我游向河边上了岸。就在附近,我看到了一座宽大的老式木房子。突然,许多发怒的狗扑向我。他们发出可怕的吠声,有人在屋里喊道,“谁在哪儿?”
  “乔治·杰克逊,”我很快地回答,“我从船上掉到河里了。”
  住在那房子里的人很和蔼,他们领我进屋,给了我些新衣服和一顿丰盛的饭。我告诉他们我的家人都死了,于是,他们说我想住多久就能住多久。这是一座漂亮的房子,吃得也不错,于是,我住下来了。
  几天后,那家的一个奴隶来找我说,“跟我来!”我们一起来到下游方向河边的小树林。“在那儿!”他说着走开了。
  我发现一个人睡在地上,是吉姆!看见他,我真是高兴极了。吉姆告诉我,汽船撞着木筏时,木筏并没有散开。吉姆游着追上那木筏并抓住了。然后,他开始寻找我。
  我们决定立即离开。在房子里小住一阵还行,但在木筏上,你感到更自由、更轻松、更舒服。


■ 4 The Duke and the King
  Two or three days and nights went by and nothing much happened.We travelled at night when it was dark and everybody was asleep. We didn't want anyone to see Jim and ask questions about him.
  Then, one morning,just after it was light,I found a little canoe,so I got into it and went over to the side of the river.I was looking round,when,suddenly,two men ran through the trees.
  'Help!' they cried.'There are men and dogs trying to catch us. But we've done nothing wrong!'
  One of the men was about seventy years old;the other was about thirty,and they both had very old, dirty clothes. I said they could come with me, and we ran quickly back to the canoe.
  Back on the raft we talked for a time and then the young man said,'My friends,I think I can tell you my secret now.I'm really a duke.My grandfather was the son of the Duke of Bridgewater,but he left England and came to America.When the old Duke died,my grandfather's younger brother stole everything and made himself the Duke of Bridgewater.'
  Well,of course,we were all very unhappy for our friend the Duke,but he said,'I'll be happier if you do things for me.Bring me my dinner!'
  So we did things for him,and he liked it. But the old man spoke very little and he looked unhappy,too.After a time he said,'You know,Bridgewater,I, too, have a secret.'And he began to cry.
  'What do you mean?'the Duke asked.'What's your secret?'
  And then the old man told us that he was really the first son of the King of France.He asked us all to go down on one knee when we spoke to him. we could call him'Your Majesty',too.So that was what we did, and they were both happy.Of course,I knew that they weren't really a duke and a king, but I didn't tell Jim.It's best if everybody is happy when you're living together on a raft.
  The King and the Duke were very interested in Jim.'Is he a slave?'they wanted to know.'Is he running away?'
  I had to tell them something, so I said that Jim belonged to my uncle and was taking me to my family in New Orleans.
  'Well,we'll travel down river with you,then,'said the King.'We'll have a fine time together.'
  So the four of us went on down the river, but Jim and I didn't like those two men.They were always getting drunk and making plans to get money out of people in every town.It's all right to take a chicken or something if you're hungry,but these men were really bad! Jim and I decided to get away from them as soon as we could.It wasn't easy because they wanted to be with us all the time.
  Then one morning the King went off into a town and told us to wait for him. We waited all morning and he didn't come back,so the Duke and I went into town to look for him. We looked all afternoon and in the end we found him in a bar, drunk,and then he and the Duke began to fight about some money.
  Now we can get away from them,I thought.I turned and ran back to the river.'Quick,Jim!' I shouted.'It's time to go!'But there was no answer. Jim wasn't there!
  I ran into the woods,crying and shouting Jim's name. But there was still no answer.
  Just then a boy came along.'Have you seen a slave?'I asked him,and I described Jim.
  'Why,yes,'the boy replied.'He's a runaway slave.I heard all about it in town.A family called the Phelpses have got him now.An old man in a bar told Mr Phelps that there was a runaway slave on a raft down by the river. He said he hadn't got time to take the slave back himself.So Mr Phelps gave him forty dollars and they went down and caught the slave this afternoon.The Phelpses are going to take him back to his owner, and they'll get three hundred dollars for him!'
  I knew those two men were bad! I asked the boy where the Phelpses lived and he said it was a big white house a little way down the river.
  I began to make plans to get Jim back.First,I took the raft and went down to a little island.I hid the raft under the treesand lay down to sleep.Before it was light,I went off down the river in the canoe.When I thought I was near the Phelpses place,I stopped,got out of the canoe and went up to the house.Suddenly,a lot of dogs ran out.They came from everywhere and they made a terrible noise.
  A woman about fifty years old ran out of the house,with some little children behind her.She was smiling all over her face and she took me by the hands and cried,'It's you,at last,isn't it?'
  I didn't stop to think.'Yes,ma'am,'I said.
  'Well, what took you so long? We thought you were coming two days ago. Your Uncle Silas goes to town every day to meet you.He's there now,but he'll be back soon.'She didn't stop talking and I couldn't tell her that she was making a mistake.' Tell us all about them,'she cried.'Tell me everything.'
  I knew then that I had to tell her… but just then she cried,'Here he is!Quick,hide!'and she pushed me inside the house and behind the front door.Then her husband came in and she asked him,'Has he come?'
  'No,'her husband replied.
  'Look!'she shouted,and then she pulled me out from be-hind the door.
  'Why,who's that?'Mr Phelps cried,surprised.
  'It's Tom Sawyer!'she laughed.


■ 4 公爵和国王
  二三个昼夜过去了,没发生什么事。我们在夜里旅行,那时天黑,别人都在睡觉。我们不想让任何人看见吉姆,问起有关他的问题。
  一天早晨,天刚刚亮,我发现了一只小独木舟,于是,我上了独木舟来到了河边。我正在环视着,突然,两个男人跑着穿过树林。
  “救命!”他们喊道,“有人想要抓我们,还带着狗。可我们没做错事!”
  其中一个人大约70岁,另外一个人大约30岁,他们俩都穿着很旧很脏的衣服。我说道,他们可以跟我来,我们很快跑回到了独木舟那儿。
  回到木筏上,我们说了一会话。然后,年轻人说道,“我的朋友们,我想,现在我能告诉你们我的秘密了。其实我是个公爵。我祖父是布里奇沃特公爵的儿子,可他离开了英国,来到了美国。老公爵死时,我祖父年轻的兄弟偷走了一切,变成了布里奇沃特公爵。”
  当然了,我们为我们的公爵朋友感到很难过,但他说,“如果你们为我做事,我会更高兴,把我的饭拿来!”
  所以,我们为他做事,他喜欢这样。可那个老人话说得很少,看上去也不高兴。过了一会,他说,“你要知道,布里奇沃特,我也有秘密。”他开始哭起来。
  “你是什么意思?”公爵问道,“你有什么秘密?”
  然后,那老人告诉我们,他的确是法国国王的长子。他要求我们跟他讲话时要单腿跪下。我们也可以称他为“陛下”。所以,这就是我们所做的一切,他们俩都很高兴。当然,我知道他们根本不是什么公爵和国王,可我没告诉吉姆。当你们共同生活在一只木筏上时,如果每一个人都快乐,那是最好不过了。
  国王和公爵对吉姆很感兴趣。“他是一个奴隶吗?”他们想知道,“他正在逃跑吗?”
  我得对他们说些什么,于是,我说,吉姆归我叔叔所有,他正把我送到新奥尔良的家去。
  “噢,那么,我们和你们一起旅行,”国王说道,“我们在一起会度过愉快的时光。”
  于是,我们四人顺流而下,可我和吉姆不喜欢那两个人。他们总是喝得醉醺醺的,并计划在每一个镇上从人们那里搞到钱。如果你饿了,拿只鸡或什么的还可以,可这俩人坏透了。我和吉姆决定尽快地摆脱他们。这不容易,因为他们总要跟着我们。
  有一天,国王到一个镇上去了,让我们等他。我们等了他一上午,他没回来。于是,我和公爵到镇上去找他。我们找了一下午,最后,在一个酒吧里找到了他,他醉醺醺的。然后,他和公爵为钱开始打起来。
  “现在,我们能摆脱他们了,”我想着。我转身跑回河边。“快点,吉姆!”我大声喊着,“是走的时候了!”可没人答应。吉姆不在那儿!
  我跑进树林,喊着叫着吉姆的名字。可是,仍然没有回答。
  正在那儿时,一个男孩过来了。“你看见一个奴隶了吗?”我问他,并描述了一下吉姆。
  “看见了,”那男孩回答道,“他是一个逃跑的奴隶。我是在镇上听到这些的。斐尔普斯一家人抓到了他。酒吧里的一个老头告诉斐尔普斯先生,在河下游方向河边的木筏上有一个逃跑的奴隶。他说,他自己没有时间亲自把那奴隶抓来。于是,斐尔普斯先生给了他40美元,今天下午到那去抓住了那个奴隶。斐尔普斯打算把他送回到他的主人那儿去。为了这个奴隶,他们会得到300美元。”
  我知道那俩人坏透了!我问那男孩儿斐尔普斯家住哪儿?他说是河下游不太远的一座大白房子。
  我开始制定救吉姆的计划。首先,我乘木筏顺流而下来到一个小岛。我把木筏藏在树下,躺下睡着了。天亮之前,我乘着独木舟顺流而下。当我觉得我已靠近斐尔普斯住处时,我停了下来,从独木舟上下来,朝那座房子走去。突然,有许多狗跑出来。他们朝我围过来,发出可怕的叫声。
  一位大约50岁的女人跑出屋来,身后跟着几个小孩子。她满脸笑容,拉住我的手叫道,“你终于来了,是吧!”
  我连想都没想,就说,“是的,夫人。”
  “是什么使你耽搁了这么久?我们以为你两天前就到哪。你的姨夫赛拉斯每天都到镇上去接你。他现在就在那儿,不过,他很快就会回来。”她不停地说着,我无法告诉她,是她弄错了。“把他们的事都告诉我,”她大声说道,“把一切都告诉我。”
  那时我明白了,我不得不告诉她……可就在那时,她喊道,“他来了!快点,藏起来!”她把我推到屋里,藏在前门后。然后,她丈夫走了进来,她问他,“他来了吗?”
  “没有,”她丈夫回答道。
  “看看!”她大声说道,然后,她把我从门后拉出来。
  “咦,这是谁?”斐尔普斯先生惊奇地大声说道。
  “这是汤姆·索亚!”她笑道。


■ 5 The plan to free Jim
  When I heard that,I nearly fell through the floor,but it was a big piece of luck.It was easy for me to be Tom Sawyer because Tom was my best friend.He and his brother Sid lived with their Aunt Polly up in St Petersburg, and I knew all about them.Now I learnt that Aunt Polly had a sister,who was Mrs Phelps.She and her husband were Tom's Aunt Sally and Uncle Silas.And Tom was coming down south by boat to stay with them for a bit.
  We all sat there talking and I could answer all their questions about the Sawyer family.I was feeling really happy about this when suddenly I heard a boat on the river.'Tom could be on that boat,'I thought,'and he's going to walk in here and call out my name before I can stop him.I've got to go and meet him.'
  So I told the Phelpses that I would go into town to get my bags, which were at the boat station.I hurried up the road and before I was halfway to town,there was Tom Sawyer coming along.
  When he saw me, his mouth fell open and he looked a bit white in the lace.'Aren't you dead?'he said.'Everybody said that you were murdered!'
  'I'm not dead yet,'I said,'but listen…'I told him about my adventures,and Tom loved all that.Then I told him about the Phelpses and that they thought I was Tom Sawyer.'What shall we do?'I asked him.
  Tom thought for a bit,and then he said,'I know.You take my bags and say they're yours. I'll come to the house in about half an hour.'
  'All right,'I said,'but there's another thing.You know old Miss Watson's slave Jim, who ran away? Well,he's a prisoner here,and I'm going to help him escape.'
  'Jim?'Tom said.'But he's—'Then he stopped and thought.'Right.I'll help,too,I'll make a really good plan.'He looked very excited.
  So I went back to the house with the bags,and Tom came along half an hour later.He knocked on the door and when his Aunt Sally opened it, he said he was Sid, Tom's brother.He wanted his visit to be a surprise for his dear old Aunt Sally,he said.
  Well,Aunt Sally was very pleased to see Tom and Sid.She thought it was wonderful.She and Uncle Silas were really nice people.
  When we were alone later,Tom and I talked about Jim's escape.I said I had a plan,and Tom listened to it.
  'It's a good plan,'he said when I finished.'But it's too easy! It's got to be a real escape,like a real adventure in a sto-ry-book.So we want something difficult and dangerous.
  Now,listen to this…'
  So he told me his plan.I knew it would be a good one be-cause Tom's plans are always crazy and exciting.
  And we sure had a lot of fun with that plan!We knew that Jim was locked up in a hut outside the house.Every night we got out through our bedroom window and dug a hole right under the wall of the hut.It took us a week,and it was hard work.We talked to Jim secretly and told him about the plan,and he was really pleased.
  We also wrote secret letters to everybody.Tom said that people always do this in books.We wrote that there was a gang of slave-thieves coming up from the south.They wanted to steal Jim and get the three hundred dollars from his owner.Well,the Phelpses and their friends got very excited, and on the night of the escape I went into the sitting-room,and there was a crowd of men in there—all with guns!
  I ran and told Tom, and he said that this was really good.'It's a real adventure now, all right,'he said, very excited.'Perhaps they'll come after us,and shoot,and we'll all get killed!'
  Well,there wasn't time to think about it because it all happened so quickly.We got Jim out through the hole under the wall,and began to run down to the river.But the men heard us and came after us.They began to shoot,and so we ran as fast as we could to the canoe.We got in it and went over to Spanish Island.My raft was there,and our plan was to escape on that and go on down river.
  'Now,Jim,'I cried,'you're a free man!'We were all very happy,but Tom was the happiest of all,because he had a bullet in his leg.
  When Jim and I heard that,we weren't so happy.Tom wanted the adventure to go on, but Jim and I said that a doctor must look at Tom's leg.Tom was getting angry about this,but Jim said:
  'You listen to me,Tom Sawyer.You say I'm a free man now,and perhaps I am.But old Jim is not going to run away and leave one of his friends with a bullet in his leg! So I'm staying right here until a doctor comes.'
  I knew Jim would say that. He was a good, true friend, and you can't say that about many people.
  Well,that was the end of the adventure,really.I went and found a doctor in the town.He was a kind old man,and he said he would go over to the island. But Tom's leg got very bad,and the next day the doctor and some other men carried Tom home to the Phelpses' house.They brought Jim too, and they locked him up in the hut again.But the doctor said,'Be kind to him, because he didn't run away and he stayed to help me with the boy.'
  They took Tom up to bed because his leg was really bad,and Aunt Sally sat with him while he slept.I didn't want to answer any questions so I kept out of everybody's way.
  When Tom woke up the next day,he felt better.I was in the room and he said to me,'Jim's all right,isn't he?'
  I didn't know what to say because Aunt Sally was listening, and before I could stop him,Tom went on:
  'We did it,Aunt Sally.Me and Tom here.We helped Jim escape.'He told her all about the digging and everything,and Aunt Sally's mouth was opening and closing like a fish.Then she got really angry with Tom.
  'That slave is locked up again and he's going to stay there.And if I catch you again—'
  Tom suddenly sat up in bed.'You can't do that!'he cried.'Jim was old Miss Watson's slave, but she died two months ago.Before she died,she wrote that she wanted Jim to be free,and not a slave any more.Jim's a free man,not a slave!
  Well,that was a surprise to me and Aunt Sally!She thought Tom was crazy.'But Sid,why did you help him to escape,if he was free already?'she said.
  'I wanted the adventure,of course!'said Tom.'We made a really exciting plan and… Oh my!…AUNT POLLY!'
  We turned round,and there was Tom's Aunt Polly in the doorway!That was the second big surprise.Aunt Sally was really pleased to see her sister,and jumped up to put her arms round her. I got under the bed as fast as I could.There was trouble coming for me and Tom, that was for sure.
  Then Aunt Polly said to Tom,'You always were a terrible boy,Tom Sawyer,and I want to know—'
  'But Polly dear,'said Aunt Sally,'this isn't Tom.It's Sid.Tom was here a minute ago.Where is he?'
  'Where's Huck Finn,you mean,' replied Aunt Polly.'Come out from under that bed, Huck Finn.'
  So Tom and I had to explain everything.Aunt Polly said that Aunt Sally wrote and told her that Tom and Sid were there.She knew that it wasn't true, so she decided to come and find out what was happening.But she said that it was true about Miss Watson and that Jim was a free man now.
  We got Jim out of the hut and Aunt Sally and Uncle Silas were really nice to him.Later,Tom, Jim and I had a long talk by ourselves.Tom talked and talked,and then he said,'Let's all three of us run away one night,and go and have ad-ventures in the wild country down south.'
  It sounded like a good plan to me.'The only thing is,'I said,'I haven't got any money to buy the right clothes and things.All my money back in St Petersburg will be in Pop's pockets by now.'
  'No,'said Tom.'Your money's all there.Your Pop never came back.'
  'No,and he won't come back,Huck,'Jim said.'You remember that dead man on the river,when I said“Don't look at his face”?Well,that was your Pop.You can get your money when you want.'
  Tom's leg is almost better now, and I haven't got any more to write about.I'm really pleased about that because it was very difficult to write a book and I won't do it again.But I think I'm going to have to run away before the others,because Aunt Sally wants me to live with her. I'll have to sleep in a bed and wear clean clothes and learn to be good,and I can't do that again.I've done it once already.
  The End
  Yours Truly
  Huck Finn


■ 5 使吉姆获得自由的计划
  当我听到这话时,我差点儿没掉进地板缝里去,不过,这可是太幸运了。冒充汤姆·索亚对我来说是件容易事,因为,汤姆是我最好的朋友。他和他的弟弟锡德和他们的菠莉姨妈一起住在圣彼得斯堡,他们的事我都知道,现在,我知道了菠莉姨妈有一个妹妹,她是斐尔普斯太太。她和她的丈夫是汤姆的萨莉姨妈和赛拉斯姨夫。汤姆要乘船南下和他们小住一阵。
  我们都坐在那儿聊着天,我可以回答所有的有关索亚家的问题。对此我感到很高兴。突然,我听到河上的船声。“汤姆可能在那条船上,”我想着,“他会走进这屋里来,我还来不及阻止他,他就会大声喊出我的名字。我得去迎他。”
  于是,我告诉斐尔普斯一家,我要到镇子上的船站去取我的包。我急忙上路,还没走出一半路远,汤姆·索亚沿路走来了。
  他看见我时,嘴张着,脸色略微发白,“难道你没死?”他说道,“大家都说,你被杀死了!”
  “我还没死呢,”我说道,“可你听着……”我对他讲了我的冒险,汤姆非常喜爱这一切。然后,我跟他讲了斐尔普斯一家的事,并告诉他,他们以为我是汤姆·索亚。“我们该怎么办呢?”我问他。
  汤姆略加思索,然后说道,“我知道怎么办。你把我的包拿去,就说是你的。我大约半小时后到。”
  “好吧,”我说,“可还有一件事。你知道老沃森小姐的奴隶吉姆吗?他逃走了。唉,他是这儿的一个囚犯,我打算帮助他逃走。”
  “吉姆?”汤姆说道,“可他是——”然后,他停下来思考了一下。“好吧,我也帮忙。我要制定一个很好的计划。”他看起来很兴奋。
  于是,我拿着包回去了,汤姆半小时后来了。他敲了敲门,萨莉姨妈开门时,他说,他是锡德,汤姆的弟弟。他想使他的来访给他那亲爱的萨莉姨妈一个惊喜,他说道。
  嘿,萨莉姨妈看见汤姆和锡德真是高兴极了。她觉得这真是好极了。她和赛拉斯姨夫的确是很好的人。
  我们俩单独在一起时,我和汤姆谈起了吉姆逃跑的事。我说,我有一个计划,汤姆听着我的计划。
  “这是一个好计划,”我讲完后他说道,“可太容易了!得像个真正的逃跑,像故事书中的真正的冒险。所以,我们要让这冒险困难点,危险点。听听这个……”
  于是,他告诉了我他的计划。我明白,这会是一个出色的计划,因为,汤姆的计划41奋总是既疯狂又兴奋。
  执行那计划肯定会给我们带来许多的乐趣!我们知道,吉姆被锁在屋外的一个小屋里。每天夜里,我们都从卧室的窗户钻出去,就在小屋墙下挖洞。挖洞花费了我们一星期的时间,这是一件苦差事。我们秘密地同吉姆交谈,并告诉他我们的计划,他高兴极了。
  我们也给大家写密信。汤姆说,书中人们总是这样做。我们写道,有一群盗奴贼从南方来。他们想偷走吉姆,从他的主人那儿得到300美元。斐尔普斯一家和他们的朋友很兴奋,逃跑的那天夜里,我走进起居室,那儿有一大群男人——都拿着熗!
  我跑去告诉了汤姆,他说,这真不错。“好吧,这是一次真正的冒险,”他说道,很兴奋,“或许他们会追我们,开熗,我们都会被打死!”
  没有时间考虑了,因为,这一切发生得太快了。我们把吉姆从墙下的洞里弄出来,开始往河边跑去。但是,那些人听到了我们的声音,追了过来,他们开始开熗,我们尽快地往独木舟那儿跑去。我们上了独木舟,前往西班牙岛,我的木筏停在那儿,我们的计划就是逃到那岛上,然后继续顺流而下。
  “嗨,吉姆,”我喊道,“你是一个自由之人了!”我们都很高兴,可汤姆是最高兴的一个,因为,他腿上中了一熗。
  我和吉姆听到这话时,可不那么高兴了。汤姆想让这冒险继续下去,可我和吉姆说,一定要找个医生看看汤姆的腿。汤姆对此生气了,可吉姆说道:
  “你听我说,汤姆·索亚。你说,我现在是一个自由人了,或许我是。可老吉姆不会逃跑,而丢下一个腿里有颗子弹的朋友!所以,我就呆在这儿,一直到医生来。”
  我知道,吉姆会这样说的。他是一个真正的好朋友,对许多其他的人,你不会这样说的。
  说真的,这就是冒险的结束。我去到镇上找了个医生。他是个和蔼的老人,他说,他会到岛上去。可汤姆腿的伤势很重,第二天,医生和其他的一些人把汤姆抬到斐尔普斯家。他们也带回了吉姆,他们又把他锁在木屋里。可医生说,“对他好点儿,因为他没逃跑,他留在那儿帮我照顾这个男孩。”
  他们把汤姆放在床上,因为,他腿的伤势很重。他睡觉时,萨莉姨妈坐在他的身边。我不想回答任何问题,所以,我远远地躲开大家。
  第二天,汤姆醒来时,他感觉好多了。我在他房间里,他对我说,“吉姆没事儿,是吧?”
  我不知道说什么好,因为萨莉姨妈在听着,我还来不及阻止他,汤姆继续说道:
  “这件事是我们干的,萨莉姨妈。是我和汤姆。我们帮助吉姆逃跑的。”他把挖洞和所有的一切都告诉了她,萨莉姨妈的嘴像条鱼一样一张一闭。然后,她真的生汤姆的气了。
  “那个奴隶又被锁了起来,他要呆在那儿。如果我再抓到你——”
  汤姆突然在床上坐起来。“你不能那样做!”他喊道,“吉姆是老沃森小姐的奴隶,可她两个月前去世了。死前她写道,她要让吉姆自由,不再是一个奴隶了。吉姆是一个自由人,不再是一个奴隶!”
  我和萨莉姨妈都感到很惊讶!她觉得汤姆疯了。“可是,锡德,如果他已经自由了,那你为什么还帮他逃跑呢?”她说道。
  “当然,我想冒险!”汤姆说。“我们制定了一个很令人兴奋的计划,并且……呀,天哪!……菠莉姨妈!”
  我们转过身来,汤姆的菠莉姨妈站在门那儿!这是第二个令人大吃一惊的事。萨莉姨妈见到她的姐姐的确很高兴,跳起来搂住了她。我赶快爬到床底下。我和汤姆要有麻烦了,这是肯定无疑的。
  然后,菠莉姨妈对汤姆说道,“你总是捣乱,汤姆·索亚,我想知道——”
  “可是,亲爱的菠莉,”萨莉姨妈说道,“这不是汤姆,是锡德。汤姆刚才还在这哪。他哪儿去了?”
  “你是指哈克·费恩哪儿去了?”菠莉姨妈回答道,“从床底下出来,哈克·费恩。”
  所以,我和汤姆不得不解释所有这一切。菠莉姨妈说,萨莉姨妈写信告诉她,汤姆和锡德在那儿。她知道这不是真的,于是,她决定来弄清楚到底是怎么回事。可她说,沃森小姐的事倒是真的,吉姆现在是一个自由人了。
  我们把吉姆从小屋里放出来,萨莉姨妈和赛拉斯姨夫待他很友好。后来,汤姆、吉姆和我,就我们三个人,聊了很长时间。汤姆不停地说着,然后,他说道,“有那么一天夜里,我们三个人逃走,到南方荒野的地方去冒险。”
  听起来倒是一个不错的计划。“唯一的事情是,”我说道,“我没有钱买合适的衣服和物品。我所有的在圣彼得斯堡的钱这时应该在爸爸的兜里了。”
  “不会的,”汤姆说道,“你的钱都在那儿。你爸爸从来没回来。”
  “对了,他不会回来了,哈克,”吉姆说道,“你记得河上那个死人吗?我说别看他的脸,那就是你爸爸。你想拿到钱时,你就能拿到。”
  汤姆的腿现在差不多好了,我没有什么要写的了。对此我很高兴,因为,写一本书很难,我不会再写了。可我想,在其他人逃跑之前,我得准备先逃走,因为萨莉姨妈想让我和她住在一起。我将不得不睡在床上,穿干净衣服,学着有教养,我不能再那样了。我已经尝试过一次了。
  ──完──
  你的忠实的
  哈克·费恩
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-17 00:40重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 46楼  发表于: 2014-08-16 0

【02-05】  [鲁滨孙漂流记 / 丹尼尔·笛福 著]
  Robinson Cruso by Daniel Defoe

■ 简介
  你曾长期独处过吗?你能够孤身一人在荒岛上生活多年吗?你能够给自己建造房屋,学会种植谷物并制作面包,学会用动物的皮为自己缝制衣服吗?
  鲁宾孙·克鲁索厌倦了英国家里恬静的生活。他决意成为一名海员,周游世界。他有很多激动人心的冒险经历,并于1659年登上了一艘从巴西开往非洲的船只。一天,来了一场可怕的风暴。轮船开始碎裂,克鲁索和他的朋友们立即为求生而与愤怒的大海抗争。所有的朋友都死了,唯有克鲁索活下来并到达了陆地。他发现自己在一个陌生、荒凉的国度——还活着,却孤独地在一个小岛上,没有食物,没有船只,无路可逃。
  随后的27年他将在那儿生活……
  丹尼尔·笛福生于1660年,死于1731年。他的一生令人刺激,他曾作过记者和间谍,并由于政治性的作品而几番入狱。他一生中写了许多书,但《鲁宾孙漂流记》是他最著名的小说。

■ 1 My first sea journey
  Before I begin my story,I would like to tell you a little about myself.
  I was born in the year 1632,in the city of York in the north of England. My father was German,but he came to live and work in England. Soon after that,he married my mother,who was English. Her family name was Robinson,so,when I was born,they called me Robinson,after her.
  My father did well in his business and I went to a good school. He wanted me to get a good job and live a quiet,com-fortable life. But I didn't want that. I wanted adventure and an exciting life.
  'I want to be a sailor and go to sea,'I told my mother and father. They were very unhappy about this.
  'Please don't go,'my father said. 'You won't be happy,you know. Sailors have a difficult and dangerous life. 'And be-cause I loved him,and he was unhappy,I tried to forget about the sea.
  But I couldn't forget,and about a year later,I saw a friend in town. His father had a ship,and my friend said to me,'We're sailing to London tomorrow. Why don't you come with us?'
  And so,on September 1st,1651,I went to Hull,and the next day we sailed for London.
  But,a few days later,there was a strong wind. The sea was rough and dangerous,and the ship went up and down,up and down. I was very ill,and very afraid.
  'Oh,I don't want to die!'I cried. 'I want to live!If I live,I'll go home and never go to sea again!'
  The next day the wind dropped,and the sea was quiet and be autiful again.
  'Well,Bob,'my friend laughed. 'How do you feel now?The wind wasn't too bad. '
  'What!'I cried. 'It was a terrible storm. '
  'Oh,that wasn't a storm,'my friend answered. 'Just a lit-tle wind. Forget it. Come and have a drink. '
  After a few drinks with my friend,I felt better. I forgot about the danger and decided not to go home. I didn't want my friends and family to laugh at me!
  I stayed in London for some time,but I still wanted to go to sea. So,when the captain of a ship asked me to go with him to Guinea in Africa,I agreed. And so I went to sea for the second time.
  It was a good ship and everything went well at first,but I was very ill again. Then,when we were near the Canary Is-lands,a Turkish pirate ship came after us. They were famous thieves of the sea at that time. There was a long,hard fight,but when it finished,we and the ship were prisoners.
  The Turkish captain and his men took us to Sallee in Moroc-co. They wanted to sell us as slaves in the markets there. But in the end the Turkish captain decided to keep me for himself,and took me home with him. This was a sudden and terrible change in my life. I was now a slave and this Turkish captain was my master.


■ 1 我的第一次海上旅行
  开始我的故事之前,我想先向你谈一点我自己的情况。
  我1632年出生在英国北部的约克郡。我父亲是德国人,但他却来到英国居住和工作。此后不久,他与我母亲结了婚。我母亲是英国人,娘家姓鲁宾孙,因此,我出生后他们都称呼我鲁宾孙,沿用了我母亲的姓氏。
  我父亲在生意上做得很出色,并且我也进了一所好学校。他希望我得到好的工作,过一种平静的、舒适的生活。但是我不希望如此。我喜欢冒险和刺激的生活。
  “我想成为一名水手去航行,”我告诉父母亲。他们对此很不高兴。
  “不要去,”父亲说。“你不会幸福的,你知道。水手过着艰苦而且危险的生活。”因为我爱父亲,他不高兴,我便试图忘掉大海。
  但我不可能忘掉,大约一年后,我在镇里遇到一个朋友。他的父亲有一艘船,我的朋友对我说,“明天我们航行去伦敦。你为什么不和我们一起走呢?”
  于是,1651年9月1日,我到了赫尔港,第二天我们驶向伦敦。
  但是,几天后,刮起了狂风,狂暴的大海危机四伏,船不断颠簸。我晕船晕得厉害,非常害怕。
  “哦,我不想死!”我哭喊起来。“我想活着!假如我活着,我就要回家,再也不出海了!”
  第二天,风停了,大海又重新恢复了平静而美丽。
  “好了,鲍伯,”我的朋友笑着说。“现在你感觉如何?这风并不太令人讨厌。”
  “什么!”我大叫起来。“这可是一场可怕的风暴。”
  “哦,这不算风暴,”我的朋友回答。“仅仅是小风而已。忘记它吧,来,喝一杯。”
  和朋友喝了几杯,我感觉好多了。我忘记了危险,决定不回家了。我不愿意我的朋友和家人嘲笑我!
  我在伦敦停留了一段时间,但我仍然想去航行。所以,当一位船长要求我和他一起去非洲的几内亚时,我答应了。于是,我第二次去航海。
  这是一艘好船,开始一切都很顺利,但是我又晕得厉害。此后,当我们接近加纳利群岛时,一艘土耳其海盗船跟上了我们。他们是当时有名的海盗。经过一场长时间激烈的交火,一切都结束时,我们连人带船都成了俘虏。
  土耳其船长和他的部下把我们带到摩洛哥的萨利。他们想在那儿的市场上把我们当作奴隶卖掉。但最后土耳其船长决定把我留给他自己,带我随他回家。
  这是我一生中一次突然的可怕的变故。现在我成了奴隶,这位土耳其船长是我的主人。


■ 2 Down the coast of Africa
  For two long years I lived the life of a slave. I worked in escape,but it was never possible. I thought about it day and night. My master liked to go fishing in a little boat,and he al-ways took me with him. A man called Moely,and a young boy also went with us.
  One day my master said to us,'Some of my friends want to go fishing tomorrow. Get the boat ready. '
  So we put a lot of food and drink on the boat,and the next morning,we waited for my master and his friends. But when my master arrived,he was alone.
  'My friends don't want to go fishing today,'he said to me. 'But you go with Moely and the boy,and catch some fish for our supper tonight. '
  'Yes,master,'I answered quietly,but inside I was excited. 'Perhaps now I can escape,'I said to myself.
  My master went back to his friends and we took the boat out to sea. For a time we fished quietly,and then I moved carefully behind Moely and knocked him into the water. 'Swim!'I cried. 'Swim to the shore!'
  My master liked to shoot seabirds and so there were guns on the boat. Quickly,I took one of these guns. Moely was swim-ming after the boat and I shouted to him:
  Go back to the shore!You can swim there—it's not too far. I won't hurt you,but if you come near the boat,I'll shoot you through the head!'So Moely turned,and swam back to the shore as quickly as he could.
  Then I said to the boy,'Xury,if you help me,I'll be a good friend to you. If you don't help me,I'll push you into the sea too. '
  But Xury was happy to help me. 'I'll go all over the world with you,'he cried.
  I wanted to sail to the Canary Islands,but I was afraid to go too far from the shore. It was only a small boat. And so we sailed on south for some days. We had very little water,and it was dangerous country here,with many wild animals. We were afraid,but we often had to go on shore to get more water. Once I used a gun to shoot a wild animal. I don't know what animal it was,but it made a good meal.
  For about ten or twelve days we sailed on south,down the coast of Africa. Then one day we saw some people on the shore—strange,wild people,who did not look friendly. By now we had very little food,and We really needed help. we were afraid,but we had to go on shore.
  At first,they were afraid of us,too. Perhaps white people never visited this coast. We did not speak their language,of course,so we used our hands and faces to show that we were hungry. They came with food for us,but then they moved away quickly. We carried the food to our boat,and they watched us. I tried to thank them,but I had nothing to give them.
  Just then two big wild cats came down to the shore from the mountains. I think they were leopards. The people were afraid of these wild cats,and the women cried out. Quickly,I took a gun,and shot one of the animals. The second wild cat ran back up into the mountains.
  Guns were new to these African people,and they were afraid of the loud noise and the smoke. But they were happy about the dead wild cat. I gave them the meat of the dead animal,and they gave us more food and water.
  We now had a lot of food and water,and we sailed on. Eleven days later we came near the Cape Verde Islands. We could see them,but we couldn't get near because there was no wind. We waited.
  Suddenly Xury called to me,'Look,a ship!'
  He was right!We called and shouted and sailed our little boat as fast as we could. But the ship did not see us. Then I re-membered the guns which made a lot of smoke. A few minutes later the ship saw us and turned.
  When we were on the ship,the Portuguese captain listened to my story. He was going to Brazil and agreed to help me,but he wanted nothing for his help. 'No,'he said,when I tried to pay him. 'Perhaps,one day,someone will help me when I need it. '
  But he gave me money for my boat,and for Xury,too. At first,I did not want to sell Xury as a slave,after all our danger-ous adventures together. But Xury was happy to go to the cap-tain,and the captain was a good man. 'In ten years'time,'he said,'Xury can go free. '
  When we arrived in Brazil three weeks later,I said goodbye to the captain and Xury,left the ship,and went to begin a new life.


■ 2 南下非洲海岸
  两年多的时间里,我过着奴隶的生活,我在屋子里、花园里干活,每天都计划着逃跑,但一直没能成功。我日夜思考着逃跑的事。我的主人喜欢乘小船去钓鱼,而且总是带上我。一个名叫莫雷的男人及一个小男孩也总跟随着我们。
  一天主人对我们说:“我有些朋友明天想去钓鱼,把船给准备好。”
  于是,我们搬了很多食物和饮料到船上,在第二天早上,我们等候着主人和他的朋友,但主人来时却是他独自一人。
  “我的朋友今天不想去钓鱼了,”他对我说,“但你和莫雷及这孩子去为我们今天的晚餐捕些鱼来。”
  “是,主人。”我平静地回答,但我内心很激动。心想,“也许这回我可以逃脱了。”
  主人回到他的朋友们那儿去了,我们坐船出了海。静静地钓了一阵鱼,然后我小心翼翼地移到莫雷的身后把他推到了海里。“游回去,”我大声喊着“朝岸上游!”
  我的主人喜欢打海鸟,所以有几只熗在船上。我迅速地抓过一支熗,莫雷正跟在船后面游,我朝他叫道:
  “回到岸上去!你可以游到那儿,这儿离海岸不太远。我不会伤害你,但如果你一靠近这只船,我就会打穿你的睑袋!”于是,莫雷转过身尽他最快的速度游回岸上去了。
  然后,我对这小孩说:“苏里,如果你帮我,我会是你的好朋友,如果你不帮我,我同样会把你丢到海里去。”
  但苏里很乐意帮助我。“我愿意跟着你走遍世界,”他大声说。
  我想驶向加纳利岛,但是不敢远离海岸,这只是一只小船。因此我们向南航行了几天,我们只有很少的水,这儿是危险的国度,有许多野生动物。我们害怕,但是我们常常不得不上岸去取水,有一次我用熗射死了一只野兽,我不知道这是什么动物,但它成了一顿美餐。
  沿着非洲海岸我们朝南航行了大约10天至12天,随后一天我们看到岸上有些人——古怪的野人,他们看起来并不友善,那时我们的食物很少了,我们实在需要帮助,我们害怕,但我们不得不上岸。
  开始,他们也害怕我们。或许白人从没有访问过这海岸。当然,我们不会说他们的语言,我们只好用手势和脸部表情来表明我们很饿。他们把食物搬给我们,随即迅速地离开。我们把食物搬上船,他们瞧着我们。我试图感谢他们,却没有什么东西可以送给他们。
  正在这时候,两只大野猫从山上窜到海边来。我想它们是豹子。那些人们害怕这些野猫,那些妇女们尖叫起来。很快地,我拿起一枝熗,击中了其中一只野兽。另外一只跑回了山里。
  熗对这些非洲居民来说很新奇,他们害怕这轰响的声音与烟雾。但他们对死的野猫很感兴趣。我送给他们这只死兽的肉,他们给了我们更多的食物和水。
  现在我们有了很多的食物和水,我们继续航行。11天后我们接近佛得角群岛。我们可以看见它们,但由于没有风我们不能靠近。我们等候着。
  突然,苏里对我叫着,“看哪,一只船!”
  他是对的!我们叫喊着并且尽可能快地划着小船。但是那只船并没看到我们。这时我想起熗可以产生很多烟雾。几分钟后那只船看到了我们并且转了过来。
  等我们上了他们的船,葡萄牙船长倾听了我的故事。他正要去巴西并且答应帮助我,但他对我的帮助不要任何偿报。当我试图付钱给他时,他说:“不,也许,有一天,当我需要帮助时,有人也会帮助我。”
  但是他却付钱买下我的船,也买下了苏里。起初,我不愿意把苏里卖作奴隶,毕竟一起经历了我们所有危险的冒险过程。但苏里很乐意跟随船长,这位船长是一个好人。“十年后,”他说,“苏里将会获得自由”。
  三星期后我们抵达巴西,我告别了船长和苏里,离开了船。继续开始了一个新的生活。
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-17 00:41重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 47楼  发表于: 2014-08-17 0

■ 3 The storm and the shipwreck
  I stayed in Brazil and worked hard for some years. By then I was rich…but also bored. One day some friends came to me and said,'We're going to Africa to do business. Why don't you come with us?We'll all be rich after this journey!'
  How stupid I was!I had an easy,comfortable life in Brazil,but,of course,I agreed. And so,in 1659,I went to sea again.
  At first,all went well,but then there was a terrible storm. For twelve days the wind and the rain didn't stop. We lost three men in the sea,and soon the ship had holes in its sides. 'We're all going to die this time,'I said to myself. Then one morning one of the sailors saw land,but the next minute our ship hit some sand just under the sea. The ship could not move and we were really in danger now. The sea was trying to break the ship into pieces,and we had very little time. Quickly,we put a boat into the sea and got off the ship. But the sea was very rough and our little boat could not live for long in that wild water.
  Half an hour later the angry sea turned our boat over and we were all in the water. I looked round for my friends,but I could see nobody. I was alone.
  That day I was lucky,and the sea carried me to the shore. I could not see the land,only mountains of water all around me. Then,suddenly,I felt the ground under my feet. Another mountain of water came,pushed me up the beach,and I fell on the wet sand.
  At first I was very thankful to be alive. Slowly,I got to my feet and went higher up the shore. From there,I looked out to sea. I could see our ship,but it was wrecked and there was no-body near it. There was nobody in the water. All my friends were dead. I was alive,but in a strange wild country,with no food,no water,and no gun.
  It was dark now and I was tired. I was afraid to sleep on the shore. Perhaps there were wild animals there. So I went up into a tree and I stayed there all night.


■ 3 风暴与海难
  我留在巴西苦干了几年。不久我就有了一笔财富……但我又感到了厌倦。一天,一些朋友来看我并对我说,“我们将要去非洲做生意。为什么你不和我们一起去呢?这次航行后我们都会发财的!”
  我是多么的傻啊!我在巴西已有了轻松、舒适的生活,然而我又同意了。于是,在1659年,我又一次出海了。
  最初,一帆风顺,但不久就来了一场可怕的风暴。狂风暴雨持续了12天没有停息。我们在海上失去了三个同伴,而且没多久,船舷上就出现了漏洞。“这回我们都活不成了,”我自言自语。一天早上,一个水手瞧见了陆地,但紧接着我们的船就触到了海底的沙滩,船没法移动,我们此刻真正地陷在了危险之中。海浪似乎极力地想把船击成粉碎,我们只有很少的时间了。迅速地,我们往海里放下小艇,离开了船。但大海太粗暴了,我们的小船在这样的大浪中根本没法长时间航行。
  半个时辰后,愤怒的大海掀翻了我们的小船,我们全都落到了水里。我四处张望寻视我的伙伴,但却看不到一个人。只剩我一人了。
  那天,我是幸运的,海水把我送到了岸边。我没法看见陆地,我的四周只有排山倒海的浪涛。突然间我触到了脚下的陆地。又一个浪峰盖过来,把我推上了沙滩,我跌倒在湿湿的沙地上。
  最初,我非常庆幸我还活着。慢慢地我站起来,走到高外的岸上。在那儿,我眺望大海。我能够看见我们的船,但它已倾覆了。船的附近没有一个人,水中也没有人。我的伙伴们都死了。我活着,但却在一个陌生的荒山野地,没有食物,没有水,没有熗支。
  此刻,天黑了,我很累,我不敢睡在岸上,也许这儿有野兽,我只好爬到一棵树上过了一夜。


■ 4 A new life on an island
  When day came,the sea was quiet again. I looked for our ship and,to my surprise,it was still there and still in one piece. 'I think I can swim to it,'I said to myself. So I walked down to the sea and before long,I was at the ship and was swimming round it. But how could I get on to it?In the end,I got in through a hole in the side,but it wasn't easy.
  There was a lot of water in the ship,but the sand under the sea was still holding the ship in one place. The back of the ship was high out of the water,and I was very tnankful for this be-cause all the ship's food was there. I was very hungry so I be-gan to eat something at once. Then I decided to take some of it back to the shore with me. But how could I get it there?
  I looked around the ship,and after a few minutes,I found some long pieces of wood. I tied them together with rope. Then I got the things that I wanted from the ship. There was a big box of food—rice,and salted meat,and hard ship's bread. I al-so took many strong knives and other tools,the ship's sails and ropes,paper,pens,books,and seven guns. Now I needed a little sail from the ship,and then I was ready. Slowly and carefully,I went back to the shore. It was difficult to stop my things from falling into the sea,but in the end I got everything on to the shore.
  Now I needed somewhere to keep my things.
  There were some hills around me,so I decided to build my-self a little house on one of them. I walked to the top of the highest hill and looked down,I was very unhappy,because I saw then that I was on an island. There were two smaller is-lands a few miles away,and after that,only the sea. Just the sea,for mile after mile after mile.
  After a time,I found a little cave in the side of a hill. In front of it,there was a good place to make a home. So,I used the ship's sails,rope,and pieces of wood,and after a lot of hard work I had a very fine tent. The cave at the back of my tent was a good place to keep my food,and so I called it my 'kitchen'. That night,I went to sleep in my new home.
  The next day I thought about the possible dangers on the is-land. Were there wild animals,and perhaps wild people too,on my island?I didn't know,but I was very afraid. So I decided to build a very strong fence. I cut down young trees and put them in the ground,in a halfcircle around the front of my tent. I used many of the ship's ropes too,and in the end my fence was as strong as a stone wall. Nobody could get over it,through it,or round it.
  Making tents and building fences is hard work. I needed many tools to help me. So I decided to go back to the ship again,and get some more things.
  I went back twelve times,but soon after my twelfth visit there was another terrible storm. The next morning,when I looked out to sea,there was no ship.
  When I saw that,I was very unhappy. 'Why am I alive,and why are all my friends dead?'I asked myself. 'What will hap-pen to me now,alone on this island without friends?How can I ever escape from it?'
  Then I told myself that I was lucky—lucky to be alive,lucky to have food and tools,lucky to be young and strong. But I knew that my island was somewhere off the coast of South America. Ships did not often come down this coast,and I said to myself,'I'm going to be on this island for a long time. 'So,on a long piece of wood,I cut these words:
  I CAME HERE ON 30TH SEPTEMBER 1659
  After that,I decided to make a cut for each day.


■ 4 孤岛上的新生活
  当白天到来时,大海又恢复了平静。我找我们的船,令我惊诧的是它依然在那儿并且没有破碎。“我想我能够游到那儿,”我自言自语。于是,我朝大海里走去,不一会儿,我靠近了船绕着它游。只是,我怎样才可以上去呢?最后,我从船舷一侧的一个洞里钻了进去,但却很不容易。
  船里积了很多水,但海底的沙使船固定在了一个地方。船的尾部翘出了水面,这让我非常庆幸,因为船上全部的食物都储在那儿。我已经很饥饿,所以我马上开始吃东西。然后决定带一些食物回到岸上。可是我又怎样才能做到呢?
  我察看了这只船的四周,几分钟后,我找到了几块长条的木板。我用绳子把它们紧扎在一起。然后我便搬上我想从船上带走的东西。那儿有一大箱食品——米、咸肉和硬面包。我还拿了很多坚固的小刀及其他工具,船帆、绳子、纸、钢笔、书及7枝熗。现在我需要在船上找一个小帆,不一会儿,我就找好了。我慢慢地、小心翼翼地向岸边划,要使我的东西不掉到海里是挺困难的,但终于我把每一件东西都弄上了岸。
  现在,我需要地方来存放我的东西。
  在我的周围有些小山丘,于是我决定在其中的一个小山上给自己建一座小屋。我走到最高的小山的山顶往下看。我非常沮丧,因为那时我才明白我是在一个孤岛上。几英里外有两个更小的岛,更远的地方,只剩下了大海,延绵数英里的大海。
  过了不久,我在小山的一侧找到了一个小洞穴。在它前面,是一个安家的好地方。于是,我用那些船的帆,绳子及本板经过很艰苦的劳作,我有了一个非常好的帐篷。帐篷后面的洞穴是存放食物的好地方,所以我称之为我的“厨房”。那天晚上,我便在我的新家睡觉。
  第二天,我仔细设想了岛上可能存在的危险。在我的岛上,会不会有野兽,也许还会存在野人?虽然我不知道,但却很害怕。于是我决定建一个坚固的栅栏。我砍倒了一些小树,插入到地上在我的帐篷前围成个半圆。我还用了很多船上的绳子,最后我的栅栏就象一堵坚固的石墙。没有人可以翻进来,钻进来或者绕过来。
  制作帐篷和建造栅栏篱笆是一项艰苦的工作。我需要很多工具来帮我。所以,我打算再次回到船上,去拿更多的东西。
  我回去了12次,但就在我第12次回来之后不久又来了一场暴风雨。第二天一早我朝外瞧向大海时,船不见了。
  目睹了这一切,我非常悲伤。“为什么我活着,而我所有的朋友们却都死了?”我问自己。“现在对于我又会有什么事情发生呢?没有朋友独自生活在岛上,我怎么才能够逃离这儿?”
  但随即我告诉自己我是幸运的——能够幸运地活下来,幸运有食物、有工具,幸运自己还年轻力壮。但我知道我的小岛在远离南美海岸的某个地方。船只不太经常沿着这个海岸航行,我对自己说,“我会在这个岛上呆很长时间。”于是,在一长条的木牌上,我刻下了这些话:
  我于1659年9月30日来到此岛以后,我决定每天都刻上一个记号。
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 48楼  发表于: 2014-08-17 0

■ 5 Learning to live alone
  I still needed a lot of things. 'Well,'I said,'I'm going to have to make them. 'So,every day,I worked.
  First of all,I wanted to make my cave bigger. I carried out stone from the cave,and after many days' hard work I had a large cave in the side of the hill. Then I needed a table and a chair,and that was my next job. I had to work on them for a long time. I also wanted to make places to put all my food,and all my tools and guns. But every time I wanted a piece of wood,I had to cut down a tree. It was long,slow,difficult work,and during the next months I learnt to be very clever with my tools. There was no hurry. I had all the time in the world.
  I also went out every day,and I always had my gun with me. Sometimes I killed a wild animal,and then I had meat to eat.
  But when it got dark,I had to go to bed because I had no light. I couldn't read or write because I couldn't see. For a long time,I didn't know what to do. But in the end,I learnt how to use the fat of dead animals to make a light.
  The weather on my island was usually very hot,and there were often storms and heavy rain. The next June,it rained all the time,and I couldn't go out very often. I was also ill for some weeks,but slowly,I got better. When I was stronger,I began to go out again. The first time I killed a wild animal,and the second time I caught a big turtle.
  I was on the island for ten months before I visited other parts of it. During those months I worked hard on my cave and my house and my fence. Now I was ready to find out more about the rest of the island.
  First,I walked along the side of a little river. There,I found open ground without trees. Later,I came to more trees with many different fruits. I decided to take a lot of the fruit,and to put it to dry in the sun for a time. Then I could keep it for many months.
  That night I went to sleep in a tree for the second time,and the next day I went on with my journey. Soon I came to an opening in the hills. In front of me,everything was green,and there were flowers everywhere. There were also a lot of differ-ent birds and animals. I saw that my house was on the worst side of the island. But I didn't want to move from there. It was my home now. I stayed away for three days,and then I came home. But I often went back to the other,greener side of the island.
  And so my life went on. Every month I learnt to do or to make something new. But I had troubles and accidents too. Once there was a terrible storm with very heavy rain. The roof of my cave fell in,and nearly killed me!I had to build it up again with many pieces of wood.
  I had a lot of food now. I cooked it over a fire or dried it in the sun. So I always had meat during the rainy months when I could not go out with a gun. I learnt to make pots to keep my food in. But I wanted very much to make a harder,stronger pot—a pot that would not break in a fire. I tried many times,but I could not do it. Then one day I was lucky. I made some new pots and put them in a very hot fire. They changed colour,but did not break. I left them there for many hours,and when they were cold again,I found that they were hard and strong. That night I was very happy. I had hot water for the first time on the island.
  By then,I also had my own bread. That was luck,too. One day I found a little bag. We used it on the ship,to keep the chickens' food in. There was still some of the food in the bag,and I dropped some of it onto the ground. A month later I saw something bright green there,and after six months I had a very small field of corn. I was very excited. Perhaps now I could make my own bread!
  It was easy to say,but not so easy to do. It is a lot of work to make bread from corn. Many people eat bread,but how many people can take corn from a field and make bread out of it without help?I had to learn and to make many new things,and it was a year before I cooked and ate my first bread.
  During all this time I never stopped thinking about escape. When I travelled across to the other side of the island,I could see the other islands,and I said to myself,'Perhaps I can get there with a boat. Perhaps I can get back to England one day. '
  So I decided to make myself a boat. I cut down a big tree,and then began to make a long hole in it. It was hard work,but about six months later,I had a very fine canoe. Next,I had to get it down to the sea. How stupid I was!Why didn't I think before I began work?Of course,the canoe was too heavy. I couldn't move it!I pulled and pushed and tried everything,but it didn't move. I was very unhappy for a long time after that.
  That happened in my fourth year on the island. In my sixth year I did make myself a smaller canoe,but I did not try to es-cape in it. The boat was too small for a long journey,and I did not want to die at sea. The island was my home now,not my prison,and I was just happy to be alive. A year or two later,I made myself a second canoe on the other side of the island. I also built myself a second house there,and so I had two homes.
  My life was still busy from morning to night. There were al-ways things to do or to make. I learnt to make new clothes for myself from the skins of dead animals. They looked very strange,it is true,but they kept me dry in the rain.
  I kept food and tools at both my houses,and also wild goats. There were many goats on the island,and I made fields with high fences to keep them in. They learnt to take food from me,and soon I had goat's milk to drink every day. I also worked hard in my cornfields. And so many years went by.


■ 5 学会独自生活
  我仍需要很多东西。“好吧,”我说,“我只能去做出来。”于是,每天,我都工作着。
  首先,我把我的山洞扩大。我从洞里运出石头,经过许多天的艰苦劳动我在小山的一侧有了个大的山洞。然后,我需要一张桌子和一把椅子,这便是我接下来的工作。为此,我不得不长时间地干。我还想要找些地方存放我的食物,以及我全部的工具和熗支。每一次我需要一块木板时都不得不砍倒一棵树。这是一项漫长艰难的工作,在随后的几个月里我学得熟练地使用工具了。无须焦急。我拥有世界上的全部时间。
  我依然每天出去,而且总是随身带熗。有时我杀死一只野兽,然后,就可以有肉吃了。
  但每到天黑,因为没有灯,我就只好睡觉。由于看不见我不能读书也没法写字,好长一段时间我不知道该怎么做。但最终我学会了如何使用死兽的脂肪来点灯。
  岛上的天气通常很热,经常有暴风雨。第二年的六月一直在下雨,我不能够经常出去。我也病了几个星期,但慢慢地我好转了。当我强壮起来时,我又开始外出。第一次我杀了一只野兽,第二回我捕获了一只大海龟。
  当我去参观岛的其他地方时,我在岛上已有10个月了,在这期间,我为我的洞穴、我的房子、我的篱笆忙活,现在我可以进一步了解该岛其他地方的情况了。
  首先,我沿着一条小河岸前行。那儿,我发现一片没有树木的开阔地。随后,我到达了一片结着各种水果的树林。我决定多摘些果子把它们在太阳下放一阵晒干。然后就可以保存很多个月了。
  那个晚上,我第二次睡在了树上,第二天便又继续我的旅行。不久,我到了这个小山的开阔地。在我面前,一片郁郁葱葱,鲜花遍野。还有很多各种各样的鸟类和动物。我明白我的房子是在这个岛的最糟的一侧。但我并不打算从那儿迁移,那是我的家。我在外呆了三天,然后回了家。但我经常回到这岛的另外的绿色的一边。
  我的生活继续着。每个月我学会干点或制造点新的东西。但也总有麻烦和灾祸。一次一场夹着大雨的风暴来临,我的山洞的顶层塌了下来,差点就送了我的命!我不得不用很多木材把它重新建好。
  现在,我有了很多食物。我把它架在火上烤或搁在太阳下晒干。因此,既使在雨季我不能够带熗外出时我也总有肉吃了。我学会做陶罐存放我的食物。但我非常想要做一个更坚固的罐子——一个放在火里不会破裂的罐子。我试了很多次,可我没有成功。但有一天我太走运了。我制了几个新的罐子把它们搁在旺火里。它们变了颜色但却没有碎裂。我把它们放在那儿好几个小时,当它们再次冷却下来时,我发现它们既坚硬又牢固。那个晚上,我非常高兴。在这岛上我第一次喝到了热水。
  从那时起,我也有了自己的面包。这也是一件幸运的事。一天我找到一只小袋子。在船上时我们用它来存放小鸡的饲料。在那袋子里还一直放着些食物,我把它们全倒在了地上。一个月后,我看见一些亮绿的幼苗,六个月后我便有了一块非常小的庄稼地。我很激动。或许现在我可以制自己的面包了。
  这些事说起来容易做起来却很困难。从谷物到面包需要很多工作。很多人吃面包,但又有多少人可以无须帮助地种出谷物又生产出面包呢?我不得不学着去做而且去做很多新的东西,在我烧出并食用我第一个面包时又一年过去了。
  在这期间,我从来没有停止设法逃离小岛。当我纵深探索小岛的另外一侧时,我能够看见其他的小岛,我对自己说,“或许我用一只小船可以到达那儿。也许,有一天我便可以回到英格兰了。”
  于是,我决定造自己的小船。我砍倒了一棵大树,然后开始掏成一个长条形洞。这是很苦的工作,但六个月后,我就有了一只很好的独木舟。接下去,我必须让它下水。我是多么的愚蠢啊!为什么开始工作前却没想到呢?毫无疑问,这只独木舟太重了。我不能够移得动它!我又拉又推用尽一切方法,但它却纹丝不动。这以后很长一段日子我都不开心。
  造船是发生在我到岛上之后的第四个年头。在我的第六年里我又造了一只更小的船,但我没有用它来试图逃离。要想长途航行,这船太小了,我可不想死在海上。现在这岛便是我的家而非我的监狱,我相当快乐地生活着。一年或两年后,我在岛的另一侧又造了一只独木舟。我还在那儿建了第二座房子,所以我有了两个家。
  我的生活总是从早忙到晚,总是有很多事情要做。我学会用兽皮给自己做新衣服,虽然看起来挺古怪,但穿着它在雨季能使我保持干燥。
  我在我的两所房子里都储放了食物和工具,也都养了野山羊。在这个岛上有很多野山羊,我用高栅栏圈了块地把它们围在里面。它们学会了从我这儿找食物,于是不久,我就每天有了羊奶喝。我同时也还在我的地里辛苦耕耘。于是,很多年就这样过去


■ 6 A footprint
  Then,one year,something strange and terrible happened. I often walked along the shore,and one day I saw something in the sand. I went over to look at it more care-fully,and stopped in sudden surprise.
  It was a footprint—the footprint of a man!
  Who could this be?Afraid,I looked around me. I listened. I waited. Nothing. I was more and more afraid. Perhaps this man was one of those wild people who killed and ate other men!I looked everywhere,but there was nobody,and no other foot-print. I turned and hurried home. 'There's someone on my is-land,'I said to myself. 'Perhaps he knows about me…Per-haps he's watching me now from behind a tree…Perhaps he wants to kill me. '
  That night I couldn't sleep. The next day I got all my guns ready and I put more wood and young trees around my house. Nobody could see me now. But,after fifteen years alone on the island,I was afraid,and I did not leave my cave for three days.
  In the end,I had to go out to milk my goats. But for two years I was afraid. I stayed near my home and I never used my guns because I didn't want to make a noise. I could not forget the footprint,but I saw and heard nothing more,and slowly I began to feel happier.
  One day,a year later,I was over on the west side of the is-land. From there I could see the other islands,and I could also see a boat,far out to sea. 'If you have a boat,'I thought,'it's easy to sail across to this island. Perhaps that explains the foot-print—it was a visitor from one of the other islands. '
  I began to move more freely around the island again,and built myself a third house. It was a very secret place in a cave. 'No wild man will ever find that,'I said to myself.
  Then one year something happened which I can never forget. I was again on the west side of the island and was walk-ing along the shore. Suddenly,I saw something which made me feel ill. There were heads,arms,feet,and other pieces of men's bodies everywhere. For a minute,I couldn't think,and then I understood. Sometimes there were fights between the wild men on the other islands. Then they came here to my island with their prisoners,to kill them,cook them,and eat them. Slowly,I went home,but I was very angry. How could men do this?
  For many months I watched carefully for the smoke from fires,but I didn't see anything. Somehow the wild men came and went,and I never saw them. I was angry and afraid. I wanted to shoot them all,but there were many of them and on-ly one of me. 'Perhaps I can shoot two or three,'I said to my-self,'but then they will kill and eat me. '
  Then,one morning in my twenty-third year on the island,I was out in my fields and I saw the smoke from a fire. Quickly,I went up the hill to watch.
  There were nine men around the fire,and they were cooking their terrible food. Then these wild men danced round the fire,singing and shouting. This went on for about two hours,and then they got into their boats and sailed away. I went down to the shore and saw the blood of the dead men on the sand. 'The next time they come,I'm going to kill them,'I said angrily.


■ 6 一个脚印
  有一年,古怪而且可怕的事情发生了。我经常沿着海岸走,一天我看见在沙滩上有些东西。我跑过去想瞧个仔细,但却在震惊中停了下来。
  那是一个脚印——一个人的脚印!
  这是谁的呢?我害怕极了,环顾四周,我倾听着、等候着,却什么也没有,我越来越怕。也许,这是一个杀死并吃掉其他人的野人!我到处看,但都没有人,也没有别的脚印。我转过身匆忙赶回家。“岛上有人,”我自言自语,“也许他知道我……也许他现在正从树后面观察我……也许他想杀了我。”
  那一夜我不能入睡。第二天我把所有的熗备好并在房子的周围堆上更多的木头和小树。现在没有人能够看见我。可是,岛上独自生活了十五年后,我还是害怕,以至于一连三天没离开过我的山洞。
  最终,我还是不得不出去给我的山羊挤奶,但两年里我一直提心吊胆。我呆在房子的附近,从来不使用我的熗因为我不想弄出声音。我忘不掉那个脚印,但由于再也没有听到其他什么,渐渐地,我的感觉开始好起来。
  一年以后的一天,我来到小岛的西侧,从那儿我能看到其他岛和远处大海中的船。“如果有一只船,”我想,“穿过海面来到这个岛是挺容易,也许,这样可以解释这脚印——是一个来自其他岛的来访者。”
  我又开始在岛上自由自在地走动并给自己建了第三所房子。它是在一个山洞里非常隐蔽的地方。“没有野人能够找到它,”我对自己说。
  然而有一年,有些事出现令我永远不能忘记。我又一次在岛的西侧沿着海岸散步。突然,我瞧见令我作呕的东西,那儿到处是人头、手臂、脚和一些人体其他部位的碎块。那一刻,我简直无法思考,随即,我就明白了。以前另一个岛上的野人之间发生了一场战斗,然后他们带着他们的俘虏来到了我的岛上,杀了俘虏,接着烹了吃掉。慢慢地,我走回家中,我愤怒。人怎么能够做这样的事?
  几个月来,我仔细观察火堆升起的烟,但我什么也没看见。究竟野人如何来来去去我却从来没有发现过。我又愤怒又害怕。我想把他们全都杀了,但他们很多人而我只有一个人。“也许,我可以杀死两、三个,”我自言自语,“可是,然后他们却会杀了我并把我吃掉。”
  此后,正是我在岛上的第23个年头的一个早上,我正在我的地里劳作,我看见一堆火上升起的烟,飞快地,我爬上山去观察。
  有9个人围绕着火堆,正在烹煮着可怕37的食物。接着那些野人围绕着火堆跳起了舞,唱着叫着。这样整整持续了两个小时,然后他们上了小船离去。我下到海滩上,目睹了沙滩上死人的淋漓鲜血。“下次他们来,我一定会杀了他们,”我愤怒地说。
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 49楼  发表于: 2014-08-17 0

■ 7 Friday
  For two years I never went anywhere without my gun. I felt lonely and afraid,and had many sleepless nights. One night there was a very bad storm,and I thought I heard the sound of guns out at sea. The next morning I looked out,and saw a ship. It was lying on its side not far from the shore. Quickly,I put my little boat in the water and sailed out to it.
  There were two dead men on the ship,but no one alive. The bodies of the other sailors were lost in the sea. I took some clothes and tools,and also a box of Spanish gold and silver money. I was a rich man now,but what use was money to me?I could not buy anything with it.
  I wanted people,a friend,somebody to talk to…somebody who could help me escape from my island. One morning I woke up and made a plan. 'I'll try to catch one of the prisoners of the wild men,'I said to myself. 'He'll be happy to be alive and perhaps he'll help me to escape. 'I watched day and night,but for a year and a half there were no boats.
  Then one day five boats came. There were about thirty men and they had two prisoners. They made their fire on the sand and danced round it. Then they killed one of the prisoners and began to cook their terrible meal. The second prisoner waited under the trees,with two men to watch him. Suddenly,the prisoner turned and ran. The two men ran after him,but the other wild men were busy round the fire and did not see what was happening.
  The prisoner ran like a wild goat,and soon I saw that he was coming near the bottom of my hill. As fast as I could,I ran down the hill and jumped out of the trees between the prisoner and the two wild men. I hit the first man with the wooden end of my gun and he fell down,but I had to shoot the second man. The poor prisoner did not move. He was afraid of the noise of my gun.
  I called to him and tried to show him that I was friendly. Slowly,he moved nearer to me,but just then the first wild man began to get up from the ground. Then the prisoner spoke and I understood that he wanted my sword. How happy I was to hear words again!I gave him my sword,and at once he cut off the head of his enemy.
  Hurriedly,we hid the dead bodies under some leaves,and then left quickly. I took my prisoner to my secret cave on the other side of the island and gave him food and drink. After that,he went to sleep.
  He was a fine young man,about twenty-five years old,tall and well-built,with a kind face and a nice smile. He had a brown skin,black hair,bright eyes and strong white teeth. I decided to give him the name of'Man Friday',because I first saw him on a Friday.
  When he woke up in the morning,he ran out to me. I was milking my goats in the field,and he got down on the ground and put his head near my foot. I understood that he was thank-ing me,and I tried to show him that I was his friend.
  I began to teach him to speak English,and soon he could say his name,'Master',and'Yes'and'No'. How good it was to hear a man's voice again!
  Later that day we went back to my first house. We went carefully along the beach,but there were no boats and no wild men. Just blood and bones all over the sand. I felt ill,but Fri-day wanted to eat the pieces of men's bodies which were still on the ground. I showed him that this was terrible for me,and he understood.
  When we got to my house,I gave Man Friday some trousers,and I made him a coat and a hat. He liked his new clothes very much. Then I made him a little tent to sleep in,but for a few weeks I always took my gun to bed with me. Per-haps Friday was still a wild man and would try to kill me in the night. At first,Friday was very afraid of my gun. Some-times he talked to it,and asked it not to kill him.
  Friday was a quick learner and his English got better day by day. He helped me with the goats and with the work in the cornfields,and soon we were good friends. I enjoyed teaching him and,most of all,having a friend to talk to. This was the happiest of all my years on the island.
  Friday and I lived together happily for three years. I told him the story of my adventures and about life in England,and he told me about his country and his people. One day we were at the top of the highest hill on the island,and we were looking out to sea. It was a very clear day and we could see a long way. Suddenly,Friday began to jump up and down,very excited.
  'What's the matter?'I said.
  'Look,Master,look!'Friday cried. 'I can see my country. Look over there!'
  I looked,and there to the north-west,between the sea and the sky,was a long thin piece of land. I learnt later that it was the island of Trinidad,and that my island was in the mouth of the River Orinoco on the north coast of South America.
  I began to think again about escape. Perhaps Friday wanted to go home too. Perhaps together we could get to his country. But what then?Would Friday still be my friend,or would his people kill me and eat me?
  I took Friday to the other side of the island and showed him my big canoe. It still lay under the trees. It was very old now,and there were holes in the wood.
  'Could a boat like this sail to your country,Friday?'I asked him.
  'Oh yes,'he answered. 'A boat like this can carry a lot of food and drink. '
  'Then we'll make another canoe like it,and you can go home in it,'I said.
  But Friday looked very unhappy. 'Why are you angry with me?'he asked. 'What have I done?Why do you want to send me home?'
  'But I thought you wanted to go home,'I said.
  'Yes. But you must come with me. Kill me if you want,but don't send me away from you!'
  Then I saw that Friday was a true friend,and so I agreed to go with him. We began work on the canoe at once. Friday chose the tree himself—he understood wood better than I did—and we cut it down. We worked hard and in a month the boat was finished. Two weeks later it was in the sea,and we began to get ready for our long journey.


■ 7 星期五
  两年来,没带熗我从不四处乱走。我感到孤独和害怕,许多晚上无法入睡。一个晚上来了一场非常厉害的风暴。我想我听到海上的熗声。第二天早晨我往外望去,看到一只轮船斜搁在离海岸不远的海面上。我迅速地把我的小船拖下水并朝大船驶去。
  船上有两个死人,但没有人活着,其他水手的尸体都消失在海上。我带走一些衣服和工具,还有一箱西班牙金币和银币,现在我成了一个富翁,但这些钱对我有什么用呢?我用它们什么也买不到。
  我渴望人类,一个朋友,可以谈话的人……可以帮助我逃离孤岛的人。有天早上我醒来作了个计划。“我将试图能救一个那些野人的俘虏,”我自言自语,“他将因为活着而高兴,可能他会帮助我逃跑。”我日夜观望着,但一年半过去了,却再也没见到船只出现。
  有一天,海上来了五只船,大约有30个人和两个俘虏。他们在沙滩上生火并围着火跳舞,然后他们杀了一个俘虏并开始煮可怕的食物。另一个俘虏在树下等候,留有两个人看守,突然,这个俘虏转身就跑,两个人在后面追赶,但其余的野人围着火忙着,并没有看见发生的事。
  那俘虏像一只野山羊在奔跑,不一会儿我看到他已跑到我的山脚下。我尽快地跑下山去,在俘虏和另两个野人之间的树丛里跳出来。我用木制的熗柄击倒第一个野人,但我却不得不开熗打死第二个。可怜的俘虏没有移动,他被熗声吓呆了。
  我大声招呼他,努力向他表明我是友好的。他慢慢地向我靠近,但这时第一个野人开始从地上爬起来。然后这俘虏说话了,我明白他需要我的刀。能够听到人的语言我是多么高兴啊!我给他我的刀,他立刻砍掉了敌人的脑袋。
  我们急忙把尸体藏在了落叶下,然后迅速地离开。我把俘虏带到岛的另一面我隐蔽的洞穴,并给他食物和水,不久,他睡着了。
  他是一个可爱的年轻人,大约25岁,身材高大健壮,和善的脸上带着开心的微笑。他褐色皮肤,黑头发,明亮的眼睛和坚固的白牙齿。我决定叫他“仆人星期五”,因为我是在星期五第一次见到他。
  当他早上醒来时,他跑到我的身边。我正在田里挤羊奶,他跪在地上把他的头贴在43我的脚边。我明白他在感谢我,我努力向他表明我是他的朋友。
  我开始教他说英语,不久,他能够说他的名字,“主人”及“是”与“不是”。重新听到人的声音是多么美妙啊!
  那天傍晚,我们回到我的第一次建造的房子,我们沿着海滨小心走着,但那儿没有船和野人,只有血迹和尸骨散落在沙滩上,我感到恶心,但星期五想吃地上的尸体的碎块,我向他表示这对我来说很可怕,他明白了。
  当我们回到房子里,我给星期五几条裤子,而且给他做了件外套和一顶帽子,他非常喜欢他的新衣服。然后我给他搭了一座小帐篷睡觉,但一连几个星期我总是带熗睡觉,或许因为星期五还是一个野人,也许他会在夜里杀了我。开始,星期五害怕我的熗,有时他对熗说话,叫熗不要杀死他。
  星期五学得很快,他的英语讲得一天比一天好。他帮我养山羊和在田地里干活,不久我们成了好朋友。我乐于教他,最重要的是有一个朋友可以谈话,这是我在岛上最快乐的时光。
  我和星期五幸福地一起生活了三年,我告诉他我的冒险经历和在英国的生活,他告诉我有关他的国家及人民。一天,我们站在岛的最高的山顶,眺望大海,天气十分睛朗,我们可以看得很远。突然,星期五跳上跳下,非常兴奋。
  “发生了什么事?”我说。
  “看,主人,看哪!”星期五叫起来。“我能看见我的国家。看,就在那儿。”
  我看到从这儿往西北,在海天之间,有一片狭长的土地。我后来知道这是特立尼达岛,而我的岛在南美洲北部海岸的奥里诺科河的河口。
  我又重新开始考虑逃离。也许星期五也想回家。或许我们能一起回到他的国家。但那会怎样呢?星期五仍会是我的朋友么?他的伙伴会杀死并吃掉我么?
  我把星期五带到岛的另一边,向他展示我的庞大的独木舟。它仍躺在树下。现在它非常旧,木头上有些洞。
  “星期五,像这样的船能驶到你的国家吗?”我问他。
  “哦,能,”他回答说。“像这样的船能装运许多食物和水。”
  “那么我们将制造差不多的另一只独木舟,你就可以乘着它回家了。”我说。
  但星期五看起来很不开心。“为什么你生我的气呢?”他问。“我做了什么?为什么你想送我回家?”
  “但我认为你想回家,”我说道。
  “是的。但是你一定要和我一起去。假如你想杀我也可以,但不要把我送走!”
  此后我发现星期五是一个真诚的朋友,因此我同意和他一起走。我们马上开始建造独木舟。星期五亲自挑选木头——他比我更懂得木材的好坏——我们砍倒树木。我们辛苦地工作,一个月就把船造好了。两个星期后船下水了,我们开始为长途旅行作准备。


■ 8 Escape from the island
  I was now in my twenty—seventh year on the island,and I did not want to be there for another year. We worked hard to get the corn in,and to make a lot of bread. We had dried fruit and salted meat,and big pots to keep water in. One evening Friday went out to look for a turtle for meat and eggs. But in less than an hour he was back,and he looked very afraid.
  'Master!Master!'he cried. 'There's a great ship near the island,and men are coming to the shore in a boat!'
  I jumped up and ran with him down to the shore. To my great surprise,I saw that it was an English ship!But why was it here?English ships never came this way. Perhaps they were pirates!'Don't let them see you,Friday!'I called. 'We'll hide in the trees and watch. '
  There were eleven men in the boat,but three of them were prisoners. Their arms were tied with rope,but their legs were free and they could walk. The other sailors pushed the three prisoners up the beach,laughing and shouting and hitting them. Then some of them sat down on the sand and began to drink. Others walked away to look at the island,and two men stayed to watch the boat. The three prisoners walked slowly a-long the beach and sat down under a tree,not far from us. They looked very unhappy.
  Very quietly,I came up behind them through the trees,and called out to them in English.
  'Don't be afraid,'I said. 'I'm an Englishman. Perhaps I can help you. '
  The three men turned and looked at me. They did not answer at once;they were too surprised. Perhaps they thought I was a wild man myself,in my strange home—made clothes of animals' skins,and with my long hair and beard. Then the old-east man spoke.
  'I am the captain of that ship,'he said,'and these two men are my first and second officers. Last night there was a mutiny,and the seamen took the ship from me. Now they're going to leave the three of us here,to die on this island. '
  'De these mutineers have guns?'
  'Only two,'he answered,'and they've left those on the boat. '
  'All righ,'I said. 'We'll fight them,but if we get your ship back for you,you must take me back to England. '
  The captain agreed immediately and thanked me very warm-ly for my help. Friday ran back to my house to get all the guns,and the captain and I made a plan.
  The first part was easy because the seamen were not ready for a fight. We shot the two men at the boat,and the captain shot another man. This man,Tom Smith,was the worst of them all and he began the mutiny on the ship. Then the cap-tain talked to the other five men,and they agreed to help him. They did not really want to be mutineers,but they were afraid of Tom Smith.
  'Now,'I said to the captain,'we must get back your ship. How many men are on it?'
  'Twenty-six,'the captain replied,'and they will fight hard because they won't want to go home. It is death for all muti-neers in England. But not all the men are bad. I'm sure that some of them will help me. '
  Just then we saw another boat,which was coming from the ship to the shore. There were ten men in it,and they all had guns. We ran into the trees and waited.
  It was a long hard fight,but by now it was dark and this helped us very much. We ran here and there in the trees,call-ing and shouting. The seamen could not see us and did not know how many men they were fighting. In the end the first officer shouted to them:
  'Put down your guns and stop fightng!The captain has fifty island people to help him. We can kill you all!'
  So the seamen stopped fighting and we took their guns. Three of the men agreed to come back to the captain,and we put the others in my cave. Friday and I stayed to watch the prisoners,while the captain and his men went back to fight for the ship.
  All night we listened to the sound of guns and shouting,but in the morning,when the sun came up,the captain was master of his ship again. I went down to the shore to meet him.
  'My dear friend,'he cried,'There's your ship!I'll take you to the ends of the world in it!'
  I put my arms round him,and we laughed and cried together. How happy I was to leave the ialand!
  My good friend Friday came with me,of course,but we left the mutineers on the island. We decided not to kill them;they could begin a new life on the island. I showed them my three houses,my cornfields and my goats,and all my tools. Their life would he easy because of all my hard work for so many years.
  And so,on the nineteenth of December 1689-after twen-ty-seven years,two months and nineteen days-I said good-bye to my island and sailed home to England.


■ 8 逃离孤岛
  现在我在这岛上已经呆了27年,我不愿再呆下去了。我们勤劳地工作,收割谷物,制成许多面包。我们准备了干果、咸肉和装水的大罐子。一天傍晚,星期五为了吃肉和海龟蛋去抓海龟。但不到一个钟头他就回来了。他看起来非常害怕。
  “主人!主人!”他叫喊着。“在岛的附近有一只大船,他们坐着一条小船上岸来了!”
  我跳起来跟他一起下山朝岸边跑。令我非常惊奇的是,我看到那是一艘英国船!但为什么会在这儿?英国船只从不朝这个方向来。或许他们是海盗!“别让他们看见你,星期五!”我叫到。“我们躲到树后,瞧着。”
  船上有11个人,但其中3个是俘虏。他们的手臂用绳子捆着,但他们的脚是自由的,可以走路。其他水手把这3个俘虏押到海滩上,笑着,叫着并踢他们。一些人坐在沙滩上开始喝酒。其他人走开去观察小岛,留下两个人看守小船。3个俘虏沿着海滩走得很慢,在离我们不远的树下坐了下来。他们显得非常沮丧。
  我悄悄地穿过树丛走到他们后面,用英语招呼他们。
  “不要害怕,”我说。“我是英国人。或许我能帮助你们。”
  这3个人转过身来看着我。他们没有马上回答;他们很惊讶。可能会认为我这个穿着用动物皮毛自制的古怪衣服,长长的头发和胡须的人是个野人。稍后,最年长的人说话了。
  “我是船长,”他说,“这两个是我的大副和二副。昨晚发生了一场叛乱,水手夺走了我的船。现在他们将把我们3人丢在这儿,让我们死在岛上。”
  “这些反叛者有熗么?”
  “只有两支熗,”他回答,“他们把熗留在小船上了。”
  “好的,”我说。“我们来打他们,但是如果我们为你夺回了船,你们必须带我回英国去。”
  船长立即同意并热情感谢我的帮助。星期五跑回房子取来所有的熗,船长和我作了计划。
  第一步还是容易的,因为水手没有作战的准备。我们开熗打死了船上的两人,船长击毙了另一个。这个叫汤姆·史密斯的,是其中最坏的一个。他发动了这个船上的叛乱。然后船长和其他5个人谈话,他们答应帮助船长。他们并非真的想成为反叛者,只是他们畏惧汤姆·史密斯。
  “现在,”我对船长说,“我们必须回到你的船上。船上有多少人?”
  “26个,”船长回答,“他们会顽强抵抗,因为他们不想回家。在英国所有的反叛者都会处以死刑。但并非所有的人都坏。我相信有一些人会帮助我的。”
  这时我们看见另一只小船,正离开大船向岸边驶来。船上有10个人,他们都带了熗。我们跑进树丛等着。
  这是一场艰苦的持久战,但此刻天已黑了,这对我们很有利。我们在树丛里到处跑,叫喊着。水手们看不见我们也不知道和他们打仗的有多少人。最后,大副朝他们喊:
  “放下武器。停止战斗!船长得到了50名岛上居民的帮助,我们能把你们全部消灭!”
  因此水手们停止了作战,我们缴了他们的熗。其中3人同意回到船长这边,我们把其余的人送进我的山洞里。我和星期五留下看守俘虏,而船长和他的手下回去为夺船而战斗。
  整夜我们听见熗声及叫喊声,但到了早晨,当太阳升起时,船长又成了大船的主人。我下山到海岸边去迎接他。
  “我亲爱的朋友,”他喊道。“那是你的船!我会用他把你载到世界的每个角落!”
  我拥抱他,我们一起又笑又叫。离开这个小岛我是多么高兴啊!
  我的好朋友星期五当然跟随着我,但我们把那些叛乱者留在了岛上。我们决定不杀他们;他们能够在岛上开始一种新的生活。我给他们看了我的三间房子,我的庄稼地和我的山羊以及所有的工具。由于我的多年的艰苦劳动他们的生活会轻松得多。
  于是,在1686年12月19日——经过了27年2个月19天——我告别了我的小岛乘船返回了英国。


■ 9 Home in England
  When I came back to England,I felt like a stranger in the country. Many things were different,and not many people remembered me. I went home to York,but my fa-ther and mother were dead,and also my two brothers. I did find the two sons of one of my brothers. They were happy to learn that I was alive,and I was pleased to find some family.
  After some months I decided to go down to Lisbon in Portu-gal. I had friends there who could help me to sell my land in Brazil,and I needed the money. Friday came with me. He was always a good and true friend to me. In Lisbon I found the Portuguese captain,who took me in his ship to Brazil,all those years ago. It was good to see him again,and he helped me with my business. Soon I was ready to go home again—by land. No more adventures and dangers by sea for me!
  It was a long,hard journey. We had to cross the mountains between Spain and France in winter,and the snow was deep. Poor Friday was very afraid of the snow. In his country it was always hot,and he did not like cold weather.
  Back in England I found a house and began to live a quiet life. My two nephews came to live with me. The younger one wanted to be a sailor,and so I found him a place on a ship. Af-ter a while I married,and had three children,two sons and a daughter. Then my wife died,and my nephew,who was now the captain of a ship,came home to see me. He knew that I did not really like a quiet life.
  'I have a fine ship,uncle,'he said. 'I'm going out to the East Indies-India,Malaya,the Philippines…Why don't you come with me?'
  And so,in 1694,I went to sea again,and had many more ad-ventures. Perhaps one day I'll write another book about them.


■ 9 英国的家
  当我回到英格兰,我觉得自己好像是这个国家的一个陌生客人。许多东西都变了样,没有几个人能记得我。我回到约克郡的家,我的父母亲及我两个兄弟都已去世了。我找到了我一个兄弟的两个儿子。知道我还活着他们非常高兴,我很高兴找到了一些家人。
  过了几个月我决定去葡萄牙的里斯本。我有些朋友在那儿可以帮我卖掉在巴西的土地,我需要钱。星期五和我一起去。他一直是我的一位忠实的好朋友。在里斯本我找到了多年前带我去巴西的葡萄牙船长。再次见到他真是太好了,他帮助我做生意。不久我又准备回家——是经陆路。对我来说在海上航行已没有更多的冒险和危险。
  这是一次长途跋涉的旅行。我们不得不在冬天穿越位于西班牙和法国之间的大山,积雪很深。可怜的星期五非常害怕雪。在他的国家天气总是很热,他不喜欢寒冷的天气。
  回到英国我找了座房子,开始过平静的生活。我的两个侄子来和我住在一起。小的一个想做一名水手,于是我给他在船上找了个职位。过了不久我结婚了,生了三个孩子,两个儿子和一个女儿。后来我的妻子去世了,我的那个侄子回家看我,他现在已当了船长。他知道我并不真正喜欢平静的生活。
  “我有一艘好船,叔叔,”他说,“我将去东印度——印度、马来西亚、菲律宾……为什么你不同我一起去呢?”
  于是,1694年,我再次出海,有了更多冒险的经历。或许有一天我会另外写一本关于它们的书。
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 50楼  发表于: 2014-08-17 0

【02-06】  [爱丽丝漫游奇境记 / 刘易斯·卡罗尔 著]
  Alice's Adventures in Wonderland by Lewis Carroll

■ 简介
  “你得知道,这儿人人都是疯子。”切舍猫说:“我是疯子,你也是疯子。”
  “你怎么知道我疯了?”爱丽丝问。
  “你当然是疯子,”切舍猫说。“到这儿来的人都疯了。”
  这是爱丽丝在很早以前一个夏日里的梦。在这梦的奇境里,白兔戴着白手套,毛虫吸着烟斗……疯了的制帽人和三月兔总是在喝茶,而红桃王后要砍掉每一个人的头……
  这故事很奇怪,可是,在梦境里什么都会发生。
  刘易斯·卡洛尔(他的真名叫查尔斯·道森)生于1832年,死于1898年。他在牛津大学教数学。《爱丽丝漫游奇境记》是写给一个名叫爱丽丝·利得尔的小女孩的。后来他又写了一本《透过镜子》,这两部爱丽丝故事都是最著名的儿童读物。

■ 1 Down the rabbit-hole
  Alice was beginning to get very bored.She and her sister were sitting under the trees.Her sister was reading,but Alice had nothing to do.Once or twice she looked into her sister's book,but it had no pictures or conversations in it.
  'And what is the use of a book,'thought Alice,'without pictures or conversations?'
  She tried to think of something to do,but it was a hot day and she felt very sleepy and stupid.She was still sitting and thinking when suddenly a White Rabbit with pink eyes ran past her.
  There was nothing really strange about seeing a rabbit.And Alice was not very surprised when the Rabbit said,'Oh dear!Oh dear!I shall be late!'(Perhaps it was a little strange, Alice thought later,but at the time she was not surprised.)
  But then the Rabbit took a watch out of its pocket,looked at it,and hurried on.At once Alice jumped to her feet.
  'I've never before seen a rabbit with either a pocket,or a watch to take out of it,'she thought.And she ran quickly across the field after the Rabbit.She did not stop to think, and when the Rabbit ran down a large rabbit-hole,Alice followed it immediately.
  After a little way the rabbit-hole suddenly went down,deep into the ground.Alice could not stop herself falling,and down she went,too.
  It was a very strange hole Alice was falling very slowly, and she had time to think and to look around her.She could see nothing below her because it was so dark.But when she looked at the sides of the hole,she could see cupboards and books and pictures on the walls.She had time to take things out of a cupboard,look at them,and then put them back in a cupboard lower down.
  'Well!'thought Alice.'After a fall like this,I can fall anywhere!I can fall downstairs at home,and I won't cry or say a word about it!'
  Down,down,down.'How far have I fallen now?'Alice said aloud to herself.'Perhaps I'm near the centre of the earth.Let me think…That's four thousand miles down.' (Alice was very good at her school lessons and could remember a lot of things like this.)
  Down,down,down.Would she ever stop falling?Alice was very nearly asleep when,suddenly,she was sitting on the ground.Quickly,she jumped to her feet and looked around.She could see the White Rabbit,who was hurrying away and still talking to himself.'Oh my ears and whiskers!'he was saying.'How late it's getting!'
  Alice ran after him like the wind.She was getting very near him when he suddenly turned a corner.Alice ran round the corner too,and then stopped.She was now in a long,dark room with doors all round the walls,and she could not see the White Rabbit anywhere.
  She tried to open the doors,but they were all locked.'How will I ever get out again?'she thought sadly.Then she saw a little glass table with three legs,and on the top of it was a very small gold key.Alice quickly took the key and tried it in all the doors,but oh dear!Either the locks were too big,or the key was too small,but she could not open any of the doors.
  Then she saw another door,a door that was only forty centimetres high.The little gold key unlocked this door easily, but of course Alice could not get through it—she was much too big.So she lay on the floor and looked through the open door,into a beautiful garden with green trees and bright flowers.
  Poor Alice was very unhappy.'What a wonderful garden!' she said to herself.'I'd like to be out there—not in this dark room.Why can't I get smaller?'It was already a very strange day,and Alice was beginning to think that anything was possible.
  After a while she locked the door again,got up and went back to the glass table.She put the key down and then she saw a little bottle on the table('I'm sure it wasn't here before,'said Alice).Round the neck of the bottle was a piece of paper with the words DRINK ME in large letters.
  But Alice was a careful girl.'It can be dangerous to drink out of strange bottles,'she said.'What will it do to me?'She drank a little bit very slowly.The taste was very nice,like chocolate and oranges and hot sweet coffee,and very soon Alice finished the bottle.
  * * *
  'What a strange feeling!'said Alice.'I think I'm getting smaller and smaller every second.'
  And she was.A few minutes later she was only twenty-five centimetres high.'And now,'she said happily,'I can get through the little door into that beautiful garden.'
  She ran at once to the door.When she got there,she remembered that the little gold key was back on the glass table.She ran back to the table for it,but of course,she was now much too small!There was the key,high above her,on top of the table.She tried very hard to climb up the table leg,but she could not do it.
  At last,tired and unhappy,Alice sat down on the floor and cried.But after a while she spoke to herself angrily.
  'Come now,'she said.'Stop crying at once.What's the use of crying?'She was a strange child,and often talked to herself like this.
  Soon she saw a little glass box near her on the floor.She opened it,and found a very small cake with the words EAT ME on it.
  Nothing could surprise Alice now.'Well,I'll eat it,'she said.'If I get taller,I can take the key off the table.And if I get smaller,I can get under the door.One way or another,I'll get into the garden.So it doesn't matter what happens!'
  She ate a bit of the cake,and then put her hand on top of her head.'Which way?Which way?'she asked herself,a little afraid.Nothing happened.This was not really surprising.People don't usually get taller or shorter when they eat cake.But a lot of strange things were happening to Alice today.'It will be very boring,'she said,'if nothing happens.'
  So she went on eating,and very soon the cake was finished.


■ 1 掉进兔子洞
  爱丽丝开始觉得有点无聊了。她和姐姐正坐在树下。姐姐在看书,而爱丽丝无事可做。她不时看看姐姐的书,里面既没有图画,也没有对话。
  “一本书没有图画和对话有什么用呢?”爱丽丝想。
  她想找点什么事儿做做,可天气很热,她觉得又因又无聊。正坐在那儿想事,忽然,一只长着粉红眼睛的白兔跑过她身边。
  看到一只兔子真没有什么可奇怪的。兔子说话时爱丽丝居然也不觉得太奇怪。兔子说,“噢,天哪!噢,天哪!我要迟到了!”(后来爱丽丝想起这事觉得有点儿奇怪,但当时她并不觉得有什么奇怪。)
  然后兔子从自己的口袋里掏出一块表,看了看,赶紧走了。爱丽丝立刻跳了起来。
  “我从未见过有口袋的兔子,或者兔子掏出一块手表来。”她想。她跟在兔子后面很快跑过田野。她也没停下来想一想,当兔子跑进一个大的兔子洞时,爱丽丝立即跟了进去。
  走了一小段,兔子洞突然向下转,直深入地下。爱丽丝不由自主地掉了下去。
  这个兔子洞很奇怪。爱丽丝往下掉得很慢,来得及看看四周。下面很暗,她什么也看不清。但她看到洞壁上有小柜子、书和画儿。她有时间从柜子里拿点东西,看上一眼,再放到下面的柜子里。
  “嗯,”爱丽丝想。“跌了这一下子,我到哪儿也不会怕跌倒了!以后在家里跌下楼梯,我不会哭也不会说什么。”
  往下掉呀,掉呀,掉呀。爱丽丝自言自语:“现在我掉下来了多深?也许我快到地球中心了。让我想想……那是地下4000公里。”(爱丽丝功课不错,能记住好多这样的事。)
  掉呀,掉呀,掉呀。什么时候才能停下来呢?爱丽丝都快睡着了,突然,她一下坐到了地上。她很快跳了起来,看了看周围。她看见白兔正急匆匆走开,还在自言自语:“噢,我的耳朵和胡子!现在太晚了!”
  爱丽丝跟在他后面像风一样跑起来。她就快追上他了,兔子突然转了个弯。爱丽丝也转过弯,然后停了下来。这是一个狭长的房间,很暗,墙四周都是门。她看不清白兔在哪儿。
  她试着推开门,可门都锁着。“我怎么才能再出去呢?”她想,伤心极了。接着她看见一张三条腿的小玻璃桌,上面放了一把很小的金钥匙。爱丽丝马上拿起钥匙,试了试所有的门,可是天哪!锁都太大了,而钥匙大小了,她一个门也打不开。
  这时,她看见另有一个门,只有40厘米高。小金钥匙轻而易举就打开了门,可爱丽丝过不去——她太大了。她趴在地板上看过去,门外是一个美丽的花园,里面长着绿树和鲜艳的花儿。
  可怜的爱丽丝难过极了。“多漂亮的花园呀!”她想。“我要出去——不想呆在这个黑屋子里。可我怎么才能变得小一点呢?”今天真是奇怪的一天,爱丽丝开始琢磨什么事都可能发生。
  过了一会她锁上门,站起来回到玻璃桌那儿。她放下钥匙,然后看见桌上有个小瓶子(“我敢肯定刚才它不在这儿,”爱丽丝说)。瓶颈上有一张纸,上面写着大大的两个字“喝我”。
  但爱丽丝是个细心谨慎的女孩。“喝奇怪的瓶子里的东西会很危险,”她说。“喝了我会怎么样呢?”她慢慢喝了一点点。味道不错,有点儿像巧克力、桔汁和热的甜咖啡。爱丽丝很快把一瓶都喝了。
  * * *
  “感觉真奇怪!”爱丽丝说。“我想每秒钟我都在越变越小。”
  她是在变小。几分钟后她只有25厘米高了。“现在,”她高兴地说,“我能穿过那扇小门去花园里了。”
  她立刻跑到门那儿。到了那儿她想起来那把小金钥匙还在那个玻璃桌上。她跑回去拿,可是,她现在太小了!钥匙放得很高,在桌子上呢。她想爬上桌子腿,但爬不上去。
  最后,爱丽丝又累又伤心,坐在地板上哭了起来。哭了一会儿她生气地对自己说了起来。
  “噢,现在,”她说。“快别哭了。哭有什么用呢?”她是个挺怪的孩子,总是这样对自己说话。
  很快,她看见自己身边的地板上有一个小盒子。她打开后发现里面有一小块蛋糕,上面写着“吃我”。
  现在没什么能让爱丽丝奇怪的了。“好,吃就吃,”她说。“如果我长高了,就能从桌子上拿钥匙了。如果我变小点就能穿过门了。不管怎样,我得去花园里。发生什么都不要紧!”
  她吃了点蛋糕,然后把手放在头顶。“是变大了还是变小了?”她问自己,心里有点害怕。什么也没发生。这一点也不奇怪。一般来说,人们吃点蛋糕并不见得就长高或变矮。但今天,爱丽丝身上发生了许多奇怪的事。“如果什么都没发生,”她说,“那太没意思了。”
  于是她接着吃,一会儿蛋糕就吃完了。


■ 2 The pool of tears
  'Curiouser and curiouser!'said Alice.(She was very surprised,and for a minute she forgot how to speak good English.)
  'I shall be as tall as a house in a minute,'she said.She tried to look down at her feet,and could only just see them.'Goodbye,feet!'she called.'Who will put on your shoes now?Oh dear!What nonsense I'm talking!'
  Just then her head hit the ceiling of the room.She was now about three metres high.Quickly,she took the little gold key from the table and hurried to the garden door.
  Poor Alice!She lay on the floor and looked into the garden with one eye.She could not even put her head through the door.
  She began to cry again,and went on crying and crying.The tears ran down her face,and soon there was a large pool of water all around her on the floor.Suddenly she heard a voice, and she stopped crying to listen.
  'Oh,the Duchess,the Duchess!She'll be so angry!I'm late,and she's waiting for me.Oh dear,oh dear!'
  It was the white Rabbit again.He was hurrying down the long room,with some white gloves in one hand and a large fan in the other hand.
  Alice was afraid,but she needed help.She spoke in a quiet voice.'Oh,please,sir—'
  The Rabbit jumped wildly,dropped the gloves and the fan, and hurried away as fast as he could.
  Alice picked up the fan and the gloves.The room was very hot,so she began to fan herself while she talked.'Oh dear! How strange everything is today!Did I change in the night? Am I a different person today?But if I'm a different person, then the next question is—who am I?Ah,that's the mystery.'
  She began to feel very unhappy again,but then she looked down at her hand.She was wearing one of the Rabbit's white gloves.'How did I get it on my hand?'she thought.'Oh,I'm getting smaller again!'She looked round the room.'I'm al- ready less than a metre high.And getting smaller every second!How can I stop it?'She saw the fan in her other hand, and quickly dropped it.
  She was now very,very small-and the little garden door was locked again,and the little gold key was lying on the glass table.
  'Things are worse than ever,'thought poor Alice.She turned away from the door,and fell into salt water,right up to her neck.At first she thought it was the sea,but then she saw it was the pool of tears.Her tears.Crying makes a lot of tears when you are three metres tall.
  'Oh,why did I cry so much?'said Alice.She swam around and looked for a way out,but the pool was very big.Just then she saw an animal in the water near her.It looked like a large animal to Alice,but it was only a mouse.
  'Shall I speak to it?'thought Alice.'Everything's very strange down here,so perhaps a mouse can talk.'
  So she began:'Oh Mouse,do you know the way out of this pool?I am very tired of swimming,oh Mouse!'(Alice did not know if this was the right way to speak to a mouse.But she wanted to be polite.)
  The mouse looked at her with its little eyes,but it said nothing.
  'Perhaps it doesn't understand English,'thought Alice.'Perhaps it's a French mouse.'So she began again,and said in French:'Where is my cat?'(This was the first sentence in her French lesson-book.)
  The mouse jumped half out of the water and looked at her angrily.
  'Oh,I'm so sorry!'cried Alice quickly.'Of course,you don't like cats,do you?'
  'Like cats?'cried the mouse in a high,angry voice.'Does any mouse like cats?'
  'Well,perhaps not,'Alice began kindly.
  But the mouse was now swimming quickly away,and soon Alice was alone again.At last she found her way out of the pool and sat down on the ground.She felt very lonely and unhappy.But after a while the White Rabbit came past again, looking for his white gloves and his fan.
  'The Duchess!The Duchess!Oh my ears and whiskers!She'll cut my head off,I know she will!Oh,where did I drop my gloves?'Then he saw Alice.'Why,Mary Ann, what are you doing here?Run home at once,and bring me some gloves and a fan.Quick,now!'
  Alice hurried away.'But where is his house?'she thought while she ran.Strangely,she was no longer in the long room with the little door,but outside in a wood.She ran and ran but could not see a house anywhere,so she sat down under a flower to rest.


■ 2 泪水潭
  “越奇越怪!”爱丽丝说。(她很奇怪,一会儿她就忘了怎么说好英语了。)
  “只需要一分钟我就会长得像一所房子那么高,”她说。她试着看看自己的脚,刚刚能看到脚。“再见吧,脚!”她叫了起来。“现在谁能穿上你的鞋?噢天哪!我在胡说些什么呀!”
  正在这时,她的头碰到了天花板上。她现在大约有3米高。她赶快从桌上拿了小金钥匙,跑到通往花园的门那儿。
  可怜的爱丽丝!她趴在地板上,用一只眼睛往花园里瞧。她连头都塞不进门里。
  她又哭了起来,哭个不停。泪水从脸蛋儿滑落,很快在她周围的地板上积成一大潭水。突然,她听到一个声音,她止住哭声仔细听。
  “噢,公爵夫人,公爵夫人!她要气坏了!我迟到了,她在等我呢。噢天哪,天哪!”
  又是白兔,他正从那长房间那边走过来,一只手上拿了些手套,另一只手上拿了把大扇子。
  爱丽丝有点害怕,但她需要帮助。她轻声说:“嗯,先生,请——”
  兔子猛地跳了起来,丢下手套和扇子,风一样地跑了。
  爱丽丝拣起扇于和手套。房间里很热,于是她一边自言自语一边扇着扇子。“噢我的天!今天的每一件事都多么奇怪!晚上我是不是变了呢?今天我是另外一个人了吗?但如果我变了个人,那下一个问题是——我倒底是谁?啊,真是个谜。”
  她又伤心起来,然后她看看自己的手。她正戴着兔子的一只手套。“我怎么戴上这手套的呢?”她想。“噢,我现在又变小了!”她四下看看。“我已经不到一米高。每秒钟都在变小!我怎么才能不变小了呢?”她看到另一只手里的扇子,赶快扔了。
  她现在很小很小了——可通往花园的小门又锁上了,而小金钥匙还在玻璃桌上。
  “没有比这些更糟糕的事了,”可怜的爱丽丝想。她从门边走开,又掉进了咸水里,水没到脖子。一开始,她以为是海,但马上明白了,这是泪水潭,她的眼泪。当你3米高的时候,哭一下会流很多眼泪的。
  “噢,我为什么总哭?”爱丽丝说。她游了起来,想找一条路,但水潭很大。正在这时她看到附近的水里有个动物。爱丽丝看着觉得像很大的动物,但它只是一只耗子。
  “我要和她说说吗?”爱丽丝想。“这儿每件事都很奇怪,所以耗子也许会说话。”
  于是她开口了:“喂,耗子,你知道出这水潭的路吗?我游得很累了,噢耗子!”(爱丽丝不知道这样和耗子说话对不对。但她想礼貌些。)
  耗子用小眼睛瞅瞅她,但什么也没说。
  “也许它不懂英语,”爱丽丝想。“可能它是只法国耗子。”她又开口了,这次是用法语:“我的猫儿在哪?”(这是她的法语课本上的第一句话。)
  耗子从水里一下蹦出来半个身子,愤怒地看着她。
  “哎呀,对不起!”爱丽丝马上说。“当然,你不喜欢猫,是吗?”
  “喜欢猫?”耗子愤怒地高声叫道。“有喜欢猫的耗子吗?”
  “嗯,也许没有,”爱丽丝开始友好些了。
  但耗子还是迅速游走了,又剩下爱丽丝一个人。她终于游出了水潭,坐在地上。她觉得又孤独又难过。过了一会儿,白兔又经过这儿,他正在找他的白手套和扇子。
  “公爵夫人!公爵夫人!噢我的耳朵和胡子!她会砍了我的头,我知道她会的!噢,我到底把我的手套掉在哪儿了?”他看见了爱丽丝。“玛丽·安,你在这儿干什么?赶快回家,给我带把扇子和一些手套。快点,现在就去!”
  爱丽丝赶快跑。“可他的房子在哪儿?”她一边跑一边想。奇怪的是,她不再是在那间有小门的狭长房间里了,而是在一片树林里。她跑呀,跑呀,可在哪儿也没看见有房子,所以她坐在一朵花儿下休息休息。
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 51楼  发表于: 2014-08-17 0

■ 3 Conversation with a caterpillar
  'Now,'Alice said to herself.'First,I must get a little bigger,and second,I must find my way into that beautiful garden.I think that will be the best plan.But oh dear!How shall I get bigger?Perhaps I must eat or drink something,but the question is,what?'
  Alice looked all around her at the flowers and the trees,but she could not see anything to eat.Then she saw a large mush- room near her.It was as tall as she was.She walked across to look at it,and there,on top of the mushroom,was a large caterpillar,smoking a pipe.After a while,the Caterpillar took the pipe out of its mouth and said to Alice in a slow,sleepy voice,'Who are you?'
  'I don't really know,sir,'said Alice.'I know who I was when I got up this morning,but I have changed so often since then.I think I am a different person now.'
  'What do you mean by that?'said the Caterpillar.'Explain yourself!'
  'I can't explain myself,sir,'said Alice,'because I'm not myself,you know.'
  'I don't know,'said the Caterpillar.
  'It's difficult to describe,'Alice replied politely.'One minute I'm very small,the next minute I'm as tall as a house,then I'm small again.Usually,I stay the same all day,and changing so often feels very strange to me.'
  'You!'said the Caterpillar,in a very unfriendly voice.'Who are you?'
  They were now back at the beginning of their conversation, which was not very helpful.Alice felt a little cross and decided to walk away.
  'Come back!'the Caterpillar called after her.'I've something important to say.'
  This sounded better,so Alice turned back.
  'Never get angry,'said the Caterpillar.
  'Is that all?'said Alice,trying not to be angry.
  'No,'said the Caterpillar.For some minutes it smoked its pipe and did not speak,but at last it took the pipe out of its mouth,and said,'So you've changed,have you?How tall do you want to be?'
  'I would like to be a little larger,sir,please,'said Alice.'Eight centimetres is really very small.'
  For a while the Caterpillar smoked its pipe.Then it shook itself,got down off the mushroom,and moved slowly away into the grass.It did not look back at Alice,but said,'One side will make you taller,and the other side will make you shorter.'
  'One side of what?'thought Alice to herself.
  She did not say this aloud,but the Caterpillar said, mushroom.'Then it moved away into the wood.
  Alice looked at the mushroom carefully,but it was round, and did not have sides.At last she broke off a piece in each hand from opposite sides of the mushroom.She ate some of the piece in her left hand,and waited to see what would happen.
  A minute later her head was as high as the tallest tree in the wood,and she was looking at a sea of green leaves.Then a bird appeared and began to fly around her head,screaming, 'Egg thief!Egg thief!Go away!'
  'I'm not an egg thief,'said Alice.
  'Oh no?'said the bird angrily.'But you eat eggs,don't you?'
  'Well,yes,I do,but I don't steal them,'explained Alice quickly.'We have them for breakfast,you know.'
  'Then how do you get them,if you don't steal them?' screamed the bird.
  This was a difficult question to answer,so Alice brought up her right hand through the leaves and ate a little from the other piece of mushroom.She began to get smaller at once and, very carefully,she ate first from one hand,then from the other,until she was about twenty-five centimetres high.
  'That's better,'she said to herself.'And now I must find that garden.'She began to walk through the wood,and after a while she came to a little house.


■ 3 和毛虫的谈话
  “现在,”爱丽丝想。“第一,我得变大一点,第二,我必须想办法进到那个美丽的花园里。我想,这是最好的计划。但天哪!我怎么才能变大呢?也许我得吃点什么或喝点什么,但问题是,什么呢?”
  爱丽丝看看周围的花和树,但她看不见有什么东西可吃。这时,她看见附近有一个大蘑菇,和她一样高。她走过去看了看,在那儿,在蘑菇顶上有一只大毛虫,正在吸烟斗呢。过了一会儿,毛虫从嘴里取出烟斗,慢慢地、困倦地对爱丽丝开口了,“你是谁?”
  “先生,我确实也不知道,”爱丽丝说。今天早上我起床的时候还知道自己是谁,但那之后我变了那么多次。我想现在自己是个不同的人了。”
  “你这么说是什么意思?”毛虫问。“解释一下!”
  “我没法解释自己,先生,”爱丽丝说,“因为你知道吗,我现在不是自己了。”
  “我不懂,”毛虫说。
  “这很难解释,”爱丽丝礼貌地回答。“这一分钟我还很小,下一分钟我就和房子一样高了,然后我又变小了。通常,我一整天都没什么变化,这样频繁地变来变去真让我觉得奇怪。”
  “你!”毛虫很不友好地说。“你是谁?”
  现在他们又回到谈话的开头了,这于事无补。爱丽丝有点生气了,决定走开。
  “回来!”毛虫在她后面嚷嚷。“我有重要的事要说。”
  这听起来还差不多,爱丽丝转回来。
  “任何时候都别生气,”毛虫说。
  “就这些吗?”爱丽丝说,努力让自己别发火。
  “不,”毛虫说。它吸着烟斗,好一会儿都没开口,最后把烟斗从嘴里抽出来,说道,“你已经变过了,对吗?你想长多高?”
  “我很想长高一点,”爱丽丝说。“80厘米实在太矮了。”
  毛虫吸了一会儿烟斗。然后它晃晃身子,从蘑菇上下来,慢慢地爬到草丛里。它没有回头看看爱丽丝.只是说,“一边可以让你长高,另一边可以让你变矮。”
  “什么的一边?”爱丽丝心里想。
  她并没说出声来,可毛虫说,“蘑菇的。”然后它进了森林。
  爱丽丝仔细看了看蘑菇,蘑菇是圆的,没有两边。最后,她从蘑菇正相对的两边一手掰下一片。她吃了点左手里的那片,然后等着看看会发生什么。
  一分钟后,她的头和森林里最高的树一样高,她看着那一片绿叶的海洋。这时,有只小鸟出现了并绕着她的头飞,尖叫着:“偷蛋的贼,偷蛋的贼,滚开!”
  “我不是偷蛋的贼,”爱丽丝说。
  “不是?”小鸟生气地说。“但你吃蛋,对不对?”
  “对,我吃蛋,但我不偷蛋,”爱丽丝赶忙解释。“你知道,我们早饭吃蛋。”
  “那么,如果不是偷,你们怎么弄到蛋的?”
  这个问题很难回答,爱丽丝把右手从树叶间抽出来,吃了点那片蘑菇。她马上开始变小了,然后,她小心翼翼地吃点这片,吃点那片,直到她有25厘米那么高。
  “这还差不多,”她对自己说。“现在我得找到那个花园。”她走进树林,过了一会儿到了一所小房子面前。


■ 4 The Cheshire Cat
  There was a boy outside the door,with a large letter in his hand.(He was dressed like a boy,but his face was very like a fish,Alice thought.)The Fish-Boy knocked at the door,and a second later a large plate came flying out of an open window.
  'A letter for the Duchess,'the Fish-Boy shouted.He pushed the letter under the door and went away.
  Alice went up to the door and knocked,but there was a lot of noise inside and nobody answered.So she opened the door and walked in.
  She found herself in a kitchen,which was full of smoke.There was a very angry cook by the fire,and in the middle of the room sat the Duchess,holding a screaming baby.Every few minutes a plate crashed to the floor.There was also a large cat,which was sitting on a chair and grinning from ear to ear.
  'Please,'Alice said politely to the Duchess,'why does your cat grin like that?'
  'It's a Cheshire Cat,'said the Duchess.'That's why.'
  'I didn't know that cats could grin,'said Alice.
  'Well,you don't know much,'said the Duchess.Another plate crashed to the floor and Alice jumped.'Here!'the Duchess went on.'You can hold the baby for a bit,if you like.The Queen has invited me to play croquet,and I must go and get ready.'She pushed the baby into Alice's arms and hurried out of the room.
  'Oh,the poor little thing!'said Alice,looking at the baby, which had a very strange face.She took it outside into the wood and walked around under the trees.Then the baby began to make strange noises,and Alice looked into its face again.Its eyes were really very small for a baby,and its nose now looked very like the nose of a pig.
  'Don't make noises like that,my dear,'said Alice.'It's not polite.You're beginning to sound like a pig.'
  But a few minutes later,there was no mistake.It was a pig.Alice put it carefully on the ground,and it ran quietly away on its four legs into the wood.
  'I'm pleased about that,'Alice said to herself.'It will be a good-looking pig,but it would be terrible to be a child with a face like that.
  She was thinking about pigs and children when she suddenly saw the Cheshire Cat in a tree.The Cat grinned at her,and she went nearer to it.
  'Please,'she said,'can you tell me which way to go from here?'
  'But where do you want to get to?'said the Cat.
  'It doesn't really matter—'began Alice.
  'Then it doesn't matter which way you go,'said the Cat.
  'But I would like to get somewhere,'Alice explained.
  'If you just go on walking,'said the Cat,'in the end you'll arrive somewhere.'
  That was true,thought Alice,but not very helpful,so she tried another question.'What kind of people live near here?'
  'To the left,'the Cat said,'lives a Hatter.And to the right,lives a March Hare.You can visit either of them.They're both mad.'
  'But I don't want to visit mad people,'said Alice.
  'We're all mad here,you know,'said the Cat.'I'm mad.You're mad.'
  'How do you know that I'm mad?'said Alice.
  'Of course you're mad,'said the Cat.'Only mad people come here.'
  Alice was thinking about this,but the Cat went on,'Are you playing croquet with the Queen today?'
  'I would like to very much,'said Alice,'but nobody has invited me yet.'
  'You'll see me there,'said the Cat,and vanished.
  Alice was not really surprised at this,because so many strange things were happening today.She was still looking at the tree when,suddenly,the Cat appeared again.
  'I forgot to ask,'said the Cat.'What happened to the baby?'
  'It turned into a pig,'Alice said.
  'I'm not surprised,'said the Cat,and vanished again.
  Alice began to walk on,and decided to visit the March Hare.'It's the month of May now,'she said to herself,'so perhaps the Hare won't be as mad as he was in March.'
  Suddenly,there was the Cheshire Cat again,sitting in another tree.Alice jumped in surprise.
  'Do you think,'she said politely,'that you could come and go more slowly?'
  'All right,'said the Cat.And this time it vanished very slowly.First its tail went,then its body,then its head,and last,the grin.
  'Well!I've often seen a cat without a grin,'thought Alice,'but never a grin without a cat!'
  Soon she saw the house of the March Hare in front of her.It was a large house,so she ate a little piece of mushroom to get bigger,and walked on.


■ 4 切舍猫
  门外站着一个男孩,手里拿着好大的一封信。(他穿得像个男孩,爱丽丝觉得他的脸却很像一条鱼。)鱼孩敲了一下门,眨眼功夫一个大盘子从一扇打开的窗户飞了出来。
  “有封给公爵夫人的信,”鱼孩大喊道。他把信从门下塞了进去,然后走开了。
  爱丽丝走上前去敲了敲门,里面一片嘈杂声,却无人应门。于是她打开门,走了进去。
  她发现自己在一个小厨房里,厨房里尽是烟。火边有一个厨师,气哼哼地;在房间中央坐着公爵夫人,抱着一个正尖声大叫的婴儿。每隔几分钟就有一个盘子摔到地上。椅子上坐着一只很大的猫,正咧着大嘴笑呢。
  “请问,”爱丽丝客客气气地对公爵夫人说,“你的猫为什么那样咧着嘴笑?”
  “这是一只切舍猫,”公爵夫人说,“这就是原因。”
  “我不知道猫会咧着嘴笑,”爱丽丝说。
  “你不知道的事多着呢,”公爵夫人说。又有一只盘子摔到地上,爱丽丝跳了起来。“来!”公爵夫人接着说:“要是你愿意,这个孩子给你抱一会儿吧。王后请我打槌球,现在我得去准备一下。”她把孩子塞到爱丽丝的怀里,急匆匆地走出去了。
  “噢,可怜的小东西!”爱丽丝说。她看了看孩子的脸,真是张很奇怪的脸。她带着它出了门,在树林里转了转。它开始发出一种奇怪的声音,爱丽丝又看看它的脸。眼睛很小,不像婴孩的眼睛,鼻子看起来像猪鼻子。
  “亲爱的,别那样出声,”爱丽丝说。“这很不礼貌,听起来会像头猪一样。”
  但过了一会儿这就算不上一个错误了。它确实是只猪。爱丽丝小心地把它放在地上,它四条腿着地,静静地跑进森林里去了。
  “我很高兴,”爱丽丝自言自语道。“它会是只漂亮的猪,可小孩要长这么一张脸就太可怕了。”
  正当她想着猪和小孩时,突然看见切舍猫正坐在一棵树上。猫冲她咧嘴一笑,爱丽丝向它靠了靠。
  她说:“请你告诉我,从这儿我该往哪条路走?”
  “可你要上哪儿去呀?”猫问。
  “去哪儿倒无所谓——”爱丽丝答道。
  “那你走哪条路都行。”猫说。
  “但我想去个什么地方。”爱丽丝解释道。
  “如果你一直走,你总会到个什么地方的。”猫说。
  这倒是真的,爱丽丝想,可毫无意义。所以她试着问点别的。“这附近都住着什么样的人?”
  猫回答:“左边住着一个制帽人。右边住了一只三月兔。你可以去看看他们中的谁。可他们都疯了。”
  “我可不想去看疯子。”爱丽丝说。
  “你得知道,这儿人人都是疯子。”切舍猫说:“我是疯子,你也是疯子。”
  “你怎么知道我疯了?”爱丽丝问。
  “你当然是疯子,”切舍猫说。“到这儿来的人都疯了。”
  爱丽丝还在想着这个事,猫又接着问:“今天你去跟王后打槌球吗?”
  “我很想去,”爱丽丝说,”可没人请我啊。”
  “你在那儿会看到我的。”切舍猫说,然后一下子不见了。
  爱丽丝也不觉得奇怪,因为今天发生了那么多奇怪的事。她还在那儿盯着树看,突然,切舍猫又出现了。
  “我忘了问,”猫说:“那娃娃怎么啦?”
  “变成了一头猪。”爱丽丝说。
  “我一点也不觉得奇怪。”猫说,然后又不见了。
  爱丽丝开步走了,决定去拜访三月兔。她想:“现在是五月,不是三月,也许这只兔不像在三月份那么疯了。”
  突然,切舍猫又出现了。它坐在另一棵树上。爱丽丝吃惊地跳了起来。
  “你说,”爱丽丝客气地说:“你可以慢一点一会儿出现,一会儿隐没吗?”
  “可以。”猫说。这次,它慢慢地隐没。先是尾巴没了,然后是身体、头,最后,咧着笑的嘴。
  “我常看见不咧开嘴笑的猫,”爱丽丝想,“可还没见过有咧开的嘴而没有身子的猫。”
  一会儿她看到三月兔的房子就在眼前。房子挺大,所以爱丽丝吃了一小片蘑菇以便长大一点,然后走上前去。
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 52楼  发表于: 2014-08-18 0

■ 5 A mad tea-party
  There was a table under a tree outside the house,and the March Hare and the Hatter were having tea.A Dormouse was sitting between them,asleep.The three of them were all sitting together at one corner of the table,but the table was large and there were many other seats.Alice sat down in a big chair at one end.
  'Have some coffee,'the March Hare said in a friendly voice.
  Alice looked all round the table,but she could only see a teapot.'I don't see any coffee,'she said.
  'There isn't any,'said the March Hare.
  'Then why did you ask me to have some?'said Alice crossly.'It wasn't very polite of you.'
  'It wasn't very polite of you to sit down.We haven't invited you to tea,'said the March Hare.
  'But there are lots of seats,'said Alice.
  'Your hair's too long,'said the Hatter,looking at Alice with interest.
  'It's not polite to say things like that,'said Alice.
  The Hatter looked surprised,but he said,'Why is a bird like a desk?'
  Alice was pleased.She enjoyed playing wordgames,so she said,'That's an easy question.'
  'Do you mean you know the answer?'said the March Hare.
  'Yes,'said Alice.
  'Then you must say what you mean,'the March Hare said.
  'I do,'Alice said quickly.'Well,I mean what I say.And that's the same thing,you know.'
  'No,it isn't!'said the Hatter.'Listen to this.I see what I eat means one thing,but I eat what I see means something very different.'
  Alice did not know what to say to this.So she took some tea and some bread-and-butter while she thought about it.The Dormouse woke up for a minute and then went to sleep again.After a while the Hatter took out his watch,shook it,then looked at it sadly.
  'Two days slow!I told you that butter wasn't good for watches!'he said angrily to the March Hare.
  'It was the best butter,'said the March Hare sadly.
  Alice was looking at the watch with interest.'It's a strange watch,'she said.'It shows the day of the week,but not the time.'
  'But we know the time,'said the Hatter.'It's always six o'clock here.'
  Alice suddenly understood.'Is that why there are all these cups and plates?'she said.'It's always tea-time here,and you go on moving round the table.Is that right?But what happens when you come to the beginning again?'
  'Don't ask questions,'said the March Hare crossly.'You must tell us a story now.'
  'But I don't know any stories,'said Alice.
  Then the March Hare and the Hatter turned to the Dormouse.'Wake up,Dormouse!'they shouted loudly in its ears.'Tell us a story.'
  'Yes,please do,'said Alice.
  The Dormouse woke up and quickly began to tell a story, but a few minutes later it was asleep again.The March Hare poured a little hot tea on its nose,and the Hatter began to look for a clean plate.Alice decided to leave and walked away into the wood.She looked back once,and the March Hare and the Hatter were trying to put the Dormouse into the teapot.
  'Well,I won't go there again,'said Alice.'What a stupid tea-party it was!'Just then she saw a door in one of the trees.'How curious!'she thought.'But everything is strange today.I think I'll go in.'
  So she went in.And there she was,back in the long room with the little glass table.At once,she picked up the gold key from the table,unlocked the little door into the garden,and then began to eat a piece of mushroom.When she was down to about thirty centimetres high,she walked through the door, and then,at last,she was in the beautiful garden with its green trees and bright flowers.


■ 5 疯狂的茶会
  房子外的树下有一张桌子,三月兔和制帽人正在喝茶。有只睡鼠在他们中间,睡着了。他们三个坐在桌子的一角,可桌子实际上很大,还有很多座位。爱丽丝在一头的一把大椅子上坐下来。
  “请喝点咖啡吧。”三月兔友好地说。
  爱丽丝看看桌子周围,可只看到一个茶壶。“我没看见有咖啡。”她说。
  “是没有咖啡。”三月兔说。
  “那你为什么让我喝呢?”爱丽丝生气地说。“你没有礼貌。”
  “你自己坐下来就很不礼貌。我们没邀请你喝茶。”三月兔说。
  “但这儿有很多座位。”爱丽丝说。
  “你的头发太长了。”制帽人说,他很感兴趣地看着爱丽丝。
  “说这样的事才没礼貌呢。”爱丽丝说。
  制帽人看起来很吃惊,但他接着说,“为什么鸟像桌子?”
  爱丽丝高兴起来。她喜欢玩拼字游戏。所以她说,“这个问题很简单。”“你是说你知道答案?”三月兔说。
  “是的,”爱丽丝说。
  “那你得说你是怎么想的,”三月兔说。
  “当然,”爱丽丝立刻说:“我说的就是我想的。你该知道,这是一样的。”
  “不,不是!”制帽人说。“听着,我明白我吃什么是一件事,而我吃我看见的是另一回事,这是很不同的。”
  爱丽丝对这些不知该说什么好。她一边思考这事儿,一边喝了点茶,吃了点黄油面包。睡鼠醒了一会儿又睡过去了。过了一会儿,制帽人掏出自己的手表,摇晃了一下,很伤心地看了又看。
  “慢了两天!我告诉过你,黄油对表没好处。”他气哼哼地对三月兔说。
  “这是最好的黄油,”三月兔说,很是失望。
  爱丽丝好奇地看了看表。“这表真奇怪,”她说。“它只报星期几,不报时间。”
  “可我们知道时间,”制帽人说。“在这儿永远是六点钟。”
  爱丽丝一下子明白了。“这就是为什么有杯子和盘子的原因吗?”她说。“这儿永远是喝茶的时间,你们就绕着桌子转。对不对?但你们回到开始后又会怎么样呢?”
  “别问来问去,”三月兔生气了。“你现在得给我们讲个故事。”
  “可是我什么故事也不知道,”爱丽丝说。
  然后三月兔和制帽人转向睡鼠。“醒醒,睡鼠!”他们冲着它的耳朵喊起来。“给我们讲个故事。”
  “对,请讲个故事吧。”爱丽丝说。
  睡鼠醒了,马上开始讲故事。可过了几分钟,它又睡着了。三月兔把热茶倒在睡鼠的鼻子上,制帽人开始找一个干净的盘子。爱丽丝决定走,就进了小树林。她回头一看,三月兔和制帽人正想法子把睡鼠塞到茶壶里去呢。
  “我再也不到那儿去了。”爱丽丝说。“这茶会真愚蠢!”这时,她看见一棵树上有一扇门。“真奇怪!”她想。“今天什么事都很奇怪。我想我该进去。”
  于是她走了进去。她又回到那个有张小玻璃桌的长的房间里。她马上从桌子上拿起那个小金钥匙,打开通往花园的门,再吃一片蘑菇。当自己缩小到差不多30厘米高时,她就穿过门,终于又到了那个美丽的花园,里面尽是绿树和亮丽的鲜花。


■ 6 The Queen's game of croquet
  Near the door there was a rose-tree and three gardeners, who were looking at the roses in a very worried way.
  'What's the matter?'Alice said to them.
  'You see,Miss,'said the first gardener,'these roses are white,but the Queen only likes red roses,and she—'
  'The Queen!'said the second gardener suddenly,and at once,the three gardeners lay down flat on their faces.Alice turned round and saw a great crowd of people.
  It was a pack of cards,walking through the garden.There were clubs(they were soldiers),and diamonds,and ten little children(they were hearts).Next came some Kings and Queens.Then Alice saw the White Rabbit,and behind him, the Knave of Hearts.And last of all,came THE KING AND QUEEN OF HEARTS.
  When the crowd came near to Alice,they all stopped and looked at her,and the Queen said,'Who are you?'
  'My name is Alice,Your Majesty,'said Alice very politely.But she thought to herself,'They're only a pack of cards.I don't need to be afraid of them!'
  'And who are these?'said the Queen,looking at the three gardeners.Then she saw the white roses,and her face turned red and angry.'Off with their heads!'she shouted,and soldiers hurried up to take the gardeners away.The Queen turned to Alice.'Can you play croquet?'she shouted.
  'Yes!'shouted Alice.
  'Come on,then!'shouted the Queen.The crowd began to move on,and Alice went with them.
  'It's—it's a very fine day,'said a worried voice in her ear.Alice saw that the White Rabbit was by her side.
  'Very fine,'said Alice.'Where's the Duchess?'
  'Shhh!'said the Rabbit in a hurried voice.'She's in prison,waiting for execution.'
  'What for?'said Alice.
  But just then the Queen shouted,'Get to your places!', and the game began.
  It was the strangest game of croquet in Alice's life!The balls were hedgehogs,and the mallets were flamingoes.And the hoops were made by soldiers,who turned over and stood on their hands and feet.Alice held her flamingo's body under her arm,but the flamingo turned its long neck first this way and then that way.At last,Alice was ready to hit the ball with the flamingo's head.But by then,the hedgehog was tired of waiting and was walking away across the croquet-ground And when both the flamingo and the hedgehog were ready,there was no hoop!The soldiers too were always getting up and walking away.It really was a very difficult game,Alice thought.
  The players all played at the same time,and they were al- ways arguing and fighting for hedgehogs.Nobody could agree about anything.Very soon,the Queen was wildly angry,and went around shouting'Off with his head!'or'Off with her head!'about once a minute.
  Alice began to feel worried.'The Queen is sure to argue with me soon,'she thought.'And what will happen to me then?They're cutting people's heads off all the time here.I'm surprised there is anyone left alive!'
  Just then she saw something very strange.She watched carefully,and after a minute or two she saw that the thing was a grin.'It's the Cheshire Cat,'she said to herself.'Now I'll have somebody to talk to.'
  'How are you getting on?'said the Cat,when its mouth appeared.
  Alice waited.'I can't talk to something without ears,'she thought.Slowly the Cat's eyes,then its ears,and then the rest of its head appeared.But it stopped at the neck,and its body did not appear.
  Alice began to tell the Cat all about the game.'It's very difficult to play,'she said.'Everybody argues all the time, and the hoops and the hedgehogs walk away.'
  'How do you like the Queen?'said the Cat quietly.
  'I don't,'said Alice.'She's very—'Just then she saw the Queen behind her,so she went on,'—clever.She's the best player here.'
  The Queen smiled and walked past.
  'Who are you talking to?'said the King.He came up behind Alice and looked at the Cat's head in surprise.
  'It's a friend of mine—a Cheshire Cat,'said Alice.
  'I'm not sure that I like it,'said the King.'But it can touch my hand if it likes.'
  'I prefer not to,'said the Cat.
  'Well!'said the King angrily.He called out to the Queen, 'My dear!There's a cat here,and I don't like it.'
  The Queen did not look round.'Off with its head!'she shouted.'Call for the executioner!
  Alice was a little worried for her friend,but when the executioner arrived,everybody began to argue.
  'I can't cut off a head,'said the executioner,'if there isn't a body to cut it off from.'
  'You can cut the head off,'said the King,'from anything that's got a head.'
  'If somebody doesn't do something quickly,'said the Queen,'I'll cut everybody's head off.'
  Nobody liked that plan very much,so they all turned to Alice.'And what do you say?'they cried.
  'The Cat belongs to the Duchess,'said Alice carefully.'Perhaps you could ask her about it.'
  'She's in prison,'the Queen said to the executioner.'Bring her here at once.'
  But then the Cat's head slowly began to vanish,and when the executioner came back with the Duchess,there was nothing there.The King ran wildly up and down,looking for the Cat,and the Duchess put her arm round Alice.'I'm so pleased to see you again,my dear!'she said.
  'Let's get on with the game,'the Queen said angrily,and Alice followed her back to the croquet-ground.
  The game went on,but all the time the Queen was arguing, and shouting'Off with his head!'or'Off with her head!' Soon there were no hoops left,because the soldiers(who were the hoops)were too busy taking everybody to prison.And at the end there were only three players left—the King,the Queen,and Alice.
  The Queen stopped shouting and said to Alice,'Have you seen the Mock Turtle yet?'
  'No,'said Alice.'I'm not sure what a Mock Turtle is.'
  'Then come with me,'said the Queen.
  They found the Mock Turtle down by the sea.Next to him was a Gryphon,asleep in the sun.Then the Queen hurried away,saying,'I have to get on with some executions.'
  The Gryphon woke up,and said sleepily to Alice,'It's just talk,you know.They never execute anybody.'
  Alice was pleased to hear this.She felt a little afraid of the Gryphon and the Mock Turtle,because they were so large.But they were very friendly,and sang songs and told her many stories about their lives.The Mock Turtle was in the middle of a very sad song when they all heard a shout a long way away: 'It's beginning!'
  'Come on!We must hurry!'cried the Gryphon.It took Alice by the hand and began to run.


■ 6 王后的槌球游戏
  在门附近,有棵玫瑰树。旁边站了三个园丁,正焦虑地看着玫瑰花。
  “怎么啦?”爱丽丝问他们。
  “你看,小姐,”第一个园丁说,“这些玫瑰是白的,可王后只喜欢红玫瑰,而且她——”
  “王后!”第二个园丁突然说。三个园丁马上趴下,脸贴在地面上。爱丽丝转过身,看见一大群人。
  这是一副牌,正在穿过花园。有方块(他们是士兵),梅花和十个小孩(他们是红桃)。随后是国王和王后们。这时,爱丽丝看见了白兔,他后面是红桃杰克,最后是红桃国王和王后。
  这支队伍来到爱丽丝跟前,大家都停下来打量她,王后说,“你是谁?”
  “我叫爱丽丝,陛下,”爱丽丝很有礼貌地说。她想,“他们不过是一副纸牌,我不怕他们!”
  “这些人都是谁?”王后看着三个园丁问道。正在这时,她看见了白玫瑰,脸一下子气得通红。“砍掉他们的头!”她喊道,士兵们赶快把园丁们拉走。王后转向爱丽丝:“你会打槌球吗?”她喊着。
  “会!”爱丽丝也喊着。
  “那么来吧!”王后吆喝一声。大队人马接着走,爱丽丝跟着他们。
  “这——这是个好天气,”她听见一个发愁的说话声。白兔就在她身边。
  “很好,”爱丽丝说。“公爵夫人在哪儿?”
  “嘘!”白兔很快说。“她在监狱里,等着受刑。”
  “为什么?”爱丽丝问。
  正在这时,王后喊:“各就各位!”比赛开始了。
  这是爱丽丝见过的最奇怪的槌球游戏!球是刺猬,木槌是红鹤。弓形小球门由士兵组成,他们转过身去,红鹤腿着地站着。爱丽丝用胳膊抱着红鹤的身体,但红鹤把脖子一会儿转到这边,一会儿转到那边。最后,爱丽丝准备好用红鹤的头去击球。可正在这时,刺猬等烦了,穿过槌球场走开了。当红鹤和刺猬都准备好时,却没有球门!士兵们也总是站起来走开。这场球可是太难打了,爱丽丝想。
  打球的人总是同时打,老是争吵,争刺猬。在任何一件事上大家意见都不一致。很快王后气坏了,她走来走去,大约隔一分钟就大喊“砍掉他的脑袋”或者“砍掉她的脑袋”。
  爱丽丝开始有点担心了。她想:“王后也会很快和我吵起来的,那可怎么办?在这儿他们一直在砍头。可奇怪的是居然还有人活着!”
  这时她看到一个很奇怪的东西。她仔细看,过了一会儿她看出来了,是一张咧着笑的嘴。“是切舍猫,”她心里想。“现在我可有人说话了。”
  “你怎么样?”猫问,嘴完全显露出来了。
  爱丽丝等了等。她想,“我没法跟一个没耳朵的东西说话。”慢慢地猫的眼睛,然后是耳朵,然后是头都出来了。但到颈部就停下来了,身子没出来。
  爱丽丝就给猫讲球赛的情况。“这球赛太难打了,”她说。“每个人都在吵个不停,球门和刺猬还总是走开。”
  “你觉得王后怎么样?”猫静静地问。
  “我不喜欢她,”爱丽丝答道。“她很——”正在这时,她看见王后就在她后面,所以她接着说,“——聪明。在这儿她球打得最好。”
  王后笑着走过去了。
  “你到底在和谁说话?”国王问。他走到爱丽丝后面,看着猫的脑袋,觉得很奇怪。
  “它是我的朋友——一只切舍猫,”爱丽丝说。
  “我不知道我是否喜欢它,”国王说。“但如果它喜欢可以摸摸我的手。”
  “我宁愿不摸。”猫说。
  “哼!”国王气坏了。他对王后喊到,“亲爱的!这儿有只猫,我不喜欢它。”
  王后没回头。“砍掉它的脑袋!”她喊着。“把执行官叫来!”
  爱丽丝有点替朋友担心,但等执行官来了,大家开始争执起来。
  “我没法砍掉它的头,”执行官说,“如果没有身子,怎么砍头呢?”
  “你能砍,”国王说,“从头长出来的那个地方。”
  “如果有人不赶快做事,”王后说,“我就把每个人的头都砍掉。”
  没有人喜欢这个计划,他们都转向爱丽丝。“那么你说怎么办?”他们喊道。
  “猫是公爵夫人的,”爱丽丝小心翼翼地说。“也许你们该问问她怎么办。”
  “她在监狱里,”王后对执行官说。“把她立刻带到这儿来。”
  但这时猫的头开始消失,等执行官带着公爵夫人回来时,那儿已经什么都没有了。国王狂燥地跑来跑去找猫,公爵夫人抱着爱丽丝。“我真高兴又见到了你,亲爱的!”她说。
  “我们接着打球,”王后气呼呼地说,于是爱丽丝跟着她走回槌球场。
  球赛接着进行,可王后总是与别人争吵,大喊“砍掉他的脑袋!”或者“砍掉她的脑袋!”只一会儿就没有弓形球门了,因为士兵们(也就是球门)忙着把大家抓到监狱里去。最后只剩下三个人了——国王,王后和爱丽丝。
  王后不喊了,对爱丽丝说,“你见到充海龟了吗?”
  “没有,”爱丽丝说。“我不知道充海龟是什么。”
  “那么跟我来,”王后说。
  他们在海边发现了充海龟。充海龟旁边是鹰头翼狮,它正晒太阳睡觉呢。王后快步走开了,说“我还得去执行那些死刑呢。”
  鹰头翼狮醒来了,迷迷糊糊地对爱丽丝说,“只是说说而已,你该知道。他们从不真的砍谁的脑袋。”
  爱丽丝听了这个很高兴。她有点害怕鹰头翼狮和充海龟,他们个子很大。但他们很友好,唱着歌,还给她讲他们生活中的故事。充海鱼正唱到一半时,有个声音从远处喊到:“开始!”
  “快来!我们得快点!”鹰头翼狮喊到。它拽上爱丽丝就跑了起来。

■ 7 Who stole the tarts?
  The King and Queen of Hearts were sitting on their thrones when Alice and the Gryphon arrived.There was a great crowd of birds and animals,and all the pack of cards.
  Soldiers stood all around the Knave of Hearts,and near the King was the White Rabbit,with a trumpet in one hand.
  In the middle of the room there was a table,with a large plate of tarts on it.'They look good,'thought Alice,who was feeling a little hungry.
  Then the White Rabbit called out loudly,'Silence!The trial of the Knave of Hearts will now begin!'He took out a long piece of paper,and read:
  The Queen of Hearts,she made some tarts,
  All on a summer day.
  The Knave of Hearts,he stole those tarts,
  And took them all away.
  'Very good,'said the King.'Call the first witness.'
  Alice looked at the jury,who were now writing everything down.It was a very strange jury.Some of the jurymen were animals,and the others were birds.
  Then the White Rabbit blew his trumpet three times,and called out,'First witness!'
  The first witness was the Hatter.He came in with a teacup in one hand and a piece of bread-and-butter in the other hand.'I'm very sorry,Your Majesty,'he said.'I was in the middle of tea when the trial began.'
  'Take off your hat,'the King said.
  'It isn't mine,'said the Hatter.
  'Stolen!Write that down,'the King said to the jury.
  'I keep hats to sell,'explained the Hatter.'I don't have a hat myself.I'm a Hatter.'
  'Give your evidence,'said the King,or we'll cut your head off.'
  The Hatter's face turned white.'I'm a poor man,Your Majesty,'he began,in a shaking voice.
  Just then Alice had a strange feeling.After a minute or two she understood what it was.
  'Don't push like that,'said the Dormouse,who was sitting next to her.'I'm nearly falling off my seat.'
  'I'm very sorry,'Alice said politely.'I'm getting bigger and taller,you see.'
  'Well,you can't do that here,'said the Dormouse crossly, and he got up and moved to another seat.
  The Hatter was still giving evidence,but nobody could understand a word of it.The King looked at the Queen,and the Queen looked at the executioner.
  The unhappy Hatter saw this,and dropped his bread-and- butter.'I'm a poor man,Your Majesty,'he said again.
  'You're a very poor,speaker,'said the King.He turned to the White Rabbit.'Call the next witness,'he said.
  The next witness was the Duchess's cook,who spoke very angrily and said that she would not give any evidence.The King looked worried and told the White Rabbit to call another witness.Alice watched while the White Rabbit looked at the names on his piece of paper.Then,to her great surprise,he called out loudly,'Alice!'
  'Here!'cried Alice,jumping to her feet.
  'What do you know about these tarts?'said the King.
  'Nothing,'said Alice.
  The Queen was looking hard at Alice.Now she said,'All people a mile high must leave the room.'
  'I'm not a mile high,'said Alice.'And I won't leave the room.I want to hear the evidence.'
  'There is no more evidence,'said the King very quickly, 'and now the jury will—'
  'Your Majesty!'said the White Rabbit,jumping up in a great hurry.'We've just found this letter.There's no name on it,but I think the Knave wrote it.'
  'No,I didn't!'said the Knave loudly.
  'Read it to us,'said the King.
  'Where shall I begin,Your Majesty?'asked the Rabbit.
  'Begin at the beginning,'said the King,'and go on until you get to the end,then stop.'
  Everybody listened very carefully while the White Rabbit read these words.
  They tell me you have been to her,
  And talked of me to him.
  She thought I was a gardener,
  But said I could not swim.
  He tells them that I have not gone,
  (We know that this is true).
  If she decides to hurry on,
  What will they do to you?
  I gave her one,they gave him two,
  You gave us three or more.
  They all returned from him to you,
  But they were mine before.
  'That's a very important piece of evidence,'said the King.He looked very pleased.'Now the jury must—'
  'If anybody in the jury can explain that letter,'said Alice (she was not afraid of anything now,because she was much bigger than everybody in the room),'I'll give him sixpence.It's all nonsense!It doesn't mean anything.'
  The jury busily wrote this down.'She thinks it's all nonsense.'
  'All nonsense,eh?'said the King.He read some of the words again.'But said I could not swim.You can't swim, can you?'he said to the Knave.
  The Knave's face was sad.'Do I look like a swimmer?'he said.(And he didn't—because he was made of paper.)
  The King smiled.'I understand everything now,'he said.'There are the tarts,and here is the Knave of Hearts.And now the jury must decide who the thief is.'
  'No,no!'said the Queen.'Off with his head!The jury can say what it thinks later.'
  'What nonsense!'said Alice loudly.'The jury must decide first.You can't—'
  'Be quiet!'said the Queen,her face turning red.
  'I won't!'said Alice.
  'Off with her head!'screamed the Queen.Nobody moved.
  'It doesn't matter what you say,'said Alice.'You're only a pack of cards!'
  Then the pack of cards flew up into the sky and began to fall on Alice's face.She gave a little scream… and woke up.She was lying next to her sister under the trees,and some leaves were falling on her face.
  'Wake up,Alice dear,'said her sister.'You've been asleep a long time.'
  'Oh,I've had a very curious dream!'said Alice,and she told her sister all about the strange adventures in her wonderful dream.


■ 7 谁偷了果馅饼?
  当爱丽丝和鹰头翼狮赶到时,红桃国王和王后正坐在宝座上。那儿有一大群鸟儿和动物,还有所有的纸牌。
  士兵们都站在红桃杰克周围,国王旁边站着白兔,手里拿着一个喇叭。
  房子中间有一张桌子,上面摆了一大盘果馅饼。“看起来真不错!”爱丽丝心想,自己觉得有点饿了。
  这时,白兔高声喊道:“肃静!对红桃杰克的审判现在开始!”他拿出一张长纸,念道:
  在夏日里的一天,
  红桃王后做了果馅饼。
  红桃杰克,
  偷走了所有的果馅饼。
  “很好,”国王说。“传第一证人。”
  爱丽丝看了看陪审团,他们正做着记录。这个陪审团奇怪极了,有些陪审员是动物,另外的一些是鸟儿。
  白兔吹了三下喇叭,喊道:“传第一证人!”
  第一证人是制帽人。他一手拿着茶杯,一手拿着一片黄油面包。“对不起,陛下,”他说。“审判开始时,我正在喝茶。”
  “摘掉你的帽子,”国王说。
  “帽子不是我的,”制帽人说。
  “那就是偷的!记下来,”国王对陪审团说。
  “我的帽子是要卖的,”制帽人解释着。“我自己一个帽子都没有。我是做帽子的。”
  “把证据拿出来,”国王说,“要不然我们就砍了你的头。”
  制帽人的脸都变白了。“我是个穷苦人,陛下,”他说道,声音都打颤了。
  这时爱丽丝觉得很奇怪。过了一两分钟,她明白是怎么回事了。
  “别推我,”睡鼠说,坐在爱丽丝旁边。“我都快从座位上掉下来了。”
  “对不起,”爱丽丝礼貌地说。“你看,我变大了,也长高了。”
  “好,可你在这儿这样可不行,”睡鼠生气了,他站起来,坐到别的座位上。
  制帽人还在做证,但没人听懂他在说什么。国王看着王后,王后看着执行官。
  可怜的制帽人看到这些,面包片都掉下来了。“我是个穷苦人,陛下。”他又说。
  “你连话都说不清,”国王说。他转向白兔。“传下一个证人,”他说。
  下一个证人是公爵夫人的厨子。她气呼呼地说不想做什么证。国王有点担心,于是让白兔传下一个证人。爱丽丝看着白兔查看着那张纸。正在这时,让她大吃一惊,白兔大声喊道:“爱丽丝!”
  “在这儿!”爱丽丝喊道,一下子跳了起来。
  “你知道关于果馅饼的事吗?”国王问。
  “一无所知,”爱丽丝说。
  王后盯着爱丽丝。然后她说,“所有一英里高的人都得离开这个房间。”
  “我没有一英里高,”爱丽丝说。“我也不离开这儿。我要听证词。”
  “再也没有证词了,”国王马上说,“现在陪审团要——”
  “陛下!”白兔马上跳了起来。“我们刚刚找到这封信。上面没有名字,我想是红桃杰克写的。”
  “没有,我没写!”红桃杰克大声嚷道。
  “念给我们听,”国王说。
  “从哪儿开始,陛下?”白兔问。
  “从开头开始,”国王说,“念到结束停止。”
  大家都仔细听白兔念。
  他们告诉我你去过她那儿,
  还向他提起了我。
  以为我是个园丁,
  但说我不会游泳。
  他告诉他们我还没有走,
  (我们知道这是真的)。
  如果她决定快点,
  他们将把你怎么样?
  我给她一个,他们给他两个,
  你给我们三个以上。
  他们都从他那儿回来去你那儿了,
  但他们以前属于我。
  “这证词非常重要,”国王说。他很高兴。“现在陪审团——”
  “如果陪审团有谁能解释这封信,”爱丽丝说(她现在一点儿也不害怕,因为她现在比房间里任何一个人都大),“我就给他六个便士。纯粹是胡说八道!什么也说明不了。”
  陪审团赶快把这也记下来。“她认为这是胡说八道!”
  “胡说八道,嗯?”国王说。他又读了一段。“但我不会游泳。你不会游泳,对吗?”他问红桃杰克。
  红桃杰克脸上很悲伤。“我看起来像会游泳的吗?”他说。(他当然不会——他是纸做的。)
  国王笑了起来。“我现在全懂了。”他说。“果馅饼在那儿,红桃杰克在这儿。现在陪审团必须决定谁是小偷。”
  “不,不!”王后说。“砍掉他的头!陪审团以后再说它的决定。”
  “胡说!”爱丽丝大声说。“陪审团必须先做出决定。你不能——”
  “闭嘴!”王后说,脸都气红了。
  “我不!”爱丽丝说。
  “砍掉她的头!”王后尖叫着。没有人动。
  “你说的话没什么用,”爱丽丝说。“你们不过是一副纸牌!”
  这时,所有的纸牌飞向天空,然后掉在爱丽丝的脸上。她尖叫了一声……然后醒来了。她躺在树下,在姐姐身边,脸上有几片掉下来的树叶。
  “醒醒,爱丽丝,亲爱的,”姐姐说。“你睡了这么久。”
  “哦,我做了一个非常奇怪的梦!”爱丽丝说,然后她给姐姐讲了自己在梦里的奇遇。
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-19 01:25重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 53楼  发表于: 2014-08-18 0

【02-07】  [格林·盖布尔斯来的安妮 / 露西·莫德·蒙哥马利 著]
  Anne of Green Gables by LM Montgomery

■ 简介
  “胡萝卜!胡萝卜!”吉尔伯特·布莱思一边轻声叫着,一边从课桌后伸出手来拽安妮的红辫子梢。安妮从座位上跳起来叫道:“讨厌鬼!我恨你!”随后她用课本重重地打了他脑袋一下。
  自从安妮·雪利住进卡斯伯特家以后,埃文利村的生活变得不再死气沉沉。他们本想收养一个男孩来帮忙料理格林·盖布尔斯的农活,可他们却得到了安妮——一个长有红发、雀斑且叽叽喳喳有说不完的话的女孩。她是个富于爱心的孩子,但她的麻烦却总是不断!先是林德太太的来访,然后是给教区牧师妻子的蛋糕,还有她的红头发……
  经过在学校的争吵,她还会理睬吉尔伯特·布莱思吗?
  露西·莫德·蒙哥马利1874年出生于加拿大,1942年去世。她幼时与祖父母居住在爱德华太子岛上一座破旧的农舍里。她的《格林·盖布尔斯来的安妮》在全世界受到了欢迎,她还写了许多关于安妮·雪利的故事。

■ 1 A surprise for the Cuthberts
  Matthew Cuthbert lived with his sister Marilla on their farm on Prince Edward Island in Canada. Their farm- house, Green Gables, was just outside the little village of Avonlea. Matthew was nearly sixty and had a long brown beard. His sister was five years younger. They were both tall and thin, with dark hair. Everybody in Avonlea knew that the Cuthberts were quiet people who worked very hard on their farm.
  One afternoon Matthew drove the horse and cart to the sta-tion. 'Has the five-thirty train arrived yet
'he asked the sta-tion-master.
  'Yes, 'the man replied. 'And there's a passenger who's waiting for you. A little girl. '
  'A little girl
'asked Matthew. 'But I've come for a boy! The children's home is sending us one of their orphan boys. We're going to adopt him, you see, and he's going to help me with the farm work. '
  'well, perhaps the children's home didn't have any boys, so they sent you a girl, 'answered the stationmaster carelessly. 'Here she is. '
  Matthew turned shyly to speak to the child. She was about eleven, with long red hair in two plaits. Her face was small, white and thin, with a lot of freckles, and she had large grey-green eyes. She was wearing an old brown hat and a dress which was too small for her.
  'Are you Mr Cuthbert of Green Gables
'she asked excitedly in a high, sweet voice. 'I'm very happy to come and live with you, and belong to you. I've never belonged to anyone, you see. The people at the children's home were very kind, but it's not very exciting to live in a place like that, is it
'
  Matthew felt sorry for the child. How could he tell her that it was all a mistake
But he couldn't just leave her at the sta-tion. He decided to take her home with him. Marilla could ex-plain the mistake to her.
  He was surprised that he enjoyed the journey home. He was a quiet, shy man, and he didn't like talking himself. But to-day, he only had to listen, because the little girl talked and talked and talked. She told him all about herself while they drove along.
  'My parents died when I was a baby, you know, and for the last three years I've had to work for my food. I've lived with three different families and looked after their children. So I've always been poor, and I haven't got any nice dresses! But I just imagine that I'm wearing the most beautiful blue dress, and a big hat with flowers on, and blue shoes, and then I'm happy! Do you imagine things sometimes
'
  'Well, I… I…not often, 'said Matthew.
  They were now driving past some very old apple trees next to the road. The trees were full of sweet-smelling, snowy- white flowers. The little girl looked at them.
  'Aren't the trees beautiful
'she said happily. 'But am I talking too much
Please tell me. I can stop if necessary, you know. '
  Matthew smiled at her. 'You go on talking, 'he answered. 'I like listening to you. '
  When they arrived at Green Gables, Marilla came to the door to meet them. But when she saw the little girl, she cried in surprise, 'Matthew, who's that
Where's the boy
'
  'The children's home has made a mistake, 'he said unhappily, 'and sent a girl, not a boy. '
  The child was listening carefully. Suddenly she put her head in her hands and began to cry.
  'You—you don't want me! 'she sobbed. 'Oh—oh! You don't want me because I'm not a boy! '
  'Now, now, don't cry, 'said Marilla kindly.
  'Don't you understand
Oh! This is the worst thing that's happened to me in all my life! '
  'Well, you can stay here, just for tonight, 'said Marilla. 'Now, what's your name
'
  The child stopped crying. 'Will you please call me Cordelia
' she asked.
  'Call you Cordelia
Is that your name
'
  'Well, no, it isn't, but it's a very beautiful name, isn't it
I like to imagine my name is Cordelia, because my real name is Anne Shirley—and that's not a very interesting name, is it
'
  Marilla shook her head. 'The child has too much imagina-tion, 'she thought.
  Later, when Anne was in bed, Marilla said to her brother, 'She must go back to the children's home tomorrow. '
  'Marilla, don't you think…'began Matthew. 'she's a nice little thing, you know. '
  'Matthew Cuthbert, are you telling me that you want to keep her
'asked Marilla crossly.
  Matthew looked uncomfortable. 'Well, she's clever, and interesting, and—'
  'But we don't need a girl! '
  'But perhaps she needs us, 'Matthew replied, surprisingly quickly for him. 'She's had a very unhappy life up to now, Marilla. She can help you in the house. I can get a boy from the village to help me on the farm. What do you think
'
  Marilla thought for a long time. 'All right, 'she said in the end, 'I agree. The poor child can stay. I'll look after her. '
  Matthew smiled happily. 'Be as good and kind to her as you can, Marilla. I think she needs a lot of love. '


■ 1 卡斯伯特兄妹俩大吃一惊
  马修·卡斯伯特和妹妹玛丽拉住在加拿大爱德华太子岛上他们的农场里。他们的农舍——格林·盖布尔斯,就在埃文利小村外。马修年近六旬,留着褐色的长胡子。妹妹玛丽拉比他小5岁。他俩身材瘦高,长着深色的头发。埃文利村的每一个人都知道,卡斯伯特兄妹是默默无闻、勤勤恳恳的庄户人。
  一天下午,马修驾着马车来到火车站。“5点半的火车到了吗?”他向站长询问道。
  “已经到了,”站长回答。“有一位乘客正在等您,是一个小姑娘。”
  “小姑娘?”马修问道,“但我是来接一个小男孩!那孤儿院给我们送来一个孤儿,我们准备收养他。你看,我还指望他帮忙干农活呢。”
  “也许那孤儿院没有男孩子,所以他们给你送来一个小姑娘,”站长漫不经心地答道,“她来了。”
  马修讪讪地转过身去面对那孩子。女孩大约十一岁,梳着两条粗粗的红色发辫,长满雀斑的小脸又瘦又白,上面有一双灰绿色的大眼睛。她戴着一顶褐色的旧帽子,衣服已小得不合身。
  “您是格林·盖布尔斯的卡斯伯特先生吗?”她问道,嗓音清晰甜美。“我很高兴能来和你们生活在一起,成为您家的一员。您看,我还从来没有真正成为哪家的成员呢。孤儿院的人都很好,但住在那种地方一点也不好玩,不是吗?”
  马修很同情这孩子。他怎么能告诉她这一切都搞错了?他总不能把女孩一个人留在火车站。他决定先把孩子带回家,让玛丽拉向小姑娘解释。
  让马修感到吃惊的是,在回家的路上他感觉非常愉快。他是个沉默、腼腆、少言寡语的人。但今天,他只要听就足够了,因为这小姑娘不停地说呀,说呀,说呀。一路上她向马修讲述关于自己的一切。
  “爸爸妈妈在我还很小的时候就去世了。您知道吗,过去这3年我不得不自己挣钱养活自己。我曾在3个家庭里照看过孩子。我总是很穷,一件漂亮衣服也没有。我总是想像自己正穿着最漂亮的蓝衣服,戴一顶插满花的大帽子,还有蓝色的鞋子,这时我多高兴啊!您也经常幻想吗?”
  “这,我……我……偶尔,”马修答道。
  这时马车经过路边的一排老苹果树。树上开满了雪白而芬芳的花朵。小女孩欣赏着。
  “这些树多美呀!”她感叹道。“可我是不是说得太多了?如果是,请您告诉我。您知道,我会停止的。”
  马修冲她笑笑答道:“你继续说吧,我喜欢听。”
  当他们到格林·盖布尔斯的时候,玛丽拉到门口迎接他们。但当她看见小女孩时,她惊讶地叫道:“马修,她是谁?男孩在哪儿?”
  “孤儿院弄错了,送来一个女孩,不是男孩。”他不高兴地说。
  孩子先是仔细地听着,突然双手捂住脸哭了起来。
  “你们——你们不要我!”她哭泣着。“噢——噢!因为我不是男孩你们不要我了!”
  “哦,别哭,”玛丽拉和蔼地说。
  “您不理解吗?这是我一辈子遇到的最糟糕的事情!”
  “那好吧,你可以呆在这里,但只能呆一个晚上,”玛丽拉说。“你叫什么名字?”
  孩子停止哭泣。“您能叫我科黛拉吗?”她问道。
  “叫你科黛拉?那是你的名字吗?”
  “不,不是的,但那名字很好听,不是吗?我喜欢幻想着我的名字叫科黛拉,因为我的真名叫安妮·雪利——那名字没什么意趣,不是吗?”
  玛丽拉摇摇头,“这孩子太爱幻想了,”她心里暗想。
  稍晚些,等安妮睡着以后,玛丽拉对哥哥说:“明天这孩子必须回孤儿院去。”
  “玛丽拉,你不认为……”马修说道。“这小家伙挺可爱的。”
  “马修·卡斯伯特,你难道是想让她留下?”玛丽拉生气地说。
  马修一副不知所措的样子。“可是,这小姑娘聪明、有趣,而且……”
  “但我们不需要女孩!”
  “但也许她需要我们,”马修的回答来得出奇的快。“玛丽拉,这孩子到现在为止生活一直很不幸。她可以帮助你干些家务活。我可以从镇上找一个男孩子帮我干农活。你觉得怎么样?”
  玛丽拉想了很久。“好吧,”她终于说,“我同意。这可怜的孩子可以留下。我会照顾她的。”
  马修高兴地笑了。“尽可能对她好些,玛丽拉。我想这孩子太需要人疼爱了。”


■ 2 At Green Gables
  And so the next morning Marilla said, 'Well, Anne, Matthew and I have decided to keep you, only if you're a good girl, of course. Why, child, what's the matter
'
  'I'm crying, 'sobbed Anne, 'because I'm very happy! It's beautiful here! People say I'm very bad, but I'll try very hard to be good. Oh, thank you! Thank you! '
  'Now stop crying, child, 'said Marilla a little crossly, 'and listen. We're going to adopt you, and send you to school after the summer holidays. '
  Anne stopped crying. 'Can I call you Aunt Marilla
I've never had any family at all, so I'd really like to have an aunt. We could imagine that you're my mother's sister. '
  'I couldn't, 'answered Marilla firmly.
  'Don't you imagine things
'asked Anne, surprised.
  'No, I don't, 'Marilla replied. 'I do my housework, and look after Matthew, and go to church on Sunday. There's no time for imagining things in this house. Just remember that, Anne. '
  Anne was silent for a few minutes. Then she said, 'Marillam do you think I'll find a best friend in Avonlea
Someone who really understands me and knows all my secrets. I've always wanted a friend like that. '
  'Our friends, the Barrys, have a daughter called Diana, who's eleven, like you But if you want to play with her, you'll have to be very good. Mrs Barry is very careful about Diana's friends. '
  'Diana! What a beautiful name! 'said Anne excitedly. 'Her hair isn't red, is it
I hope it isn't. 'She looked sadly at her red plaits. 'I hate my hair. '
  'Diana has dark hair. She's a good, clever girl. Try to be like her, Anne. '
  When the two girls met, they knew at once that they would be good friends. They often played together, in the fields, or by the river, or in the garden. In the morning Anne helped Marilla with the housework. Then in the afternoon she played with Diana, or talked happily to Matthew while he worked on the farm. She soon knew and loved every flower, tree, and animal at Green Gables.
  The Cuthberts had another friend, Mrs Rachel Lynde. She liked to know everything that was happening in and around Avonlea. She was very interested in the Cuthberts'little or-phan girl, so one day she visited Marilla.
  'I was very surprised to hear about the child, 'she told Mar-illa. 'So you and Matthew have adopted her! '
  'I'm surprised myself, 'answered Marilla with a smile. 'But she's a clever little thing, you know. And she's always dancing, or singing, or laughing. '
  Mrs Lynde shook her head sadly. 'What a mistake, Marilla! You've never had any children yourself, so how can you look after her
'
  Just then Anne ran in from the garden. She stopped sudden-ly when she saw a stranger in the kitchen. Mrs Lynde looked at the thin little girl in the short dress, with her freckled face and red hair.
  'Isn't she thin, Marilla
'she said. 'Just look at those freckles! And hair as red as carrots! '
  Anne's face went red. She ran up to Mrs Lynde.
  'I hate you! 'she shouted angrily. 'I hate you! You're a horrible, fat old woman! 'And she ran upstairs.
  'Oh dear, oh dear! 'said Mrs Lynde. 'What a terrible child! You'll not have an easy time with her, Marilla. '
  'You were rude to her, Rachel, 'Marilla replied, before she could stop herself.
  'Well! 'said Mrs Lynde. She got up and walked to the door. 'I think this orphan is more important to you than I am. When I think how long we've been friends…You'll have trouble with her, I can tell you. Well, I'm sorry for you, that's all. Goodbye. '
  Marilla went upstairs to Anne's room. The child was lying on her narrow bed, sobbing loudly.
  'You mustn't get angry like that, Anne. Mrs Lynde is my friend, and you were very rude to her. '
  'She was rude to me! 'said Anne. 'She said I was thin and freckled and red-haired. It was very unkind! '
  'I understand how you feel, 'said Marilla. 'But you must go to her and tell her you're sorry. '
  'I can never do that, 'said Anne firmly.
  'Then you must stay in your room and think about it. You can come out when you agree to say that you're sorry. '
  Anne stayed in her room all the next day. Downstairs the house was very quiet without her. That evening, while Marilla was busy in the garden, Matthew went up to Anne's room. The child was sitting sadly by the window.
  'Anne, 'he said shyly, 'why don't you say you're sorry
Then you can come down, and we can all be happy. '
  'I am sorry now, 'said Anne. 'I was very angry yesterday! But do you really want me to…'
  'Yes, do, please. It's lonely downstairs without you. But don't tell Marilla I've talked to you. '
  Marilla was pleased to hear that Anne was sorry. Later that evening, when she and Anne were in Mrs Lynde's warm kitchen, Anne suddenly fell on her knees.
  'Oh Mrs Lynde, 'cried the little girl, 'I'm very sorry. I can't tell you how sorry I am, so you must just imagine it. I am a bad girl! But please say you will forgive me. I'll be sad all my life if you don't ! '
  'She's enjoying herself! 'thought Marilla, watching Anne's face. 'She doesn't look sorry at all, but happy and excited! '
  But Mrs Lynde said kindly, 'Of course I forgive you. 'And later she said to Marilla, 'Perhaps you're right to keep her. She's a strange little thing, but I think I like her. '


■ 2 在格林·盖布尔斯
  第二天早上,玛丽拉说,“好吧,安妮,马修和我已经决定将你留下,当然,你必须听话。怎么了,孩子,发生什么事了?”
  “我在哭,”安妮抽泣着说道,“因为我非常高兴!这里很漂亮!大家说我很淘气,但我会尽力做一个好孩子。哦,太感谢你们了!谢谢!”
  玛丽拉有些不快地说:“别哭了,孩子。听着,我们将收养你,暑假后还要把你送到学校去。”
  安妮停止了哭泣。“我能叫您玛丽拉姨妈吗?我从来没有过家,所以我特别想有一个姨妈。我们可以将您想像成我的姨妈。”
  “我无法那样想像,”玛丽拉坚定地说。
  “您从来也不幻想吗?”安妮惊讶地问道。
  “不,从来不幻想。”玛丽拉回答。“我要做家务,照顾马修,周日还要去教堂。在这家里没有时间去幻想。记住这一点,安妮。”
  安妮沉默了一会。然后说道:“玛丽拉,我在埃文利会找到一个最好的朋友吗?一个真正理解我,知道我所有秘密的朋友。我一直想要一个那样的朋友。”
  “我们的朋友巴里家里有一个小姑娘叫戴安娜,她今年11岁,与你同岁。但是如果你想和她一起玩,就必须非常乖。巴里太太对戴安娜交什么样的朋友要求很严。”
  “戴安娜!多好听的名字!”安妮兴奋地说。“她的头发不是红色的吧?我希望不是。”她伤心地看着她的红发辫。“我恨我的头发。”
  “戴安娜长着黑色的头发。她是个聪明乖巧的姑娘。多向她学吧,安妮。”
  两个小姑娘初次见面,立刻就知道她们会成为好朋友。她们经常在田野、小河边或花园里一起玩耍。早晨安妮帮助玛丽拉料理家务。下午和戴安娜一起玩,或者与在地里干活的马修高兴地聊天。很快她就认识并爱上了格林·盖布尔斯的每一种鲜花、树木和动物。
  雷切尔·林德太太是卡斯伯特家的另一个朋友。她喜欢打听发生在埃文利村及其四周的一切事情。她对卡斯伯特家收养的小孤女很感兴趣,因此有一天她特意来拜访玛丽拉。
  “听到小女孩的事我很吃惊,”她告诉玛丽拉。“那么你们已经收养她了!”
  “我自己也很吃惊,”玛丽拉笑着答道。“但你知道,她是个小机灵鬼。总是唱啊、跳啊、笑啊。”
  林德太太难过地摇摇头。“玛丽拉,你犯了一个大错误。你自己从没有过孩子,你怎么能照顾她呢?”
  这时安妮从花园里跑进来。当她看到厨房里的陌生人时突然停了下来。林德太太看着这个穿着短小衣服的瘦弱女孩、她的红色头发和一张布满雀斑的脸。
  “她多瘦啊,玛丽拉。”她说,“看她那些雀斑!还有像胡萝卜一样红的头发!”
  安妮的脸红了。她跑向林德太太。
  “我恨你!”她生气地喊道。“我恨你!你是个可怕的胖老太婆!”说完跑上楼去。
  “天哪,天哪!”林德太太说道。“多可怕的孩子。你就甭想省心了,玛丽拉。”
  “你对她太粗鲁了,雷切尔,”玛丽拉说道,话没说完,玛丽拉已经后悔了。
  “好吧!”林德太太说。她站起身走到门边。“我想这孤儿对你来说比我重要。当我想到我们成为好朋友已经多年……这孩子会给你找麻烦的,我敢保证。好吧,我只想说我为你感到难过,再见吧。”
  玛丽拉来到楼上安妮的房间里。孩子躺在她窄小的床上,正在大声地哭泣。
  “你没必要那么生气,安妮。林德太太是我的好朋友,而且你对她太没礼貌了。”
  “是她先对我失礼的!”安妮争辩道。“她说我瘦小枯干,还长着雀斑和红头发。这也太刻薄了!”
  “我理解你的感受,”玛丽拉说道,“但你必须到林德太太家去向她道歉。”
  “我不能那么做,”安妮斩钉截铁地回答。
  “那么你只能呆在你的房间里好好想一想。直到你同意去道歉才能出来。”
  第二天,安妮整日呆在自己的房间里。由于安妮不在,楼下的房间里非常安静。那天晚上,玛丽拉在花园里忙碌着,马修来到楼上安妮的房间。孩子正神情忧郁地坐在窗前。
  “安妮,”他有些难为情地说道,“你为什么不肯道歉呢?那样你就可以下楼去,我们大家都可以高高兴兴的了。”
  “我现在是后悔了,”安妮说,“昨天我太生气了!可您真想让我去……”
  “是的,去道个歉吧。楼下没有你太冷清了。但别告诉玛丽拉我和你谈过。”
  玛丽拉听到安妮愿意道歉非常高兴。那天晚上,当玛丽拉和安妮在林德太太温暖的厨房里时,安妮突然跪了下去。
  “哦,林德太太,”小女孩抽泣着,“我非常对不起您。我说不出我有多后悔,所以只能请您想像一下。我是个坏女孩!但请您告诉我您会原谅我的。如果您不原谅我,我一辈子都会很难过的!”
  “这孩子好像还挺喜欢这样做的!”玛丽拉看着安妮的表情暗想,“她看上去一点也不难过,倒是有一点高兴和兴奋!”
  林德太太和蔼地说道:“我当然原谅你。”后来她对玛丽拉说:“也许你让她留下是对的。这小家伙有些特别,但我想我挺喜欢她。”
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-19 01:26重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 54楼  发表于: 2014-08-18 0

■ 3 At Avonlea school
  When school started in September, Anne and Diana walked there and back together every day.
  'What a beautiful day, 'Anne said happily one morning, as the two little girls walked across the fields. 'I'm very lucky to have you as my best friend, Diana. You are my best friend, aren't you
'
  'Of course, Anne, 'replied Diana, taking Anne's hand. 'And just think, today you'll meet Gilbert Blythe. He's three years older than us, and very good-looking. He's just come back from holiday, and starts school today. '
  'Oh, boys! 'said Anne. 'I'm not interested in them. '
  But she did look at Gilbert when they arrived at school. He was a tall boy, with curly brown hair and a friendly smile.
  'He is good-looking, 'Anne whispered to Diana, 'but why does he smile at me
He doesn't know me! '
  Avonlea school was quiet that day. The teacher, Mr Phillips, was helping some of the older children at the back of the schoolroom. Anne was looking out of the window at the reds and yellows of the trees, and the silvery blue of the river. She was far away in the world of her imagination. But Gilbert wanted her to look at him. He whispered to her, but she did not move. He was surprised. Girls were usually very ready to look at him.
  Suddenly he put his arm out, pulled her red plaits, and said in a loud whisper, 'Carrots! Carrots! '
  Anne jumped up and looked angrily at Gilbert.
  'You horrible boy! 'she cried. 'I hate you! 'And then she brought her heavy book down on Cilbert's head.
  Mr Phillips heard the noise, and came slowly to the front of the schoolroom.
  'Anne Shirley, why did you do that
'he asked. She stayed silent. Gilbert said, 'I'm sorry, Mr Phillips. I was rude to her. That's why she hit me. 'But the teacher did not listen to Gilbert.
  'I cannot have bad children in my school, 'said Mr Phillips firmly, 'Anne, go and stand in front of the class. 'And there Anne stood for the rest of the day, a lonely little girl with a small white angry face.
  'I hate Mr Phillips! 'she thought. 'And I'll never look at or speak to Gilbert Blythe again! '
  The next day some of the school children were playing in a farmer's field in their lunch hour, so they were a little late for afternoon school. Anne ran into the classroom at the same time as the boys, just after the teacher.
  'You're late, Anne, 'said Mr Phillips. 'You won't sit with Diana today. I see that you enjoy being with the boys very much, so go and sit next to Gilbert this afternoon. '
  Anne's face went white. 'He can't mean it! 'she thought.
  'Did you hear me, Anne
'asked Mr Phillips.
  'Yes sir, 'said Anne and moved slowly to Gilbert's desk. There she sat down and put her head on the desk, with her arms over it.
  'This is the end, 'she was thinking. 'I wasn't the only per-son who was late. And he's sent me to sit with a boy! And that boy is Gilbert Blythe! '
  The rest of the day went very slowly for Anne. When it was time to leave, she went to her desk, next to Diana's, and took all her books, pens and pencils with her.
  'What are you doing, Anne
'asked Diana.
  'I'm not coming back to school, 'replied Anne firmly.
  'Oh! But Anne…we're reading a new book next week…and we're playing a new game on Monday, and… It'll be very exciting! And you'll miss it, Anne! '
  But Anne was not interested. 'I'm sorry, Diana, 'was her only answer.
  That evening Marilla ran round to Rachel Lynde's house. 'Rachel, please help me! Anne says she won't go back to school. What am I going to say to her
'
  Mrs Lynde already knew about Anne's troubles at school, and she was always very pleased when people asked her to help. She smiled and sat back comfortably.
  'I've had ten children myself, so I know all about them, 'she said. 'Anne can stay at home for a while. She'll want to go back to school again soon, I'm sure. '
  So Anne stayed at home, and only saw Diana in the evenings. She was a child who felt very strongly. She hated Gilbert Blythe, but she really loved Diana.
  One evening Marilla found Anne crying in the kitchen. 'What's the matter, child
'she asked in surprise.
  'I love Diana very much, 'sobbed Anne. 'I can't live with-out her, Marilla! But what will happen when she marries
I hate her husband already! I can imagine her in the church in her long white dress…and then she'll go away! And I'll nev-er see her again! '
  Marilla turned away to hide her smiling face. What a strange, funny child Anne was! Marilla tried not to laugh, but she couldn't stop herself.
  'You and your imagination, Anne Shirley! 'she cried, and she laughed and laughed.
  Mrs Lynde was right, of course. After a few days Anne de-cided to go back to school. All the children were pleased to see her again, but she did not speak to Gilbert Blythe.


■ 3 在埃文利学校
  九月,学校开学了,安妮和戴安娜每天一起步行上下学。
  一天清晨,当两个小姑娘穿过田野的时候,安妮感叹道:“多美的一天啊!戴安娜,我有你这样一位好朋友真幸运。你是我最好的朋友,不是吗?”
  “当然了,安妮。”戴安娜握住安妮的手回答道。“想想看,今天你就要见到吉尔伯特·布莱思了。他比我们大3岁,长得很帅。今天他刚刚度完假回学校上学。”
  “男孩!”安妮说道。“我对他们不感兴趣。”
  但当她们到达学校的时候,安妮还是打量了吉尔伯特一下。他是个长着鬈曲的棕色头发的高个男孩,脸上挂着友善的微笑。
  “他长得是帅,”安妮小声对戴安娜说,“但他为什么冲我笑?他根本不认识我!”
  埃文利学校那天非常平静。学校的教师,菲利普斯先生在教室后面辅导一些大孩子。安妮欣赏着窗外红黄相间的树木和波光粼粼的蓝色小河。她已经被自己的幻想带到了遥远的地方。但吉尔伯特希望她看着自己。他对她低语,但她一动不动。他很惊讶。女孩们通常都很愿意看他。
  他忽然伸出手去,拽住她的红色发辫,一边轻声叫着,“胡萝卜!胡萝卜!”
  安妮从座位上跳起来瞪着吉尔伯特。
  “讨厌鬼!我恨你!”她一边叫,一边用重重的课本打了他脑袋一下。
  菲利普斯先生听到了这边的动静,缓缓地从教室后面走了过来。
  “安妮·雪利,你为什么那样做?”他问道。安妮一言不发。吉尔伯特答道:“我很抱歉,菲利普斯先生。是我对她无礼,所以她打我。”但老师没有听吉尔伯特的解释。
  “我不能让坏孩子留在学校里,”菲利普斯先生斩钉截铁地说。“安妮,去站在全班同学的面前。”那天安妮就一直孤零零地站在那儿,一张小脸气得煞白。
  “我恨菲利普斯先生!”她想。“我再也不理吉尔伯特·布莱思了!”
  第二天午饭的时候,一些学生在一个农夫的田里玩耍,因此下午上课时他们迟到了一会儿。安妮和男生们一起跟在老师的后面进了教室。
  “你迟到了,安妮,”菲利普斯先生说。“今天你不能和戴安娜坐在一起。我发现你很喜欢和男孩子们一起,今天下午你去和吉尔伯特坐在一起吧。”
  安妮的脸变白了。“他不会是当真的!”她想。
  “你听见我说的话了吗,安妮?”菲利普斯先生问道。
  “是的,先生,”安妮边回答边慢慢地挪到了吉尔伯特的书桌旁。她坐下来,头埋在手臂里趴在书桌上。
  安妮想:“这下全完了。我不是惟一一个迟到的学生。可他竟然让我坐在一个男孩旁边!而这男孩竟是吉尔伯特·布莱思!”
  对于安妮来说,那天过得很慢。等到了放学的时候,她回到了戴安娜旁边,从自己的课桌里取出了课本、钢笔和铅笔。
  “你干什么,安妮?”戴安娜问道。
  “我不会再回学校里来了,”安妮坚定地回答。
  “噢!可是安妮……下周我们就要读一本新书……星期一我们还要玩一个新游戏,还有……在学校里会很有趣!你会错过这些的,安妮!”
  但安妮对戴安娜所说的都不感兴趣。只是回答道:“对不起,戴安娜。”
  那天晚上,玛丽拉来到了雷切尔·林德家里。“雷切尔,请帮助我!安妮说她不肯再回学校了。我该怎么说服她?”
  林德太太已经听说了安妮在学校的麻烦,她总是很高兴有人请她帮忙。她微笑着靠在舒适的椅背上。
  “我自己有10个孩子,所以我对孩子很了解,”她说。“可以让安妮先在家里呆一段时间。很快她就会想回到学校去的,我敢肯定。”
  这样安妮就留在家里,每天晚上才能见到戴安娜。她是个爱憎分明的孩子。她恨吉尔伯特·布莱思,而又确实喜欢戴安娜。
  一天晚上,玛丽拉发现安妮在厨房里哭泣。“怎么了,孩子?”她惊讶地问道。
  “我非常喜欢戴安娜,”安妮抽泣着说。“我的生活中不能没有她,玛丽拉!但如果她结婚会怎么样?我已经开始恨她的丈夫了!我可以想像到戴安娜穿着长长的婚纱在教堂里……然后她就要走了!我就再也见不到她了!”
  玛丽拉转过身去偷偷地笑。安妮真是个既奇怪又有趣的孩子!玛丽拉尽力想止住笑,但还是忍不住。
  “你和你的幻想,安妮·雪利”她大声说,说完笑个不停。
  当然,林德太太说的是对的。几天后,安妮决定回到学校去。看到她回来所有的孩子都很高兴,但安妮还是不理睬吉尔伯特·布莱思。


■ 4 More trouble for Anne
  'I think I'll ask the new vicar, Mr Allan, and his wife to tea on Wednesday. 'said Marilla one day.
  'Oh yes, please do! 'cried Anne excitedly. 'Mrs Allan is young and beautiful, and has a very sweet smile! Can I make a cake for tea
Say yes, Marilla! '
  Marilla agreed, and for the next few days Anne planned what she would put in her cake.
  'I do hope it's going to be a good one, 'she told Diana. 'Sometimes I forget to put in the right things. '
  'You made a very good one last week, 'said her friend. 'I'm sure it'll be all right. '
  On Wednesday the tea party started very well.
  'These are very good cakes, Miss Cuthbert, 'Mrs Allan said to Marilla. 'You have been busy. '
  'Anne made this one, specially for you, Mrs Allan, 'replied Marilla.
  'Oh well, I must try some, 'laughed the vicar's wife. But after the first mouthful there was a very strange look on her face.
  'Is anything wrong
'asked Marilla. She ate a piece of Anne's cake herself. 'Oh! Anne! What have you put in this cake
'she cried.
  'Isn't it…isn't it all right
'asked Anne, her face red.
  'All right
It's horrible! Don't try to eat any more, Mrs Allan. Anne, you've put my medicine in this cake! '
  'Oh! I didn't know! It was white, and in a bottle! I thought it was milk! 'sobbed Anne. She ran upstairs and fell on her bed, crying loudly.
  But later that evening, when Mrand Mrs Allan went home, Marilla came to talk to her.
  'Oh Marilla! 'cried Anne. 'Everybody in Avonlea will laugh at me for putting medicine in a cake! '
  Marilla smiled and touched Anne's hot face. 'No, they won't, Anne. Mrs Allan wasn't angry, you know. She said it was very kind of you to make her a cake, and she's asked you to tea at her house! '
  'Oh, so she's forgiven me! She is nice, isn't she
'said Anne thankfully. 'Why do I get into trouble like this
Perhaps I won't make any mistakes tomorrow. '
  Marilla shook her head, still smiling. 'You'll think of some-thing, Anne. You're very good at making mistakes! '
  ***
  Spring came, with its bright green leaves and early flowers. One April evening Marilla came home late after visiting friends. She found the kitchen empty, and no supper on the table.
  'Where's Anne
'she thought crossly. 'I told her to get the supper ready. 'She hurried upstairs to Anne's room, and found the girl sobbing on her bed.
  'Don't look at me, Marilla! 'Anne cried. 'I know I'm bad, I know I am! '
  'What is the matter
'asked Marilla. 'Are you ill
'
  'Oh Marilla, I just want to die! Look at my hair! '
  And Marilla saw that Anne's long thick red hair was now a horrible dark green.
  'Oh Anne! 'she said, 'What have you done now
'
  'I…I bought a bottle of something special from a man who came to the door. He said it would change my hair from red to black! Oh, I know it was stupid of me! But what shall I do
'
  They washed Anne's hair again and again, but it was still green. Anne stayed at home for a week, saw nobody, and washed her hair every day. But at the end of the week, Maril-la said, 'I'm sorry, Anne, we'll have to cut it all off. You can't go to school with green hair. '
  Anne had to agree. 'Perhaps this will teach me not to think about being beautiful, 'she said sadly.
  Everybody was surprised to see Anne with very short hair, but no one learned the secret. And some weeks later, there were some new, darker red curls, which pleased Anne very much.
  * * *
  That summer Anne and her friends often played in an old boat on the river.
  'Today, let's imagine that I'm a prisoner and I'm escaping from prison by boat, 'said Anne. 'I'll hide in the boat and the river will carry it down to the bridge. You're my family, and you must meet me at the bridge. '
  The other girls agreed, so Anne got into the boat and hid under some coats. Her friends pushed the boat off down the river and ran across the fields to get round to the bridge. For a few minutes the prisoner enjoyed the game, but then she sud- denly felt wet and sat up. Water was coming in very fast through a hole in the bottom of the boat! Luckily, there were some trees by the river and Anne saw a low branch over the water. She jumped up and caught the branch. The boat went on without her and a few seconds later went down under the water.
  Her friends on the bridge saw the boat, but they did not see Anne under the tree. 'Oh! Oh! Anne's dead! The boat's gone down and she's in the river! 'they screamed, and ran back to the village for help.
  Poor Anne could not move. She held on and held on, but her arms were getting tired and she knew that she would fall in a minute. Suddenly, there was Gilbert Bly the in his boat!
  'Anne Shirley! 'he cried. 'What are you doing there
'He did not wait for an answer, but quickly helped Anne into his boat. She didn't say a word. When they arrived at the bridge, she got out and turned away.
  'Thank you for helping me, 'she said coldly.
  But Gilbert jumped out, and put a hand on her arm.
  'Anne, 'he said quickly, 'I'm sorry I called you "carrots. "It was a long time ago. I think your hair is really nice now. Can we forget it, and be friends
'
  For a second Anne wanted to say yes. But then she remembered standing alone in front of the school children all after-noon, because of Gilbert. She would never forgive him for that! 'No, 'she replied coldly, 'I shall never be your friend, Gilbert Bly the! '
  'All right! 'Gilbert jumped angrily back into his boat. 'I'll never ask you again, Anne Shirley! '
  Anne walked home with her head held high, but she felt strangely sad, and wanted to cry.
  'Why are you always in trouble, Anne
'asked Marilla, when she heard about Anne's adventure.
  'Well, I think I'm learning, Marilla, 'answered Anne. 'I learn from my mistakes, and after today, I won't use my imagination so much. I don't think Avonlea is the right place for imagination. '
  'No, it isn't, 'agreed Marilla a little crossly.
  When she went out, Matthew, who was sitting quietly in his corner, whispered to Anne, 'Keep a little imagination, Anne, not too much, of course, just a little. '


■ 4 安妮还有更多的麻烦
  一天,玛丽拉说:“星期三,我打算请新的牧师阿伦先生和他的太太来喝茶。”
  “那太好了,请他们来吧!”安妮兴奋地叫道。“阿伦太太年轻漂亮,笑起来可甜了!我能为他们做块茶点蛋糕吗?答应吧,玛丽拉!”
  玛丽拉同意了。在以后的几天里,安妮盘算着在蛋糕里放些什么。
  “我真希望蛋糕会好吃,”她对戴安娜说。“但有时我会忘了应该放些什么。”
  “上星期你做的蛋糕很不错,”戴安娜回答道。“我想这次也不会有问题的。”
  星期三到了,下午茶聚会开始得很顺利。
  “蛋糕看上去很不错,卡斯伯特小姐,”阿伦太太对玛丽拉说。“把您忙坏了吧。”
  “这蛋糕是安妮特意为您做的,阿伦太太。”玛丽拉回答道。
  “噢,是吗?我一定要尝尝。”牧师太太笑道。但当她尝了一口之后,脸上出现了一种奇怪的表情。
  “有什么不妥吗?”玛丽拉问。她自己也吃了一块安妮做的蛋糕。“噢!安妮!你在这蛋糕里放了些什么?”她叫道。
  “难道……难道不好吃吗?”安妮红着脸问。
  “好吃?简直是难以下咽!阿伦太太,别再吃了。安妮,你把我的药放进蛋糕里了。”
  “噢!我不知道!它是白色的,放在一个瓶子里!我以为是牛奶!”安妮边哭边说。她跑上楼,趴在床上大声哭了起来。
  那天晚上,阿伦先生和太太回家以后,玛丽拉来劝安妮。
  “唉,玛丽拉!”安妮抽泣着说。“埃文利村的每一个人都会嘲笑我把药放在蛋糕里!”
  玛丽拉微笑着摸了摸安妮滚烫的小脸。“不,他们不会的,安妮。你知道吗,阿伦太太没有生气。她说很感激你为她做了一个蛋糕,她还邀请你去她家喝茶呢!”
  “真的吗?那么说她原谅我了!她真好,不是吗?”安妮充满感激地说。“我怎么会遇到这样的麻烦?也许我明天不会再犯错误了。”
  玛丽拉面带微笑,摇了摇头。“你还会想出其他点子的,安妮。你是个闯祸专家!”
  * * *
  春天来了,嫩绿的树叶和早开的花儿挂上了枝头。四月的一个黄昏,玛丽拉探望朋友很晚才回家。她发现厨房里一个人也没有,餐桌上也没有晚餐。
  “安妮去哪儿了?”她想,心里感到很不高兴。“我让她准备晚餐呢。”她很快赶到楼上安妮的房间,发现小姑娘正在床上哭泣。
  “别看我,玛丽拉!”安妮叫道。“我知道我不好,我知道我不好!”
  “发生什么事了?”玛丽拉问道。“你是不是病了?”
  “噢,玛丽拉,我真想去死!看看我的头发!”
  玛丽拉发现安妮红色的长发辫已经变成难看的深绿色。
  “唉,安妮!”玛丽拉说,“这次你又干了些什么?”
  “我……我从门外的一个男人那里买了一瓶特制的东西。他说那东西可以把我的红头发变成黑色!我知道自己真是太傻了!但我现在究竟该怎么办?”
  她们把安妮的头发洗了一遍又一遍,但它还是绿色的。安妮在家里呆了一个星期,什么人也不见,每天洗头。但等到了周末,玛丽拉说:“我很抱歉,安妮,我们必须把你的头发都剪掉。你不能留着绿色的头发上学校去。”
  安妮只得同意了。“也许这能使我明白别总想变漂亮,”她难过地说。
  每个人见到留着短发的安妮都很惊讶,但谁也不知道这其中的秘密。几周后,安妮的头上长出了新的、颜色更深的红色鬈发,这使安妮感到非常高兴。
  * * *
  那年夏天,安妮和她的朋友们经常在河上一条破旧的船上玩。
  “今天,我假装是一个囚犯,刚刚用船从监狱里逃出来,”安妮说。“我藏在船里,河水会把船推到下游的小桥那里去。你们是我的亲人,你们必须在桥那里接我。”
  其他的女孩都表示赞同,安妮上了小船,藏在几件衣服下面。她的小伙伴们把船推入水中,然后穿过田野向小桥跑去。刚开始的几分钟,“囚犯”还玩得很开心,可随后她就觉得身上很湿,就坐了起来。河水从船底的一个洞中飞快地涌了进来!幸运的是,岸边有一些树木。安妮看到河上低垂着一条树枝。她跳起来抓住了树枝。空船顺流而下,几秒钟后沉入了水中。
  在桥上,安妮的小伙伴们看到了船,但她们没有看到紧紧抓住树枝的安妮。“哎呀!哎呀!安妮死了!船沉了,她掉进河里了!”孩子们尖叫着跑回村里求救。
  可怜的安妮只能一动不动。她努力坚持着抓牢树枝,但她的胳膊感到越来越累,安妮知道很快她就会掉进河里。就在这时,吉尔伯特·布莱思和他的船出现了。
  “安妮·雪利!”他呼喊着。“你在那儿干什么?”他没等安妮回答,迅速地帮助安妮进到他的船里。安妮什么也没有说。当他们到达桥边的时候,她下了船,转过身去。
  “谢谢你帮助我,”她冷冷地说。
  吉尔伯特跳下船,将手放在安妮的肩膀上。
  “安妮,”他说,“我很后悔叫你‘胡萝卜’。那是很久以前的事了。我认为你的头发现在真的很漂亮。我们能不能忘掉以前的事,成为好朋友?”
  安妮本想马上说可以。但是她想起就是因为吉尔伯特,她被罚整个下午独自站在学校的孩子们面前。她不能原谅他!“不,”她冷冷地回答,“我永远也不会做你的朋友,吉尔伯特·布莱思!”
  “好吧!”吉尔伯特愤怒地跳回到他的船里。“我再也不会请求你了,安妮·雪利!”
  安妮昂着头走回了家,但奇怪的是她感觉很难过,甚至想哭。
  “为什么你总是有麻烦,安妮?”听完安妮历险的经历,玛丽拉问道。
  “我想我正在学习,玛丽拉,”安妮回答。“我从我犯的错误中学习。从今以后,我不会总是幻想了。我觉得埃文利村不是个进行幻想的好地方。”
  “对,这儿不是,”玛丽拉有些不快地赞同道。
  马修一直静静地坐在角落里,等玛丽拉出去以后,他轻声对安妮说:“保留一点幻想,安妮,当然,别太多,保留一点。”
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-19 01:27重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 55楼  发表于: 2014-08-18 0

■ 5 Queen's College
  One day Marilla said, 'Anne, your new teacher, Miss Stacy, spoke to me yesterday. She says you must study for the examinations for Queen's College in two years' time. Then if you do well, you can study at Queen's in Charlotte-town for a year, and after that you'll be a teacher! '
  'Oh Marilla! I'd love to be a teacher! But won't it be very expensive
'
  'That doesn't matter, Anne. When Matthew and I adopted you three years ago, we decided to look after you as well as we could. Of course we'll pay for you to study. '
  So in the afternoons Anne and some of her friends stayed late at school, and Miss Stacy helped them with the special ex-amination work. Diana didn't want to go to Queen's, so she went home early, but Gilbert stayed. He and Anne still never spoke and everybody knew that they were enemies, because they both wanted to be first in the examination. Secretly, Anne was sorry that she and Gilbert weren't friends, but it was too late now.
  For two years Anne studied hard at school. She enjoyed learning, and Miss Stacy was pleased with her. But she didn't study all the time. In the evenings and at weekends she visited her friends, or walked through the fields with Diana, or sat talking to Matthew.
  'Your Anne is a big girl now. She's taller than you, 'Rachel Lynde told Marilla one day.
  'You're right, Rache! 'said Marilla in surprise.
  'And she's a very good girl now, isn't she
She doesn't get into trouble these days. I'm sure she helps you a lot with the housework, Marilla. '
  'Yes, I don't know what I'd do without her, 'said Marilla, smiling.
  'And look at her! Those beautiful grey eyes, and that red-brown hair! You know, Marilla, I thought you and Matthew made a mistake when you adopted her. But now I see I was wrong. You've looked after her very well. '
  'Well, thank you, Rachel, 'replied Marilla, pleased.
  That evening, when Matthew came into the kitchen, he saw that his sister was crying.
  'What's the matter
'he asked, surprised. 'You haven't cried since…well, I can't remember when. '
  'It's just…well, I was thinking about Anne, 'said Marilla. 'I'll…I'll miss her when she goes away. '
  'When she goes to Queen's, you mean
Yes, but she can come home at weekends, on the train. '
  'I'll still miss her, ' said Marilla sadly.
  In June the Avonlea boys and girls had to go to Charlotte-town to take their examinations.
  'Oh, I do hope that I've done well, 'Anne told Diana when she arrived back at Green Gables. 'The examinations were very difficult. And I've got to wait for three weeks before I know! Three weeks! I'll die! '
  Anne wanted to do better than Gilbert. But she also wanted to do well for Matthew and Marilla. That was very important to her.
  Diana was the first to hear the news. She ran into the kitchen at Green Gables and shouted, 'Look, Anne! It's in Father's newspaper! You're first… with Gilbert…out of all the students on the island! Oh, how wonderful! 'Anne took the paper with shaking hands, and saw her name, at the top of the list of two hundred. She could not speak.
  'Well, now, I knew it, 'said Matthew with a warm smile.
  'You've done well, I must say, Anne, 'said Marilla, who was secretly very pleased.
  For the next three weeks Anne and Marilla were very busy. Anne needed new dresses to take to Charlottetown.
  The evening before she left, she put on one of her new dresses to show Matthew. Marilla watched the happy young face. She remembered the strange, thin little child, with her sad eyes, who arrived at Green Gables five years ago, and she started crying quietly.
  'Marilla, why are you crying
'asked Anne.
  'I was just thinking of you when you were a little girl, 'said Marilla. 'And…you're going away now…and I'll be lonely without you. '
  Anne took Marilla's face in her hands, 'Marilla, nothing will change. Perhaps I'm bigger and older now, but I'll al-ways be your little Anne. And I'll love you and Matthew and Green Gables more every day of my life. '
  Marilla could not say what she felt, like Anne, but she could show it. She put her arms round her girl and held her close to her heart.
  And so for the next year Anne lived in Charlottetown, and went to college every day. She sometimes came home at week-ends, but she had to study hard. Some of her Avonlea friends were at Queen's too, and also her enemy, Gilbert Blythe. Anne saw that he often walked and talked with other girls. She felt sure that she and Gilbert could have some interesting conversations. But she didn't want to be the first to speak to him, and he never looked at her.
  There were examinations at the end of the college year, in May. Anne studied very hard for them.
  'I'd love to get the first place, 'she thought. 'Or perhaps I could get the Avery prize. 'This was a prize for the student who was best at English writing, and Anne knew she was good at that. The Avery prize paid for a free place for four years at Redmond College, one of the best colleges in Canada.
  When news of the examinations came, Anne waited for her friends to tell her. She heard shouting. 'It's Gilbert! He's the first! ' She felt ill. But just then she heard another shout. 'Anne Shirley's got the Avery! 'And then all the girls were round her, laughing and shouting.
  'Matthew and Marilla will be pleased! 'thought Anne. 'Now I can go on studying, and they won't have to pay! '


■ 5 女王学院
  一天,玛丽拉说:“安妮,你的新老师,斯塔西小姐昨天跟我谈了谈。她说你必须准备参加两年后的女王学院入学考试。如果你考得好,可以在夏洛特镇的女王学院学习一年,然后成为一名教师。”
  “哦,玛丽拉!我喜欢当老师!可那是不是太贵了?”
  “那没关系,安妮。3年前马修和我收养你的时候,我们决定尽力照顾你。我们当然会花钱让你上学。”
  这样,每天下午,安妮和她的一些伙伴在学校呆到很晚,斯塔西小姐帮助她们准备考试。戴安娜不准备去女王学院上学,因此她很早就回家,可吉尔伯特留了下来。他和安妮还是不说话,每个人都知道他们是敌人,因为他们都想在考试中获得第一名。安妮为她没有和吉尔伯特成为朋友暗暗感到后悔,但已经太晚了。
  安妮在学校里刻苦学习了两年。她热爱学习,斯塔西小姐对她很满意。但她并非把所有的时间都花在学习上。晚上或周末的时候,她去拜访朋友,或与戴安娜在田野里散步,或坐着与马修聊天。
  一天,雷切尔·林德对玛丽拉说:“你们的安妮现在已经成了大孩子了。现在她比你还高了。”
  “是的,雷切尔!”玛丽拉有点惊讶地回答。
  “她是个好姑娘了,不是吗?现在她不再惹麻烦。我想她帮你干很多的家务活,玛丽拉。”
  “对,我不知道没有她我该怎么办,”玛丽拉笑着说。
  “看看她现在!那双漂亮的灰色眼睛和红褐色头发!你知道,玛丽拉,你们刚刚收养她的时候,我觉得你们犯了一个错误。可现在我知道是我错了。你们把她照看得真好。”
  “哦,谢谢,雷切尔。”玛丽拉高兴地回答。
  那天晚上,当马修走进厨房的时候,看见他的妹妹正在哭泣。
  “发生什么事了?”他吃惊地问道。“你上一次掉眼泪是在……唉,我也想不起是什么时候了。”
  “只是因为……我在想关于安妮的事,”玛丽拉说。“她走了以后我会……我会想念她的。”
  “你的意思是当她去女王学院的时候?是的,但周末的时候她可以坐火车回来。”
  “但我还是会想念她,”玛丽拉难过地说。
  六月里,埃文利村的男孩子和女孩子们必须去夏洛特镇参加考试。
  “噢,我真希望我考得很好,”安妮回到格林·盖布尔斯后对戴安娜说。“考试非常难。而且我还得等3周才能知道成绩!3周啊!我会着急死的!”
  安妮希望超过吉尔伯特。但她也希望为马修和玛丽拉争气。这对她很重要。
  戴安娜是最先听到消息的。她跑进格林·盖布尔斯的厨房高喊道:“看,安妮!登在父亲的报纸上!你是第一名……还有吉尔伯特……超过了岛上所有的学生!哦,多棒啊!”安妮用颤抖的手接过了报纸,看到自己的名字在200个学生的名单中排在首位。她激动得说不出话。
  “好,现在,我终于听到这好消息了,”马修面带微笑地说。
  “我必须说,你干得很出色,安妮,”玛丽拉说,她的心里暗暗高兴。
  在随后的3周时间里,玛丽拉和安妮非常忙碌。安妮需要一些新衣服带到夏洛特镇去。
  出发的前一天晚上,安妮穿上一件新衣服给马修看。玛丽拉端详着安妮年轻快乐的脸。她回忆起5年前到格林·盖布尔斯来的那个奇怪、瘦弱、眼神忧伤的女孩,玛丽拉轻声地哭了起来。
  “玛丽拉,您怎么哭了?”安妮问。
  “我只是想起了你小的时候,”玛丽拉回答。“而你……你现在就要走了……没有你我会感到很孤单的。”
  安妮双手捧着玛丽拉的面颊。“玛丽拉,一切都不会改变。也许我长大一些了,但我永远是您的小安妮。这辈子我每天都会更爱您、马修和格林·盖布尔斯的。”
  玛丽拉无法像安妮那样说出自己的感觉,但她可以显示出来。她伸出双臂将安妮紧紧地搂在胸前。
  这样,第二年安妮住在夏洛特镇,每天去上学。有时她周末回家去,但她必须刻苦学习。女王学院有她在埃文利村的一些朋友,还有她的敌人吉尔伯特·布莱思。安妮发现他经常与其他女孩交谈或散步。她觉得自己和吉尔伯特可以谈得很开心。但她不想主动和他讲话,而吉尔伯特从来也不看她一眼。
  五月,学年末的考试就要来了,安妮刻苦地准备着。
  “我想得第一名,”她想。“或许我能得到艾弗里奖学金。”这是为英语写作成绩最出色的学生颁发的,而安妮知道这门功课是自己的强项。得到艾弗里奖学金的学生可以在加拿大最好的大学——雷德蒙德大学免费学习4年。
  考试的成绩公布以后,安妮等待着朋友来告诉她消息。她听到喊声。“是吉尔伯特!他是第一名!”她感觉很难过。而就在这时她听到另外有人喊。“安妮·雪利得到了艾弗里奖学金!”所有的女孩子都来到了安妮的身边,笑啊叫啊。
  “马修和玛丽拉会很高兴的!”安妮想。“现在我可以继续学习,而他们不必付学费了!”


■ 6 Matthew and Marilla
  But when she arrived back at Green Gables, Anne knew at once that something was wrong. Matthew looked
  much older than before.
  'What's the matter with him
'Anne asked Marilla.
  'He's had some heart trouble this year, 'replied Marilla. 'He really isn't well. I'm worried about him. '
  'And you're not looking well, Marilla, 'said Anne. 'Now you must rest, while I do the housework. '
  Marilla smiled tiredly at Anne. 'It's not the work, it's my head. It often hurts, behind my eyes. I must see the doctor about it soon. But another thing, Anne, have you heard any-thing about the Church Bank
'
  'I heard it was having a difficult time. '
  'All our money is in that bank. I know Matthew's worried about it. '
  The next morning a letter came for Matthew. Marilla saw his grey face and cried, 'What's the matter, Matthew
'
  Anne, who was bringing an armful of flowers into the kitchen, saw his face too. Suddenly, Matthew fell to the ground. Anne dropped her flowers and ran to help Marilla. Together they tried everything, but it was too late. Matthew was dead.
  'It was his heart, 'said the doctor, who arrived a little later. 'Did he have any bad news suddenly
'
  'The letter! 'cried Anne. 'Shall I see what's in it
Oh Mar-illa, look! The Church Bank has had to close down! Your money, and Matthew's, has all gone! '
  Everybody in Avonlea was sorry to hear that Matthew was dead. For the first time in his life, Matthew Cuthbert was an important person.
  At first Anne couldn't cry. But then she remembered Matthew's smiling face when she told him about the Avery prize. Suddenly she started crying and couldn't stop. Marilla held her in her arms and they sobbed together.
  'Crying can't bring him back, 'whispered Marilla. 'We'll have to learn to live without him, Anne. '
  * * *
  In the next few weeks Anne and Marilla worked hard together on the farm and in the house. Everybody in Avonlea was very kind to them, but it was a sad time.
  One day Marilla said, 'I'll miss you when you go to Red-mond College, Anne. What are the other Avonlea students go-ing to do
'
  'Some of them are going to teach, and some are going to stay at Queen's. '
  'Gilbert's going to teach at Avonlea school, isn't he
'Anne didn't reply, so Marilla went on. 'He's very tall and good-looking now, don't you think
Like his father, John, when he was younger. You know, John and I were very good friends, years ago. '
  Anne looked up, interested. 'What happened
Why didn't you…
'
  'Well, we had a fight about something. He asked me to be friends again, but I couldn't forgive him. Later I was sorry, but he didn't speak to me again. Perhaps we…Oh well, it was a long time ago. '
  The next day Marilla went to see the doctor. When she came back, she looked very tired and ill.
  'What did the doctor say
'asked Anne worriedly.
  'He says I mustn't read or write, and I must wear glasses. Then my head won't hurt. But if I'm not very careful, I'll be blind in six months! '
  For a minute Anne was silent. Then she said firmly, 'Then you must be careful, Marilla. '
  'Think how terrible it is to be blind! But how lucky you've got a free place at Redmond College! I can't give you any money, you see. All our money's gone, and I can't work now. I think I'll have to sell the farm, and go and live with Rachel Lynde! 'and poor Marilla sobbed wildly.
  That night Anne sat alone in her bedroom. She thought and thought for some time, and then she smiled. When she went to bed, she knew what she was going to do.
  The next day she explained it all to Marilla.
  'You can't sell Green Gables, it's our home! Just listen, I've planned everything. I'm not going to Redmond College, it's too far away. I'm going to teach, in one of the village schools near here. Then I can live there during the week and come home at weekends to look after you. Diana's father will use our fields and pay us for them, and so we'll have some money. You see
'
  'Oh Anne! I'll be all right if you're here. But you must go to Redmond, if you want to study…'
  'Redmond College doesn't matter, 'laughed Anne. 'I'm going to study at home in the evenings. And I'm going to be a really good teacher! That's better than anything! '
  Marilla shook her head and tried not to cry. 'You're a good girl, Anne. Now we can keep Green Gables! '
  A few days later Rachel Lynde came to the farm.
  'Do you know, 'she said, 'that Gilbert isn't going to be the Avonlea teacher now
'
  'Isn't he
'cried Anne. 'Why not
'
  'When he heard that you wanted to be near Marilla, he de-cided to teach at a school in another village. So you can be the Avonlea teacher now. '
  'Oh! 'said Anne, surprised. 'That's…that's very kind of him. '
  And that day, when she saw Gilbert by the river, she stopped him and held out her hand.
  'Gilbert, 'she said shyly, 'I… I want to thank you. It's very good of you. If I'm the Avonlea teacher, I can help Mar-illa much more at home. '
  'I'm happy to help you, Anne, 'said Gilbert. He smiled and held her hand firmly. 'Are we going to be friends now
Have you forgiven me for calling you"carrots"
'
  Anne laughed. 'I forgave you a long time ago. '
  'I'm sure we're going to be very good friends, Anne. Can I walk home with you
'
  And when Anne came into the Green Gables kitchen, Maril-la said, 'You look very happy, Anne. Was that Gilbert who was with you just now
'
  'Yes, 'replied Anne, her face red. 'Gilbert and I've decided to be friends. Oh Marilla, I think life is going to be good for all of us! We'll have to work hard, but we'll be happy. And we'll keep our dear old Green Gables! What could be better than that! '


■ 6 马修和玛丽拉
  当她赶回格林·盖布尔斯的时候,安妮立刻有一种不祥的感觉。马修看上去比以前老了很多。
  “马修怎么了?”安妮问玛丽拉。
  “今年他的心脏病犯了几次,”玛丽拉回答。“他的情况确实不太好。我很为他担心。”
  “你的气色也不太好,玛丽拉,”安妮说。“现在你必须休息,家务活由我来做。”
  玛丽拉疲倦地笑了笑。“家务事倒没什么,主要是我经常头疼,就在眼睛后面。我得尽快看医生。还有一件事,安妮,你听到关于车茨银行的事了吗?”
  “我听说它经营困难。”
  “我们所有的钱都在那家银行里。我知道马修很担心。”
  第二天马修接到一封信。玛丽拉看到马修的脸一下变灰了,连忙喊道:“发生什么事了,马修?”
  安妮刚刚抱着一捧花走进厨房,她也看到了马修的脸。突然,马修倒在地上。安妮扔下花来帮助玛丽拉。她们想尽了一切办法拯救马修,可已经太晚了。马修死了。
  晚些时候,大夫来了,他说:“是因为他的心脏。他有没有突然听到什么不幸的消息?”
  “是那封信!”安妮叫道。“我能不能看看里面写了些什么?哦,玛丽拉,你看!车茨银行已经倒闭了!你的钱,还有马修的,都没了!”
  听到马修去世的消息,埃文利村的每一个人都很难过。马修·卡斯伯特这辈子第一次成了一个重要人物。
  起初安妮哭不出来。但当她想起马修听到她获得艾弗里奖学金时脸上的笑容,就突然忍不住大哭起来。玛丽拉搂着安妮,俩人一起哭泣。
  “哭也没法让他回来了,”玛丽拉小声说道:“我们必须学会习惯没有马修的生活,安妮。”
  * * *
  在以后的几周里,安妮和玛丽拉在田地里和家中辛勤地劳作。埃文利村的每一个人都对她们很好,但这是一段伤心的日子。
  一天,玛丽拉说:“你到雷德蒙德大学以后我会想念你的,安妮。埃文利村的其他孩子有何打算?”
  “他们中的一些人会成为教师,还有一些留在女王学院。”
  “吉尔伯特将留在埃文利学校当教师,是吗?”安妮没有回答,所以玛丽拉继续说下去。“他现在已经是个高个子的帅小伙了,你不这么认为吗?像他父亲约翰年轻时一样。你知道,许多年前,约翰和我曾经是很要好的朋友。”
  安妮很感兴趣,抬起头问道:“发生什么事了?为什么您不……?”
  “哎,我们为了一件事吵了起来。他请求我重新成为他的好朋友,但我不能原谅他。后来我很后悔,但他再也不和我讲话了。也许我们……哎,那已经是很久以前的事了。”
  第二天,玛丽拉去看病。当她回来的时候,看上去非常疲倦,好像是生病了。
  “医生说了些什么?”安妮焦急地问。
  “他说我不能再读书写字了,而且我必须戴上眼镜。那样我的头就不会疼了。如果我不小心的话,6个月以后我就会失明!”
  安妮沉默了一会儿。随后她坚定地说:“您必须好好照顾自己,玛丽拉。”
  “想想双目失明多可怕!但你能够在雷德蒙德大学免费学习真是幸运!你看,我已经没法给你钱了。我们所有的钱都没了,我现在又不能劳动。我想我必须卖掉农场,然后搬去和雷切尔·林德同住!”可怜的玛丽拉边说边哭了起来。
  那天晚上安妮独自坐在她的卧室里。她思量了很长时间,然后她的脸上出现了笑容。当她上床休息的时候,她已经知道自己该如何去做。
  第二天,安妮向玛丽拉解释了一切。
  “您不能把农场卖掉,它是我们的家!您听我说,我已计划好一切。我不打算到雷德蒙德大学去,那里太遥远了。我将在附近村庄的一所学校教书。这样,平常的时候我可以住在那里,周末的时候回来照顾您。戴安娜的父亲可以使用我们的土地,同时给我们地租,这样我们就有一些钱了。您看这样不好吗?”
  “噢,安妮,你在这里我当然会很好。但如果你想学习,你必须去雷德蒙德……”
  “去不去雷德蒙德大学没有关系。”安妮笑道。“晚上我可以在家自己学习。而且我会成为一名非常出色的教师!那比什么都好!”
  玛丽拉摇摇头强忍住眼泪。“你是个好姑娘,安妮。现在我们可以留住农场了!”
  几天后,雷切尔·林德来到了农场。
  “你们知道吗,”她说,“吉尔伯特现在不想当埃文利村的教师了?”
  “不当了?”安妮高声问道。“为什么不当?”
  “当他听说你希望离玛丽拉近一些,他决定在另外一个村的学校教书。那样你就可以成为埃文利村的教师了。”
  “噢!”安妮吃惊地说。“那……那他真是太好了。”
  那天,当安妮在河边见到吉尔伯特的时候,她叫住了他,并向他伸出手去。
  “吉尔伯特,”她腼腆地说,“我……我想谢谢你。你这样做真是太好了。如果我当埃文利村的教师,我就可以在家里更多地照顾玛丽拉。”
  “能帮助你我很高兴,安妮,”吉尔伯特说。他笑着紧紧抓住安妮的手。“我们现在可以成为朋友了吗?你现在原谅我叫过你‘胡萝卜’吗?”
  安妮笑道:“我很久以前就已经原谅你了。”
  “我肯定我们能成为非常好的朋友,安妮。我能送你回家吗?”
  当安妮走进格林·盖布尔斯厨房时,玛丽拉说:“你看上去非常高兴,安妮。刚才和你在一起的是吉尔伯特吗?”
  “是的,”安妮红着脸回答。“吉尔伯特和我决定成为朋友。哦,玛丽拉,我想我们都会有幸福的生活!我们的工作会很辛苦,但我们会很快乐。我们将留住我们心爱的老农场!还有什么比这更好呢!”
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-19 01:28重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 56楼  发表于: 2014-08-18 0

【02-08】  [五个孩子和沙精 / 伊迪丝·内斯比特 著]
  Five Children and It by Edith Nesbit

■ 简介
  它是个“赛米德”(即沙精)。有一大孩子们在砾石坑中挖沙时发现了它。它已经几千岁了。当然了,沙精们可以帮人们实现他们的愿望——愿望每天只能实现一个,而且当太阳落山时一切也就结束了。安西娅、西里尔、罗伯特和简觉得这棒极了。他们的小弟弟还太小,不会许愿,而且大部分时间都呆在家里;可其他几个盘算着要些激动人心的东西。
  可那又是什么呢?变得漂亮,富有,还是能像鸟儿一样飞翔?有时候想出真正的好愿望很困难,可是脱口说出“但愿……”却是很容易的,那时你就得到了并不真正想要的东西。这时沙精就不肯帮忙了。出了差错时它就生气地说:“为什么你不先想好了再说?”
  而事情的确常出差错……
  伊迪丝·内斯比特1858年生于伦敦,1924年逝世。她一生从事写作,为儿童写了很多书。其中著名的有《五个孩子和沙精》、《长生鸟与地毯》及《铁路上的孩子》等。


■ 1 Beautiful Children
  The house was about four kilometres from the station,but after only a minute or two the children began to ask,' Are we nearly there?'And every time they saw a house they said,' Oh, is this it?'But it never was. Then they came to the top of a hill, and there was a White house with a green garden and lots of fruit trees. ' Here we are!'Mother said.
  Everyone hurried to get out of the carriage—— Robert,Anthea, Jane, Cyril, and Martha, the nursemaid, with the baby. But Mother did not hurry. The children ran round the house and all through the garden to see what there was. But Mother stood and watched the driver while he carried the boxes into the house.
  The children loved the house. They knew immediately that they were going to be happy there. Mother did not like the house very much because it was old and there were no cup-boards. But it was deep in the country and after two years in London the children thought that it was wonderful. If you live in London and your family is not rich, you get bored because you cannot go to shops and theatres ,and people say,' Don't do this' and 'Don't go there. 'In the country you can go any-where and do anything.
  The white house was on the hill, with a wood behind it and a gravel-pit on one side . It was at the gravel-pit, a week later,that the children found a fairy. Well, that was what it called itself. But it was different from other fairies.
  It happened when Mother had to go and stay with Grand-mother,who was ill. Martha stayed with the children,of course. But the house was very quiet and empty. The children did not know what to do. Then Cyril said,' Let's go to the gravel-pit. '
  The gravel-pit was very large, with grass and wild flowers round the sides at the top. When they got there, the children decided that they would go down into the pit to play in the sand.
  ' Let's dig a deep hole— perhaps we can get all the way down to Australia,'said Robert.
  The others agreed and they all began to dig hard in the sand. But it was a very hot day. Baby went to sleep and Robert, Cyril, and Jane sat down to rest, but Anthea went on working on the hole.
  Suddenly she screamed. ' Cyril! Come here! Quick!There's something alive!'she cried.
  They all jumped up and hurried over to see what it was.
  ' It's got feet,'Anthea said. ' And fur. Don't hurt it. I know this sounds stupid, but it said something. '
  ' What did it say?' asked Cyril.
  'It said,“You leave me alone. ”
  The others just laughed, but the two boys began to move away more of the sand. Soon they could see that there really was something moving in the hole.
  Suddenly a hard little voice cried,' Leave me alone!'
  They all jumped back and no one spoke for a minute. Then Robert said,' But we want to see you. '
  ' Yes, I wish you'd come out,'Anthea said.
  'Oh, well, if that's your wish,'the voice said, and the sand began to fly about everywhere. Then something brown and furry and fat fell out into the hole. ' I think I was asleep,'it said.
  The children stood and looked at it. It really was very strange. It could move its eyes in and out on stalks, it had big ears and its body was fat and round and furry. Its legs and arms had soft fur all over them too, and it had hands and feet.
  ' What is it?' asked Jane. ' Shall we take it home?'
  The thing turned its long eyes to look at her. ' Does she always say stupid things?'it said.
  ' She doesn't mean it,' Anthea said. ' Don't be afraid. We won't hurt you. '
  The little thing was angry. ' Hurt me! 'it cried. ' I'm not afraid of you!'
  'Oh, don't be angry,'said Anthea kindly. ' Tell us who you are. We really don't know. '
  'You don't know?'it said. ' Don't you know a Psammead when you see one?'
  'A Sammyadd? What's that?'Jane said .
  ' A sand-fairy, of course. Don't you know a sand-fairy when you see one?'
  It looked very unhappy, and Jane said,' Of course! I can see that you're a sand-fairy now. '
  And Robert said,'Well, I didn't know that you were a Psammead, but I can see that you are something very wonder-ful. Please talk some more to us. '
  The Psammead looked a little happier when it heard that,and it said,'Well,you can talk to me ,if you want to. Per- haps I'll answer you and perhaps I won't. Now saysomething. '
  At first the children could not think of anything to say,but then Robert asked,' How long have you lived here?'
  'Oh,thousands of years,' the Psammead answered.
  The children waited, but the Psammead was silent.
  ' Please tell us more,' Robert said.
  'Well, all right, then,'the Psammead said. ' There were lots of us then,' it went on. ' People sent their children out to look for Psammeads,and when they found us,we gave them a wish. '
  'What happened to all the Psammeads, then?' Robert asked.
  'Well,if they get wet,they get ill and they usually die, and that's what happened. Most of them got wet and died. And I'm not going to tell you another thing. '
  ' Oh,just one more question,please,'said Robert. ' Do you give wishes now?'
  ' You've had one,'said the Psammead. ' You wished to see me,and here I am. '
  ' Oh, please. Just one more,' Anthea cried.
  ' Well, all right, but be quick!I'm tired of you!'
  It is very difficult to think of a really good wish, in just a second or two. Then Anthea remembered a wish of hers and Jane's. She knew that the boys wouldn't like it, but it was better than nothing.
  ' I wish we were all very, very beautiful,' she said.
  The Psammead pushed out its long eyes and got bigger and fatter, and the children waited. Then it said,' I'm sorry. I haven't done this for a long time. I'll try again,butl can only do one wish a day for you. Do you agree to that?'
  ' Yes, oh yes!'the children cried.
  ' But remember, the wish is only for a day,'said the Psammead. ' When the sun goes down,everything goes back to what it was. '
  The Psammead slowly got bigger, then suddenly went small again. ' That's all right!'it said. At once it turned and went back into the sand at the bottom of the hole.
  The children stood there for a second, and then Anthea turned to speak to the others. But they were not there! She was looking at three strangers— a girl with beautiful red hair and big blue eyes, and two very good-looking boys. Suddenly she understood. They had their wish. The strangers were Robert and Cyril and Jane—but now they were beautiful. Cyril's hair was golden now, and Robert's was black.
  ' I liked you better before!'Robert cried angrily to his brother and sisters. 'Jane's hair looks like carrots, and Cyril looks really stupid with long golden hair. '
  They went to find Baby, but he was just the same as he was before.
  ' Perhaps it's because he's young. He can't have wishes. We'll have to remember that next time,'Anthea said,and she held out her arms to him. But Baby's mouth turned down at the corners and then he began to cry loudly. He did not know them!
  It took an hour to stop him crying and then, very tired and cross, they took him home. Martha, Baby's nursemaid, was waiting at the front door. She took Baby from them quickly:
  ' Where are the others?'she asked. 'And who are you?'
  ' we're us,of course,' Robert said. ' You don't know us be-cause we're beautiful. '
  ' And we're very hungry,'said Cyril,'and we want our lunch, please. '
  ' Go away!'Martha screamed. ' Or I'll send for the police,'and she closed the door in their faces.
  The children were very hungry by then, and they tried three times to get into the house—but Martha would not let them in. After a while they went and sat at the bottom of the garden to wait for the sun to go down. 'The wish will finish then, won't it?'Jane said.
  But the others didn't answer because no one was really sure.
  It was a terrible afternoon. They had no lunch, no tea, and they were tired, angry and afraid. It's true that they were all very beautiful,but that's not a lot of help when you'rs unhappy. In the end they fell asleep.
  It was nearly dark when they woke up. Anthea was the first to wake up and she looked at the others. They were no longer very beautiful. Everything was all right again. Happily, they all went back to the house. Of course, Martha was angry.
  ' Where have you been all day?'she cried.
  It is not easy to explain a Psammead to an angry nursemaid,so the children didn't try.
  'We met some beautiful children and we couldn't get away from them until it was nearly dark,'Anthea said. ' They were terrible, and we never want to see them again. '
  And they never have.


■ 1 漂亮的孩子
  他们的新家距车站大约四公里远,而每过一两分钟孩子们就开口问:“我们快到了吗?”而且他们每看到一幢房子都说:“哦,是这个吗?”可总不是。接着他们来到一个山顶,那儿有一幢带有绿色的花园和很多果树的白房子。“我们到了!”母亲说。
  大家急忙下车——罗伯特、安西娅、简、西里尔,还有抱着婴孩的保姆马莎。可母亲不慌不忙。孩子们绕着房子跑,都穿过花园看看那里有什么。但是赶车人把箱子搬到房子里去时妈妈站着看着他。
  孩子们喜欢这房子。他们马上就明白在那儿他们会很快活的。母亲不太喜欢这房子,因为它很旧,也没有柜子。可是这房子位于真正意义上的乡间;在伦敦住了两年之后,孩子们认为这一点太好了。要是住在伦敦可你的家庭又不富有,你就会觉得厌倦,因为你不能去商店和剧场,人们还会说“不许干这个”、“不许去那儿”的。在乡下你想去哪儿就去哪儿,想干什么就干什么。
  这白房子位于小山上,后边有一片树林,在一边还有一个砾石坑。就是在这个砾石坑里孩子们一周之后发现了一个精灵。晤,它是这样称呼自己的,但是它和别的精灵可不一样。
  事情发生在母亲去探护祖母的时候,祖母病了。当然马莎留下来和孩子们在一起。可房子里静悄悄的,空荡荡的。孩子们不知道做些什么好。过了一会儿,西里尔说:“咱们去砾石坑吧。”
  砾石坑大极了,坑口四周长着青草和野花。孩子们到了那儿时,他们决定到坑里去玩沙子。
  “咱们挖个深深的洞——也许能一直挖到澳大利亚呢,”罗伯特说。
  别的孩于同意了,他们就都起劲地挖起沙来。可天气很热。小弟弟睡觉去了,罗伯特、西里尔和简坐下来休息,可安西娅继续挖着洞。
  突然她尖叫起来。“西里尔!到这儿来!快!有什么活的东西!”她叫道。
  他们都跳起身来,急忙过去看是什么东西。
  “它有脚,”安西亚说,“还有毛。别伤着它。我知道这话听起来有些蠢,可它说话了。”
  “它说什么?”西里尔问。
  “它说:'别来打搅我。'”
  别的孩子只是笑,可那两个男孩开始挖开更多的沙子。很快他们就能看见洞里真有个东西在动。
  突然一个刺耳的、细小的声音喊道:“别打搅我!”
  他们都向后退了几步,一时谁也没说话。过了一会儿罗伯特说:“可是我们想看看你。”
  “是啊,我希望你出来。”安西娅说。
  “哦,好吧,如果那是你们的愿望的话,”那个声音说;沙子开始到处乱飞。一会儿一个褐色的、长着毛的、胖乎乎的东西从沙里飞落到洞中。“我想我刚才睡着了,”它说。
  孩子们站着看着它。它的确长得很奇怪。它有一双伸缩自如的柄眼、一对大耳朵,身体又胖又圆,还毛绒绒的。它的胳膊和腿上也覆盖着柔毛,而它还长着手和脚。
  “是什么呀?”简问道,“要不要把它带回家!”
  这东西转动它的柄眼看着她。“她老说蠢话吗?”它说。
  “她不是那个意思。”安西娅说,“别怕,我们不会伤害你。”
  这小东西生气了。“伤害我?!”它叫着,“我才不怕你们呢!”
  “哦,别生气,”安西娅和蔼地说,“告诉我们你是谁。我们真不知道。”
  “你们不知道?”它说,“你们看到一个赛米德时难道会不认识?”
  “赛米德?那是什么啊?”简说。
  “当然是沙精了。你们见到沙精会不认识?”
  它显得很不高兴,简就说:“当然!现在我知道你是个沙精了。”
  罗伯特也说:“喔,我原来不知道你是赛米德,可现在我看得出你棒极了。请再跟我们说些话吧。”
  听到那个这个赛米德显得稍微高兴些了,它说:“好吧,如果你们愿意,你们可以和我说说话。我也许回答你们的问题,也许不回答。现在说什么吧。”
  开头孩子们想不出要说什么,然而不一会儿罗伯特就问:“你在这儿住多久了?”
  “哦,几千年了吧,”赛米德回答说。
  孩子们等赛米德往下说,但它不说话了。
  “请多告诉我们一些情况,”罗伯特说。
  “唔,行,那好,”赛米德说。“当初我们有许多人马呢,”它接着说。“人们打发孩子们去找赛米德,找到时我们就给他们实现一个愿望。”
  “那后来赛米德都怎么样了?”罗伯特问。
  “噢,要是它们弄湿了自己,就会生病,常常会死的,事情就是那样。大部分赛米德弄湿了,死了。我不再告诉你们别的事了。”
  “哦,请再回答一个问题,”罗伯特说,“你现在还帮人们实现愿望吗?”
  “你们已经实现一个了。”赛米德说,“你们希望看到我,我就来了。”
  “噢,求求你了。就再来实现一个愿望吧。”安西娅叫道。
  “唔,那好吧,可是快点!你们真烦人!”
  一两秒内就想出一个好愿望真困难。接着安西娅记起了她和简的一个愿望。她知道男孩子们不会喜欢它,可总比没有强。
  “我希望我们都非常非常漂亮,”她说。
  赛米德将双眼从眼眶伸出去好远,并变大变胖了,孩子们等待着。一会儿,它说:“对不起。我很久没这样做了。我再试一次,但是一天只能为你们实现一个愿望。你们同意吗?”
  “同意,同意!”孩子们喊道。
  “但是记住,只能维持一个白天。”赛米德说,“太阳落下去时,一切就恢复原样了。”
  赛米德慢慢地大起来,然后突然又变小了。“好了!”它说。它马上转过身回到洞底的沙中去了。
  孩子们站了一下,然后安西娅转身去和其他的孩子说话。可他们不在了!她看见三个陌生人——一个长着漂亮的红头发和大大的蓝眼睛的女孩,还有两个很好看的男孩。她忽然明白了。他们的愿望实现了:陌生人就是罗伯特、西里尔和简——只是他们现在漂亮了。西里尔的头发现在是金色的了,罗伯特则是黑头发。
  “我更喜欢你们原来的样子!”罗伯特生气地对他的姐弟们叫着,“简的头发像胡萝卜,西里尔长着金色长发的样子看起来真傻。”
  他们去找小弟弟,可他还是原来的样子。
  “也许是因为他大小了吧。他也不会希望要什么。下次我们得记住。”安西娅说着并向他伸出手臂。可小弟弟撇着嘴开始大哭起来。他不认识他们!
  花了一个小时才哄他不哭了。他们又累又气,把他带回家。小弟弟的保姆马莎正在前门等候。她很快地把孩子接过去。
  “别的孩子们在哪儿呢?”她问,“你们是谁?”
  “我们就是我们,当然了。”罗伯特说,“你不认识我们是因为我们漂亮了。”
  “我们还非常饿,”西里尔说,“我们想要午饭,求求了。”
  “走开!”马莎叫道,“不然我要叫警察了。”她当着他们的面关上了门。
  那时孩子们已经非常饿了,他们三次试图进门——但是马莎每次都不让他们进去。过了一会儿,他们去坐在花园尽头,等太阳落下去。“到那会儿愿望就结束了,不是吗?”简说。
  其他人没有回答,因为谁也不敢肯定。
  那个下午可真糟。他们没有午饭,没有茶点,还又累又气又害怕。他们确实都很漂亮,可人不高兴时漂亮也帮不了多大忙。最后他们睡着了。
  他们醒来时天都快黑了。安西娅第一个醒来,她看看其他孩子。他们不再很漂亮了。一切都恢复原样了。他们都高高兴兴地回屋了。当然,马莎很生气。“你们一整天到哪里去了?”她喊道。
  对一个发怒的保姆解释清楚赛米德是什么可不是件容易的事,所以孩子们没试着解释。
  “我们遇到了些漂亮孩子,直到天快黑才脱身。”安西娅说,“他们太可怕了,我们不想再见到他们。”
  他们实际上从来也没见过那几个孩子。


■ 2 The Children Wish to Be Rich
  The next morning Martha took Baby out with her and the children decided to go back to the gravel-pit to look for the Psammead again. At first they could not find it. 'Per-haps it wasn't really here,'Robert said . But they began to dig into the sand with their hands and suddenly they came to the brown furry body of the Psammead. It sat up and shook the sand out of its fur.
  ' How are you today?'Anthea asked.
  'Well,I didn't sleep very well,but thank you for asking,'the Psammead answered.
  ' Can you give wishes today?'Robert said. ' Because we'd like to have two,if we can. But one is a very little wish. '
  'Well, all right,' said the Psammead, looking at Robert with its long eyes. ' Let's have the little wish first. '
  ' Martha mustn't know about the wishes,'Robert said. ' I mean, she mustn't see anything different about us. And can you do that for every wish on every day?'
  The Psammead went a little bigger and then went small again. ' I've done that,'it said. ' It was easy. What's the next wish?'
  ' We wish,' said Robert slowly,' to be very rich. '
  ' How much money do you want?'asked the Psammead. 'It won't do you much good, of course,'it said quietly to itself. 'Well, how much—— and do you want it in gold or notes?'
  'Gold, please,'Robert said. 'Millions!'
  'A full gravel-pit,all right?'said the Psammead,sounding bored. ' But get out before I begin, or you'll die underneath it. '
  Its thin arms got very long and it began to move them about. The children were afraid, and ran as fast as they could up to the road. When they were there, they turned to look back. They had to close their eyes and open them again very slowly . The gravel-pit was full, right up to the top, with new,shining,gold coins!
  The children stood with their mouths open, and no one said a word.
  Then Robert took one of the coins in his hand and looked at it. ' It's different from English money,'he said.
  ' Well,it doesn't matter. It's gold,'said Cyril. 'Don't for-get that it will all go when the sun goes down. Come on! Let's put as much as we can in our pockets and go and spend it. '
  So they all put gold coins in their pockets and went off to the village. But the gold was heavy, and soon they were very tired and hot. They decided to get something to drink in the village and then go on to the town of Rochester.
  Cyril went into the shop and the others waited outside. But when Cyril came back with a bottle of lemonade, he said,' I had to pay with my real money. When they saw all the coins,they wouldn't change the gold. '
  'Well, I'll try to get something with the gold,'Anthea said. ' We need a horse and cart. Come on. '
  Anthea went to talk to a man who had a horse and cart, and the others waited. After a few minutes she came back, looking very pleased with herself. ' I wasn't stupid like Cyril,' she said. ' I only took out one coin, not all of them,and the man said he'll drive us to Rochester and wait for us. '
  On the way to Rochester, they did not speak. They were making plans about how to spend their gold, and they did not want to talk in front of the driver.
  But when they arrived in Rochester, with about twelve hun-dred gold coins in their pockets, they found that it was very difficult to spend them. Anthea tried to buy a very nice hat, but the woman in the shop looked very strangely,first at the gold coins, then at Anthea.
  ' I can't take that,'she said. ' It's not modern English money. '
  They went from shop to shop, but no one wanted to take their gold. ' It's because our hands are dirty and we look untidy. People think we've stolen the gold,'Anthea said.
  And it was worse when they tried to buy a horse and car-riage. Cyril showed the man his gold, and the man called to his son,'Send for the police!'
  ' It's our money,'said Cyril angrily. 'We're not thieves. '
  ' Where did you get it from then?'said the man.
  ' A sand-fairy gave it to us,'said Jane. ' He gives us a wish a day and they all come true. '
  The man shook his head slowly. ' Oh dear, oh dear,'he said. 'Stealing, and then telling stories about it. '
  Just then a policeman arrived and when he heard about the gold, he said to the four children,'Come with me. I'm taking you to the police station!'
  The children were angry and unhappy, but the policeman walked along the road behind them and they couldn't escape. They held their heads down because they did not want anyone to see them, and suddenly Robert ran into someone. ' Robert,what have you done now?'a voice cried . It was Martha and Baby!
  The policeman explained everything to Martha, and Cyril had to take the gold out of his pocket and show it to her.
  ' I can't see anything—just two very dirty hands,' she said. ' There's no gold there. What are you talking about?'
  And then the children remembered that Martha couldn't see the wishes.
  It was getting dark when they arrived at the police station. The policeman explained about the gold and the Inspector said,'Well , let's see it. '
  Cyril put his hands into his pockets— but they were empty! The others put their hands into their pockets. They were empty, too! Of course, all the fairy gold went when the sun went down!
  ' How did they do that?'cried the policeman.
  Martha was very angry with him. ' I told you that there wasn't any gold,'she shouted. ' You'll be in trouble for this. Saying that these poor little children are thieves!'
  But she was very angry with the children too. ' What were you doing in town alone?'she said to them outside the police station.
  And she took them home and sent them to bed early.


■ 2 孩子们希望变得富有
  第二天早晨,马莎带着小弟弟出去了,孩子们决定回砾石坑那儿再去找赛米德。开头他们没有找到。“也许它不一定真在这里,”罗伯特说。可他们还是开始用手挖沙子,忽然他们触到了赛米德褐色的、毛绒绒的身体。它坐起来抖掉毛上的沙子。
  “你好吗?”安西娅问。
  “嗯,我没睡好,但谢谢你的问候。”赛米德回答。
  “今天你能给人实现愿望吗?”罗伯特说,“因为如果可以的话我们想要实现两个愿望。不过有一个是非常小的愿望。”
  “那么,好吧。”赛米德说,用它的柄眼看着罗伯特。“先来实现这个小愿望吧。”
  “不能让马莎知道愿望的事。”罗伯特说,“我的意思是她不能看出我们有什么变化。你能每天对每个愿望都这样办吗?”
  赛米德变大了一点儿,然后又变小了。“我把那个办好了。”它说,“这容易。下一个愿望是什么?”
  “我们希望,”罗伯特慢慢地说,“变得非常有钱。”
  “你们想要多少钱?”赛米德问道。“这当然对你们没什么好处,”它在心里默念着。“好吧,要多少——还有,想要金子还是钞票?”
  “请给我们金子,”罗伯特说,“几百万!”
  “满满一砾石坑,行了吧?”赛米德说,听起来它不耐烦了。“可在我开始之前先走开,不然你们会被压死的。”
  它把细胳膊变得很长并挥动起来。孩子们害怕了,尽快地跑到上边路上去。在那儿时他们扭头看了看。他们不得不闭上眼睛,再慢慢睁开。砾石坑满满的,到顶上都是闪闪发光的、崭新的金币!
  孩子们站着,嘴巴张着,谁也没说话。
  然后罗伯特将一块金币放在手里看着。“和英国钱不一样,”他说。
  “唔,那没关系。是金的。”西里尔说,“别忘了太阳落下去的时候它们就都没了。快点儿!尽量往兜里装,然后去把它们花掉。”
  所以他们都往兜里装金币,然后朝村子走去。可金子很沉,一会儿他们就又累又热。他们决定在村里买点喝的,然后再继续赶往罗彻斯特城去。
  西里尔走进商店,其他孩子在外边等着。可是当西里尔拿着一瓶柠檬汽水回来时,他说:“我得付我自己的真钱。他们看见所有这些金币时不肯找钱。”
  “那我去试着用这金子买点东西。”安西娅说,“我们需要一辆马套二轮单马车。来吧。”
  安西娅走过去和一个有马套二轮单马车的人谈起来,别的孩子等着。几分钟后她回来了,看起来很得意的样子。“我可不像西里尔那么傻。”她说,“我只拿出一块金币,而不拿出所有的金币,那个人说他把我们拉到罗彻斯特去并等着我们。”
  在去罗彻斯特的路上他们没有讲话。他们计划着怎样花他们的金子,而且他们不想在赶车人面前谈论。
  可是当他们兜里装着大约一千两百块金币到了罗彻斯特时,他们发现要花掉这些金币很困难。安西妮想买一顶很漂亮的帽子,可店里的那个女人很奇怪地先看看金币,再看看安西娅。
  “我不要那个。”她说,“这不是现行的英国货币。”
  他们去了一个又一个商店,可是没有人要他们的金子。“这是因为我们的手脏,我们自己看起来也不整洁。人们认为这金子是我们偷的。”安西娅说。
  当他们试图买一辆马套四轮马车时,事情就更糟了。西里尔把他的金币给那人看,那人朝他的儿子喊:“叫警察来!”
  “这是我们的钱,”西里尔气愤地说,“我们不是贼。”
  “那你从什么地方搞到它的?”那人说。
  “一个沙精给我们的。”简说,“他每天为我们实现一个愿望,而且都实现了。”
  那人慢慢地摇摇头。“天啊,天啊,”他说,“偷东西,然后又编故事。”
  这时警察来了,听了金币的事他对这四个孩子说:“跟我走。我带你们去警察局!”
  孩子们很生气,很不快。可是警察沿路跟在他们后边,他们逃跑不了。他们低着头,因为不愿让别人看到。突然罗伯特撞到了人身上。“罗伯特,你们干什么去了?”一个声音喊道。原来是马莎和小弟弟!
  警察对马莎解释了这一切。西里尔只得从兜里拿出金子给她看。
  “我什么也没看见——只是两只脏手。”她说,“没有金子。你在说些什么呀?”
  于是孩子们记起马莎是看不出这些许愿的事的。
  到警察局时,天快黑了。警察解释了金子的事,巡长说:“好吧,让我们看看。”
  西里尔把手伸进兜里——可兜里是空的!其他孩子把手伸进兜里,也都是空的!当然了,太阳一落下山去所有这些变出来的金币就没有了!
  “他们是怎么搞的?”那警察叫起来。
  马莎很生他的气。“我告诉过你没有什么金子。”她喊道,“你会为此触霉头的。竟然说这些可怜的小孩子是小偷!”
  可她也很生孩子们的气。“你们自己在城里干什么呢?”在警察局外她对他们说。
  她把孩子们带回家,早早地就叫他们睡觉了。
[ 此帖被半世癫在2014-08-19 01:30重新编辑 ]
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 57楼  发表于: 2014-08-19 0

■ 3 Wings
  The next day was very wet. It rained all day and the children could not go to see the Psammead. They stayed at home and wrote letters to their mother. But none of them told her about the Psammead. And the day after that, their Uncle Richard came and took them out,so they did not see the Psammead for two days. But Anthea spent a lot of time think-ing about what to wish for.
  The next morning, while Martha was busy with Baby, the children left the house quietly and went to see the Psammead. On the way, Anthea said to the others,' I know what we can ask for—— wings!'
  The others were silent for a minute, but then they all agreed that they too would like to have wings.
  They found the Psammead easily. ' I wish we all had beauti-ful wings to fly with,'Anthea said.
  The Psammead made itself very big and then went small again. The children felt strange for a minute and when they looked, they saw that they had beautiful soft wings of many colours. They moved them about and jumped up and down, and soon they could see the green fields and sunny woodsbelow them and the blue sky above. They could fly! It was wonderful, and they flew over the woods and trees, the townsand villages, for a long time. But they began to get hungry.
  Just then they saw below them some trees full of large red plums. ' We mustn't steal,'Cyril said.
  ' We've got wings,'Jane answered quickly,' so we're birds. It's all right for birds to take things. Birds can't steal. '
  So they flew down onto the trees, and they ate as many of the plums as they could.
  They were finishing the plums when they saw a very angry little fat man,who was hurrying through the trees. They were his plums and the poor man thought that boys from the village were stealing them. But when he saw that the children had wings, his mouth fell open and his face went green. Anthea did not want to steal anything,of course, so she flew down and pushed some money into his pocket.
  'Don't be afraid,'she said. ' We've had some of your plums. We thought that it wasn't stealing, but now I'm not so sure. So that was some money to pay for them. '
  The little man sat there on the ground and looked up into the sky. 'Talking birds! Children with wings! This is a lesson for me. From now on,I'm going to live a better life,'he said. And he went into the house and was very kind to his wife.
  Plums are very nice, of course, but you soon feel hungry again. So the children stopped first at one house,then another, to ask for something to eat. They didn't get anything because everyone was afraid of them and screamed and ran away when they saw them. By four o'clock they were getting very tired and hungry,so they flew down onto the roof of a church,to think what to do.
  ' We can't possibly fly all the way home without something to eat,'said Robert.
  In the end they decided to take some food from the vicar's house next to the church.
  ' He's a good man . He'll understand. We'll leave some money for the food,'Cyril said,'and a note saying that we're sorry. '
  Cyril got in through the window and gave the food to the others, who were outside. There was some cold meat, half a cold chicken, some bread and a bottle of soda-water. Then they all flew back up onto the church roof to eat it. They were very hungry, so they really enjoyed it. But when you are very hungry, and then you eat a big meal and sit in the hot sun on a roof, it is very easy to fall asleep. And so they did— while the sun slowly went down in the west.
  They slept for a long time. When they woke up it was dark —and,of course, they had no wings.
  ' We must get home,'Cyril said. ' There's a door over there. That's the way down. '
  But when they tried the door,they found that it was locked from the other side. They were on top of the church and they had no wings! How were they going to get down?
  Anthea put her arm round Jane, who was beginning to cry. 'It will only be for one night,'she said.
  Then Cyril said,'I know. Let's shout! The lights are on inthe vicar's house. Someone will hear us and get us down. '
  So they shouted and screamed as loudly as they could, and the people in the house heard them. The vicar ran out with his servant.
  ' Someone is murdering somebody in the church!'the vicar said, afraid. 'Perhaps it's the thief who stole the cold chicken and things. '
  But they could not understand why the voices were coming from the sky. So the children shouted,' We're up here —on top of the church!'
  The two men were still afraid,but,slowly and carefully,they went up the stairs inside the church. When they came to the top, the vicar shouted through the closed door,'How many of you are there? Have you got guns?'
  ' There are four of us,and, no, we haven't got guns,'Cyril answered.
  Slowly, the vicar opened the door.
  'Good Heavens!'he cried. 'They're children!'
  ' Oh, please take us down,'cried Jane.
  So the vicar and his servant took them down and into the vicar's house. Of course, the vicar wanted to know why the children were on the church roof.
  ' We went up there because we wanted to see what it was like,'said Cyril. 'But then we couldn't get down again be-cause the door was locked. 'He didn't say anything about the wings,of course.
  ' But who locked the door?'the vicar asked.
  ' We don't know,'Jane answered. ' But we're not telling you everything. '
  'Ah! There's a friend in it, then,'said the vicar's servant man, who was called Beale.
  ' Yes, but we can't tell you about him,' said Anthea, think-ing of the Psammead. ' We really are very sorry, and please,can we go home now? '
  The vicar still did not understand,but he was a kind man, so he sent the children home in a carriage with his servant. Martha,of course, was very angry with them, but Mr Beale explained everything very well. He was a good-looking young man with a nice smile,and after a while Martha forgot to be angry.
  So the day ended happily after all.


■ 3 翅膀
  第二天外面很湿。雨下了一天,孩子们不能去看赛米德。他们呆在家里给母亲写信。可谁也没把赛米德的事告诉她。又过了一天,他们的理查德叔叔来了并带他们出去了,所以他们两天没见赛米德。可安西娅花了很多时间想她该许些什么愿。
  再一天的早上,马莎正忙着照顾小弟弟时,孩子们悄悄离开家去看赛米德。在路上安西娅对大家说:“我知道我们希望要什么了——翅膀!”
  一时别人都没说话,可然后他们都赞成,他们也愿意长出翅膀。
  他们没费劲就找到了赛米德。“我希望我们都有美丽的、可以用以飞翔的翅膀,”安西娅说。
  赛米德把自己变得非常大,然后又变小。一时孩子们觉得有些异样,可当他们一看,他们看见自己已长出了五颜六色的、软软的、美丽的翅膀。他们拍着翅膀跳上跳下,很快看见他们下方绿色的田野和阳光照耀着的小树林以及上方蔚蓝色的天空。他们会飞了!这太棒了。他们飞过树林、城乡,飞了好久。可他们开始饿了。
  正在这时他们看见下面有些树,树上满是又大又红的李子。“我们可不能偷啊。”西里尔说。
  “我们长了翅膀,”简很快地答道,“所以我们就是鸟。鸟拿点东西没关系。鸟不会偷。”
  所以他们飞下来落在树上,尽情地大吃李子。
  他们正要吃完的时候,突然看见一个非常生气的小矮胖子。他正急急忙忙地在树间穿梭。那是他的李子,那可怜的人认为是村里的孩子们在偷他的李子。但是当他看见这几个孩子长着翅膀时,他张大了嘴巴,脸色苍白。安西娅当然不愿偷东西,所以她飞下来把一些钱塞在他兜里。
  “别怕,”她说,“我们吃了你的一些李子。我们起初觉得这不是偷,可现在我也不敢那么肯定。所以那是付给你的些李子钱。”
  那个胖子坐在那儿地上,仰望着天空。“会说话的鸟!长翅膀的孩子!这对我可是一课。从今以后,我要过得好点儿,”他说。他进房里去,对他的妻子很和蔼。
  李子当然很好吃,可很快你就又饿了,所以孩子们在一幢又一幢房子前停下来,想要些东西吃。他们什么也没得到,因为所有的人见到他们时都很害怕,尖叫着跑开了。到4点时他们变得又累又饿,于是就飞落在教堂的屋顶上,想想怎么办。
  “我们要是没有东西吃,就不可能飞回家去。”罗伯特说。
  最后他们决定从紧挨着教堂的牧师家里拿些食物。
  “他是好人。他会理解的。我们留些食品钱,”西里尔说,“再留张便条说我们很抱歉。”
  西里尔从窗子进去,把食物拿给在外边的其他孩子。有些冷肉、半只冷鸡、一些面包和一瓶汽水。然后他们全飞回到教堂房顶上吃起来。他们很饿,所以吃得很香。可是当你很饿的时候大吃了一顿、又在屋顶上晒着太阳时,那是很容易睡着的。他们就睡着了——这时太阳慢慢地从西边落下去。
  他们睡了好长时间。他们醒来的时候天黑了——当然了,他们也没有翅膀了。
  “我们得回家了。”西里尔说,“那儿有个门。那是下去的路。”
  可他们试着开门时才发现门是从另一面锁上的。他们在教堂顶上,又没有了翅膀!他们怎么下去呢?
  安西娅用单臂挽住简,简这时已开始哭起来了。“只不过呆一夜,”她说。
  接着西里尔说:“我知道了。我们喊吧!牧师的家里有灯光。会有人听见并帮我们下去的。”
  所以他们用最大的声音喊叫起来,房子里的人听见了他们的叫声。牧师和他的仆人跑了出来。
  “教堂里有人在杀人!”牧师害怕地说,“可能是偷了冷鸡和别的东西的小偷。”
  可他们不明白为什么声音是从空中传来的。于是孩子们就嚷:“我们在这儿——在教堂顶上!”
  这两个人还很害怕,可他们慢慢地、小心地从教堂内的楼梯走上来。当他们到了顶上时,牧师在锁着的门的另一边叫道:“你们几个人?有熗吗?”
  “我们四个人;没有,我们没有熗。”西里尔回答。
  牧师慢慢地打开门。
  “天哪!”他叫道,“是些孩子!”
  “哦,请带我们下去吧。”简哭着说。
  牧师和他的仆人带他们下来,进了牧师屋里。当然喽,牧师想知道孩子们为什么在教堂顶上。
  “我们上那儿去是因为我们想看看那是什么样子。”西里尔说,“可是我们下不来了,因为门被锁上了。”关于翅膀的事他当然什么都没说。
  “可谁锁的门?”牧师问。
  “不知道。”简说,“可我们不会把一切都告诉你的。”
  “啊!那么是有个朋友参与其中吧。”牧师的男仆说。他叫比伊尔。
  “是的,可我们不能告诉你他的事。”安西娅说,想起了赛米德。“我们真的非常抱歉;还有,请问,我们可以回家了吗?”
  牧师仍然不明白,可是他是个好心的人,所以他让仆人用马车送孩子们回家。马莎当然十分生他们的气,可是比伊尔先生把事情解释得很好。他是个漂亮的、脸上带着愉快的笑容的青年,不一会儿马莎就忘了生气了。
  所以,这一天总算快乐地结束了。


■ 4 Bigger than the Baker's Boy
  The next morning Martha said that the children could not go out. ' You can stay in and be good,' she said.
  ' There's something that we all want,' said Robert. ' Can I just go out for half an hour to get it?' And Martha,who was really very kind,said that he could.
  Of course, they all wanted the day's wish. So Robert hur-ried to the sand-pit.
  The Psammead was waiting for him, but when Robert tried to think of a really good wish, he couldn't, and the others were not there to help him.
  ' Hurry up,'the Psammead said. ' I can't wait all day. '
  ' Oh dear,'Robert said. ' I wish that we didn't have to come here to get our wish… Oh, don't!'
  But it was too late. The Psammead was already making it-self big.
  'There!' it said. ' That wasn't easy, but I've done it. You don't need to come here to have your wish. '
  Robert thanked the Psammead and then hurried back to tell the other children. ' We must wish for something really good tomorrow,'he said.
  The next morning they thought and thought,but they couldn't think of a really good wish,so they decided to go to the gravel-pit. Suddenly they saw a baker's boy,who was coming along the road with his basket of bread, and they decided to play a game with him.
  ' Stop!' cried Cyril.
  ' Your money or your life!'shouted Robert.
  And they stood on each side of the baker's boy.
  The baker's boy,who was tall and large, was not very interested and he pushed them both away.
  'Don't be stupid!' he said.
  But Robert pushed him back and knocked him over. The bread fell out of the boy's basket and went all over the road. The baker's boy was very angry. He hit Robert and they began to fight. But the baker's boy was much bigger and stronger than Robert. He was also not a nice fighter— he pulled Robert's hair, kicked him in the leg, and hit him hard in the stomach. Then he picked up his bread, put it back in the basket, and went on his way.
  Cyril wanted to help Robert, but the girls held his arms and stopped him. So Cyril was angry with the girls,and everybody was unhappy. They went along to the gravel-pit, and Robert began to kick the sand angrily. ' I'll teach that baker's boy a lesson one day,'he said. 'I wish I was bigger than him!'
  Just then they saw that the Psammead was sitting behind them, and was watching them!
  The next minute, Robert had his wish. He was bigger than the baker's boy! Much, much bigger! He was now more than three metres tall!He was not pleased because he looked very strange next to the others, who were still small.
  The others felt sorry for him then, and asked the Psammead for another wish . But the Psammead was very cross and un-helpful. 'Why don't you think before you wish?'it said. ' He's a wild, noisy boy, and he can stay like that for the day. It will do him good. Now go away and leave me alone!'
  The others turned back to their enormous brother. ' What are we going to do?'They asked.
  'First,'said Robert,' I'm going to get that baker's boy!'And because he had very long legs, he arrived at the bottom of the hill long before the baker's boy, who was stopping at the houses along the road to leave the bread.
  Robert hid behind a haystack and waited for the boy . When he saw the baker's boy coming,he jumped out from behind the haystack and the boy's mouth fell open in surprise. Then Robert took hold of him and put him on top of the haystack.
  ' Now get down from there,if you can!' Robert said.
  It was very late when the baker's boy got back to the shop,and the baker was very angry!
  Then Robert and the others went home,and down to the bottom of the garden. Anthea asked Martha to bring their lunch out there. She knew that Robert was too big to get into the house. Of course, Martha could not see that Robert was much bigger than before, and she only gave him as much meat and potatoes as usual— and no more. Poor Robert was very hungry.
  The others were feeling unhappy too because there was a fair in town and they wanted to go to it. ' We can't go anywhere now,'Cyril said. ' Not with Robert like this. '
  Suddenly Jane cried,'I know! Let's take Robert to the fair!Someone there will pay us to show him to people. We can make a lot of money. '
  The others thought that this was a good plan, and they left at once. When they arrived, they asked to see the head man. His name was Bill,and when he saw Robert, he got very excited.
  ' How much do you want for him?'he asked.
  ' You can't buy me,'said Robert,' but I'll come and show myself this afternoon,if you give me fifteen pounds—and some food!'
  ' Right!'Bill agreed.
  So Bill took Robert inside one of the big fair tents and gave him something to eat. But while Robert was eating, Bill put men outside to stop him from escaping.
  Then Bill stood outside the tent and began to shout to the crowds. ' Come and see the biggest man in the world!'he cried.
  Very soon, people began to stop and listen. A young man and his girlfriend were the first to go and look at Robert. They paid their money to Bill and wnet in . The people outside heard a loud scream from the girl,and then they all wanted to go in too.
  Soon Robert was the most exciting thing to see at the fair,and Bill was making a lot of money. ' Much more than fifteen pounds!' Cyril said to the girls.
  Poor Robert got very bored. He had to shake hands with everybody and talk, to show that he was real. And how could he escape at the end of the day?' They'll kill us when I go small again,' he said.
  Cyril thought for a minute. Then he said,' I've got a plan,'and he went outside the tent to talk to Bill. 'Look here,' he said,' my brother must be alone when the sun goes down. He gets very strange and angry then. I don't know why, but you must leave him alone, or he'll hurt someone. '
  Bill was not very happy about this, but he agreed, and when the sun went down, they left Robert alone. Robert quickly got out under the back wall of the tent, and no one knew who he was because he was just a small boy again.
  The children ran all the way home— and we do not know what Bill said when he found that Robert was not there!


■ 4 比面包师的儿子个子大
  第二天早上马莎说孩子们不可以出去。“你们可以呆在家里,乖乖的。”她说。
  “有个东西我们都想要。”罗伯特说,“我能出去半个小时把它取来吗?”马莎的确是非常好心的,就答应了他。
  当然他们都希望实现那一天的愿望。所以罗伯特急忙向沙坑跑去。
  赛米德在等着他,但是罗伯特想要想出一个真正好的愿望时却想不出来了,而其他孩子又不在那儿不能帮他。
  “快点,”赛米德说,“我可不能等一整天。”
  “天啊,”罗伯特说,“但愿我们不用跑到这儿来实现我们的愿望……噢,不!”
  但是已经晚了。赛米德已经把自己变大了。
  “好啦!”它说,“那可不容易呀,可我办好了。你们用不着来这儿实现愿望了。”
  罗伯特谢过赛米德后急忙回去告诉别的孩子。“明天,我们得有个真正妙的愿望,”他说。
  第二天早上,他们想呀想呀,可也想不出一个真正的好愿望,所以他们决定到砾石坑去。突然他们看见面包师的儿子,他正拿着一篮子面包走过来,于是他们决定和他开个玩笑。
  “站住!”西里尔喊。
  “拿钱或拿命来!”罗伯特喊。
  他们分别站在面包师的儿子的两侧。
  面包师的儿子又高又大,对此不感兴趣,把他俩都推开了。
  “别犯傻了!”他说。
  可是罗伯特把他推搡回来并把他打倒了。面包从篮子里掉出来,撒了一地。面包师的儿子非常生气。他打了罗伯特一下,俩人打起架来。可面包师的儿子比罗伯特大得多,也强壮得多。他也不是个有教养的斗士——他揪罗伯特的头发,踢他的腿,使劲打他的肚子。然后他拣起面包,把它放回篮子里,又上路了。
  西里尔想帮助罗伯特,但女孩于们拉着他的胳膊阻止了他。所以西里尔生她们的气;大家都不高兴。他们一起向砾石坑走去;罗伯特开始生气地踢沙子。“早晚有一天我要教训教训面包师的儿子。”他说,“真希望我比他个子高!”
  就在这时,他们看见赛米德正坐在他们后面注视着他们!
  罗伯特的愿望马上实现了。他比面包师的儿子个子还高,高得多得多!他现在有三米多高!他不高兴,因为呆在其他几个孩子身旁他看起来很古怪,他们还是那么小。
  其他孩子于是为罗伯特感到遗憾,要赛米德再实现一个愿望。但赛米德很生气,不肯帮忙。“为什么你不事先想好?”它说,“他是个放肆的、吵吵闹闹的男孩子,就让他整个白天都这个样子吧。这对他有好处。现在走开吧,别打扰我了!”
  这几个孩子转身回到他们的大个子兄弟那里。“我们怎么办呢?”他们问。
  “首先,”罗伯特说,“我要去找面包师的儿子!”因为他的腿很长,所以他远比面包师的儿子早到山脚下;那时那男孩还在沿路一家家地送面包呢。
  罗伯特藏在一个干草堆后,等着那男孩子。他看见那面包师的儿子走来时,就从草堆后边跳了出来,那男孩惊奇地张大嘴巴。罗伯特抓住他,把他放在草堆顶上。
  “你能下来就从那儿下来吧!”罗伯特说。
  面包师儿子回到店里时已很晚了,面包师很生气!
  罗伯特和其他几个孩子回到家,一直走到花园尽头。安西娅要马莎把午饭拿到外边那里去。她知道罗伯特个子太高进不了屋子。当然了,马莎看不出罗伯特比原来高得多,她只给他与平时一样多的肉和土豆——一点儿也没多给。可怜的罗伯特非常饿。
  其他孩子也不高兴,因为城里有集市而且他们想去。“我们现在哪儿也去不了,”西里尔说,“不能带着罗伯特这个样子去。”
  突然简叫起来:“我知道了!带罗伯特去集市!那儿有人会为将罗伯特展出而付给我们钱的。我们能挣好多钱。”
  其他人觉得这是个好计划,于是他们马上出发了。他们到了时就要见班主。他叫比尔。当他看见罗伯特时,他非常激动。
  “你们想把他卖多少钱?”他问。
  “你不可以买我。”罗伯特说,“今天下午我来展览自己,如果你给我15镑——和一些食物的话!”
  “好吧!”比尔同意了。
  于是比尔把罗伯特带到其中的一个大的集市帐篷里,给他东西吃。可罗伯特吃东西时,比尔在外边安排些人以防止他逃跑。
  然后比尔站在帐篷外并开始对着人群叫喊。“来瞧瞧世界上个子最高的人!”他喊道。
  很快,人们开始停下来听他说。一个青年和他的女朋友第一个去看罗伯特。他们把钱付给比尔就进去了。外边的人听到女孩一声尖叫,他们就也都想进去了。
  不久罗伯特就成了集市上最让人看了感到激动的东西了,而且比尔赚了很多钱。“比15镑多得多!”西里尔对女孩们说。
  可怜的罗伯特觉得很厌烦。他得和每一个人握手、讲话,以表示他是真人。还有,天黑时他怎么才能逃跑呢?“我又变小的时候他们会杀死我们的,”他说。
  西里尔想了一下。然后他说:“我有一个办法。”他去帐篷外对比尔谈起来。“你听着,”他说,“太阳落下去时我哥哥必须独自一人在那儿。那个时候他既古怪又生气。我也不知道是怎么回事,但你决不可打扰他,不然他会伤着谁。”
  对于这一点比尔不太高兴,可他同意了。太阳落下去时,他们将罗伯特一个人留在帐篷里。罗伯特很快地从帐篷后壁下面出来,谁也不认识他,因为他又是个小男孩了。
  孩子们一路跑回家——我们不知道比尔发现罗伯特不见了时说了些什么!


■ 5 The Last Wish
  The next day there was a letter to say that the children's mother was coming home that afternoon. So they decided to wish for something for their mother. They were busy trying to think of something when Martha came into the room,very excited.
  ' There were thieves at Lady Chittenden's last night,'she said. ' They took all her jewels! She's got lots of beautiful dia-monds— they cost thousands of pounds, I've heard. '
  ' When I'm older,I'm going to buy Mother jewels like that ,'Robert said.
  ' I'd lide Mother to have all Lady Chittenden's beautiful jewels now,'said jane. ' I wish she could. '
  'Oh Jane !'cried the others. ' What have you said?'
  'Well, she will have them,'said Robert. ' You've wished!Everyont will think she stole them! We'll have to try to find the Psammead and ask it to take the wish back. '
  They hurried down to the gravel-pit,but they could not find the Psammead. So they hurried home again and looked in their mother's room for the jewels, but they were not there yet.
  ' Well, we'll tell Mother about the Psammead, and she'll give back the jewels when they come,'Anthea said.
  Cyril shook his head slowly. ' She isn't going to believe us. Can anyone believe about a Psammead if they haven't seen it?And adults never believe things like that. No,she'll think we are the thieves and we'll all go to prison, and everything will be terrible!'
  And that afternoon,when Mother came home, the children ran to meet her, and put their arms round her— and tried to stop her from going upstairs to her room.
  ' But I must take my coat off, and wash my hands!'she cried, laughing. And she went up to her room.
  The children went after her— and there, on the table, was a green box. Mother opened it.
  ' Oh,how beautiful!' she cried.
  It was a ring. A beautiful diamond ring.
  ' Perhaps it's a surprise present from Father,' she said. ' But how did it get here?'
  But then she found a diamond necklace— and brooches—and bracelets. There were jewels in every cupboard in her room. The children began to look unhappy, and Jane began to cry.
  Mother was no longer smiling. ' Jane, what do you know about this?'she said slowly. ' The true story, please. '
  ' We met a sand-fairy, Mother,'Jane began.
  ' Don't be stupid,Jane,'Mother said angrily.
  'Some thieves stole all Lady Chittenden's jewels from her house last night,'Cyril said quickly. ' Perhaps these are her jewels!'
  Then Mother called for Martha. ' Have any strangers been inthis room, Martha?' she asked.
  ' Yes, but it was just my young man,' Martha answered,afraid. ' He was moving a heavy cupboard for me. '(This, of course,was Mr Beale,the vicar's nice young servant,who was now very friendly with Martha. )
  So,of course,Mother thought that he was one of the thieves. She would not listen to the children and decided to go at once into town to tell the police. The children could not stop her.
  ' This is terrible!' said Anthea. ' Poor Martha! And poor Mr Beale—he isn't a thief! What are we going to do?' Then she cried,' Come on! We must find the Psammead!'
  They all hurried down to the gravel-pit, and this time they found the Psammead, sitting on the sand and enjoying the evening sun. When it saw them, it tried to get away, but Anthea put her arms round it. ' Dear,kind Psammead…'she began.
  ' Oh, you want something, don't you?' it said. 'Well,I can't give you any more wishes today. '
  ' Don't you like giving wishes?'Anthea asked.
  ' No, I don't,'he said . ' Go away and leave me alone!'
  But Anthea went on. ' Listen,'she said. ' If you do what we want today,we'll never ask you for another wish. '
  'I'll do anything for that,'it said. ' I really don't enjoy giv-ing wishes. It's very hard work, you know, and I get so tired. '
  'Well, first I wish that Lady Chittenden will find that she has never lost her jewels. '
  The Psammead got bigger, and then went small again. 'Done!'it said.
  'I wish that Mother won't get to the police. '
  'Done!'the Psammead said again.
  ' And I wish,' said Jane suddenly,'that Mother and Martha will forget all about the jewels. '
  'Done!'the Psammead said, but its voice was tired. 'Now,it went on ,' will you wish something for me?'
  'Can't you give yourself wishes?' asked Cyril.
  'Of course not,'the Psammead said. 'Wish that you will never tell anyone about me. '
  ' Why?' asked Robert.
  ' Well, you children always ask for stupid things. But adults aren't like that. If they get hold of me,they'll want to wish for real, important things—like free houses for poor people,and new schools for children everywhere in the country,and money to give to old people. Boring things like that. And they'll find a way to keep them after the sun goes down. And what will happen to the world if all those changes come at once ? There'll be terrible trouble. So go on , wish it! Quick!'
  Anthea said the Psammead's wish,and it got very,very big. When it was small again, it said,' Now, I'm very tired. Do you want one last wish?'
  'Thank you for everything,'said Jane. ' Have a good long sleep— and I wish that we'll see you again someday. '
  Then,for the last time, the Psammead went big,then small again. It looked at them all once more with its long eyes,and then dug itself quickly into the sand.
  And when they arrived home again,everything was all right. Mother came home and she and Martha remembered nothing, and Lady Chittenden found that her jewels were not lost.
  ' Will we ever see the Psammead again, do you think?'Jane said to the others, later in the garden.
  And,of course,they did, but not in this story. It was in a very, very different place. It was in a… But I must say no more.


■ 5 最后一个愿望
  第二天来了一封信说孩子们的母亲当天下午要回来了。所以他们决定为妈妈想要点什么东西。他们正忙着想要想出些什么的时候,马莎走进房间,很激动的样子。
  “昨天夜里奇膝登夫人家里来了贼。”她说,“他们把她的珠宝首饰都拿走了!她有好多美丽的钻石——我听说它们值几千镑呢。”
  “我长大了,我要给妈妈买那样的首饰。”罗伯特说。
  “我想让妈妈现在就有奇膝登夫人的美丽的珠宝。”简说,“我希望她能有。”
  “噢,简!”其他的孩子叫起来,“你说了些什么呀?”
  “哦,她将会有的。”罗伯特说,“你已经许愿了!大家会认为是她偷的!我们得试着找到赛米德,让它把愿望收回去。”
  他们急忙跑到砾石坑,可是找不到赛米德。所以他们又急忙回家,在母亲房里找珠宝,可珠宝还不在那里。
  “嗯,我们告诉妈妈赛米德的事,他们来时她会把珠宝还给他们的。”安西娅说。
  西里尔慢慢地摇头。“她不会相信我们的。没见过赛米德时人怎会相信呢?何况大人们从来不相信那类事情。不,她会认为我们是贼,我们都会进监狱,一切会糟得很!”
  那天下午,母亲回家来了,孩子们跑着去迎接她,拥抱她——并且不想让她上楼回自己房间去。
  “可我得脱掉外衣、洗洗手啊!”她笑着大声说。于是她上楼回自己的房间去了。
  孩子们跟着她——在那里,桌子上有个绿盒子。母亲打开了它。
  “哟,真漂亮!”她喊道。
  那是只戒指。一只美丽的钻石戒指。
  “可能是你父亲给我的出乎意料的礼物,”她说,“可是它是怎么送到这儿来的?”
  可后来她找到一条钻石项链——还有许多胸针——还有许多手镯。她房间的每个柜子里都有珠宝。孩子们开始愁眉苦脸的,简哭起来了。
  母亲不再微笑了。“简,关于这些你知道什么?”她慢慢地讲道,“请讲真话。”
  “我们遇到了一个沙精,妈妈。”简开始说。
  “别说傻话,简。”母亲生气地说。
  “昨天夜里一些贼从奇滕登夫人家里偷走了她所有的珠宝。”西望尔很快地说,“这些可能是她的珠宝!”
  于是母亲叫来马莎。“有陌生人到这房间来过吗,马莎?”她问道。
  “有,可只有我的男友。”马莎回答,她害怕了。“他为我搬一个很重的柜子。”(当然这是比伊尔先生了,那个牧师的年轻漂亮的仆人,他现在对马莎很好。)
  所以,母亲当然认为他是小偷之一了。她不听孩子们的话,决定马上进城去报告警察。孩子们阻止不了她。
  “这太糟了!”安西娅说,“可怜的马莎!还有可怜的比伊尔先生——他不是小偷!我们怎么办?”然后她喊道:“快!我们必须找到那个赛米德!”
  他们都急忙朝砾石坑跑去,这次他们找到了赛米德,它正坐在那儿看夕阳。看见他们时它想走开,但安西娅搂住它。“亲爱的、好心的赛米德……”她开腔道。
  “哦,你想要东西,是不是?”它说,“可我今天再不能实现你的愿望了。”
  “你不喜欢帮人实现愿望吗?”安西娅问。
  “对,不喜欢。”它说,“走开,别打扰我!”
  可安西娅接着说了下去。“听着,”她说,“如果你实现了我们今天的愿望,我们就再也不要别的了。”
  “那样的话我可以做任何事情。”它说,“我实在是不喜欢实现人们的愿望。这是件难事,你知道,我变得这么累了。”
  “唔,首先我希望奇滕登夫人发现她的珠宝从没丢。”
  赛米德变大,又变小。“办好了!”它说。
  “希望妈妈别到警察局去。”
  “办好了!”赛米德又说。
  “我还希望,”简突然说,“妈妈和马莎把珠宝的事全忘了。”
  “办好了!”赛米德说,可它的声音显得很累。“现在你们能为我许愿吗?”
  “你不能为自己实现愿望吗?”西里尔问。
  “当然不能。”赛米德说,“希望你们别把我的事告诉任何人。”
  “为什么?”罗伯特问。
  “唉,你们孩子们老要愚蠢的东西。大人们可不那样。要是他们抓住我,他们就希望要真正的、重要的东西——比方给穷人免费住房啦,给全国各地的孩子建新学校啦,给老人们钱啦。就那种使人厌烦的事。而且他们会想办法在日落后留住它们。如果所有的那些变化立刻发生,世界会怎么样?那可就会有麻烦了。所以接着许愿!快点!”
  安西娅说出了赛米德的愿望,它变得非常非常大。当它又变小了时,它说:“现在我很累了。你们想要最后一个愿望吗?”
  “感谢你做的一切。”简说,“美美地睡一觉——我还希望有一天能再见到你。”
  然后赛米德最后一次变大又变小。它用柄眼把他们全又看了一遍,然后很快地钻进沙子里去了。
  当他们又到家里时,一切都是好好的。母亲回到家,她和马莎什么都忘了,而且奇滕登夫人发现她的珠宝没丢。
  “你们认为我们究竟还能再见到赛米德吗?”晚些时候简在花园里对其他孩子们说。
  当然喽,他们又见到它了,可不是在这个故事里见到的。是在与这里很不一样的一个地方。那是在一个……可我不该再多说了。
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 58楼  发表于: 2014-08-19 0

【03-01-01】  [弗兰肯斯坦 / 玛丽·雪莱 著]
  Frankenstein by Mary Shelley

■ 简介
  或许以这个悲伤而恐怖的故事拍成的电影要比世界上由任何其他故事拍成的电影都要多。为什么有这么多的人喜欢它?因为当我们第一次读到它时,它就好像是出自我们梦中的记忆一样。
  这是一个古老的故事,也是一个新的故事。说它“古老”是因为它创作于一百五十多年以前,那时的科学发展才刚刚起步;说它“新”是因为弗兰肯斯坦的问题也就是我们今天所面临的问题。科学给予我们力量去改造世界,但这种力量也可能与我们作对并毁灭我们。弗兰肯斯坦创造了一个新的人,他比任何其他人都要巨大和强壮——然而弗兰肯斯坦控制不了他,这个怪物毁灭了弗兰肯斯坦所爱的一切。今天的科学家正在创造着巨大的机器、电脑和武器,他们声称这些东西对我们有益——但我们能够驾驭它们吗?
  玛丽·雪莱(1797—1851)是维多利亚时代的一位重要作家。她的丈夫是英格兰最著名的诗人之一——珀西·比希·雪莱。


■ 1
  ‘Captain! Something is moving on the ice.Look over there!’
  The sailor stood at the top of the mast, high above the Captain. His hand pointed away from the ship, across the miles of ice that covered the sea.
  The Captain looked to the north, where the sailor was pointing. He saw something coming fast towards the ship across the ice. He put his telescope to his eye, and through it he could see the shapes of ten dogs pulling a sledge over the ice. He could also see the driver of the sledge—a huge figure,much bigger than a man.
  The sledge came nearer and nearer to the sea. Soon it was only a quarter of a mile from the ship.No one needed a telescope now to see the huge figure of the driver.
  Suddenly the sledge went behind a mountain of ice and disappeared. At that moment another sledge appeared. It, too,was moving fast, and was clearly chasing the first sledge. This driver was a smaller figure, more like an ordinary man.Faster and faster the dogs ran;then the second sledge also disappeared behind the mountain of ice.
  Two hours passed. The sledges did not appear again. Nothing moved on the ice. Soon night came, and in the night there was a storm. In the morning,the sailors saw that great pieces of ice were floating round the ship.Suddenly the sailor on the mast shouted again:
  ‘Captain, I can see a man on the ice.’
  The sailor was pointing to a piece of ice that was floating near the ship. A man was sitting on the ice, and near him was a broken sledge. The man was nearly dead from cold and could not walk. The sailors carried him carefully onto the ship, and took him to the Captain, who said:
  ‘Welcome to my ship.I am the Captain and my name is Robert Walton.’
  ‘Thank you, Captain Walton,’ the man said.‘My name is Frankenstein, Victor Frankenstein.’
  Then he fainted and said no more.
  Two days passed before the man was strong enough to talk and then the Captain asked him to tell his story.
  ‘I am trying to catch someone,’ said Frankenstein.‘That is why I have come so far north on the ice.’
  ‘We saw you following someone,’ the Captain said.‘He was huge, much bigger than a man. We saw his sledge just in front of you on the night before the storm.’
  ‘I am pleased you all saw that huge figure,’ Frankenstein said.‘Perhaps that will help you to believe my story.’
  During the days, while the Captain worked on the ship,Frankenstein wrote down his story, and each evening he read what he had written to the Captain.
  Here is Victor Frankenstein's story.


■ 1
  “船长,有东西在冰面上移动!瞧那儿?”
  那个船员高高地站在船长头顶的桅杆顶上。他的手指着离船数英里以外覆盖着大海的冰面。
  船长朝那个船员指示的北方望去。他看见有个东西正穿过冰面、快速地朝船靠近。他把单筒望远镜凑近眼前并透过它看见有十只狗在冰面上拉着一只雪橇。他还看到驾驶雪橇的那个人——那是一个巨大的身躯,比常人要大得多。
  雪橇离水面越来越近,很快它便离船只有1/4英里之遥。现在已不需借助望远镜便可看见那个乘雪橇的人的庞大的身躯了。
  突然那个雪橇驶到一个冰山的后面消失了。就在那时,另一辆雪橇出现在眼前。它也在急驰着,并且显然是在追逐那第一辆雪橇。驾驶这辆雪橇的人身形小些,更像个普通人。狗跑得越来越快,接着第二辆雪橇也消失在了冰山的后面。
  两小时过去了,雪橇再也没有出现过。再没有东西在冰上移动。不久夜晚降临了,晚上起了一场风暴。早上,船员们看到轮船的周围都漂浮着巨大的冰块。突然,桅杆上的船员又喊了起来:
  “船长,我看见冰上有一个人。”
  那个船员正指着漂近轮船的一块浮冰。有个人正坐在冰上,他的身旁有一辆坏了的雪橇。那个人快要冻死了并且走不了路。船员们小心地把他扶上了船,并把他带到船长跟前。船长说道:
  “欢迎您到我的船上来。我是船长,叫罗伯特·沃尔顿。”
  “谢谢您,沃尔顿船长。”那个人说道,“我的名字叫弗兰肯斯坦,维克多·弗兰肯斯坦。”
  然后他就昏过去,不再说什么了。
  两天后,这个男人方才恢复过来能够谈话了,这时船长让他讲讲自己的故事。
  “我要尽力抓一个人,”弗兰肯斯坦说道,“这就是我为什么要到这么远的北方的冰面上来的原因。”
  “我们看见了你在追赶什么人。”船长说道,“他很大,比常人要大很多。我们在风暴的前夜看见他的雪橇就在你的前面。”
  “我很高兴你们都见到了那个庞然大物,”弗兰肯斯坦说道,“那也许能帮助你们相信我的故事。”
  白天,船长在船上工作时,弗兰肯斯坦写起了他的故事;晚上他便把写的东西念给船长听。
  下面就是弗兰肯斯坦的故事。


■ Victor Frankensteom's Story Begins


■ 2
  I was born in Switzerland, in the town of Geneva. My parents loved each other very much, and I learnt from the example of their love.I learnt that to love and to be patient are the most important things in the world.
  My mother hoped to have a daughter after I was born, but for five years I was the only child. And then my mother found a sister for me.She was helping a family in which there were five children. They were very poor,and the children were thin and hungry. One of the children was a little girl, with golden hair and blue eyes Her name was Elizabeth. My mother took the little girl into our family,and Elizabeth became the daughter that my mother had always wanted. As I grew older, my love for Elizabeth became stronger all the time.
  Later my mother had two other sons, Ernest and William.A young woman called Justine came to live in the house to help my mother with the children. We loved her as much as she loved us.
  The years passed happily, and we had everything that we needed. At school I met another very fine person. His name was Henry Clerval, and he was very clever. My family also liked him very much, so he was a welcome visitor to our house.
  I studied very hard at school.I wanted to know the secrets of life, and, most of all, I wanted to know how to make living things.I read all the books that I could find.One day,some-thing happened that added a new idea to the ideas that I al-ready had.I was fifteen at the time, and we were on holiday in the mountains. There was a wild storm, and with it came the most frightening thunder and lightning that I had ever seen in my life. About twenty metres in front of our house was a great tree.Suddenly a huge fork of lightning hit the tree.After a few seconds, there was nothing left of it except a black piece of wood two metres high. The lightning had destroyed it.
  I saw how strong electricity was. I began to read all the books that I could find about electricity and its terrible power.


■ 维克多的故事开始了


■ 2
  我出生在瑞士的日内瓦城。我父母彼此相爱至深,而且我以他们的爱心为榜样。我懂得了去爱他人和富有耐心是世界上最重要的事情。
  在生下我后,我母亲希望再生一个女儿,但在五年之中我都是唯一的孩子。后来我母亲给我找了一个妹妹。她那时在一个有五个孩子的家庭里帮忙。他们非常穷,孩子们都又瘦又饿。其中一个孩子是一个头发金黄、有一对蓝色的眼睛的小女孩。她名叫伊丽莎白。我母亲把那个小女孩带到了我家,于是伊丽莎白便成了我母亲盼望已久的女儿。随着年龄的增长,我对伊丽莎白的爱与日俱增。
  后来我母亲又生了两个儿子:欧内斯特和威廉。有个名叫贾斯汀的年轻女子来我家帮我母亲照看孩子们。我们像她爱我们一样地爱她。
  岁月快乐地流逝着,我们拥有所需要的一切。在学校里我遇见了另外一个非常好的人,他的名字叫亨利·克勒沃,人非常聪明。我的家人也非常喜欢他,所以他是我们家受欢迎的客人。
  我在学校学得很刻苦。我想要知道生命的奥秘,而且我最想知道的便是如何制造有生命的东西。我阅读了我能找到的一切书籍。有一天发生了一件事情,它给我新的启发。我那时15岁,我们正在山中度假。那天有一场暴风雨,夹杂其间的是我平生见过的最为吓人的雷霆和闪电。在我们的房子前面约二十米处有一棵大树。突然间一个叉状闪电击中了大树。 几秒钟之后,那棵大树便只剩下两米高的一块黑木头。闪电摧毁了它。
  我看到了电的力量有多么大。我开始阅读我能找到的有关电及其可怕力量的一切书籍。
葉修

ZxID:8596186


等级: 派派督察
配偶: 周澤楷
人生百年,谁不曾大闹天宫,谁不曾头上紧箍,谁不曾爱上层楼,谁不曾孤独上路。
举报 只看该作者 59楼  发表于: 2014-08-19 0

■ 3
  For seventeen years my life was very happy. Then the first sad thing happened. My mother became very ill,and soon she knew that she was dying. Just before she died,she asked Elizabeth and me to go to her room. She held our hands and said:
  ‘My children, I am very happy because you love each other,and because one day you will get married. Everyone in the family loves you, Elizabeth. Will you take my place in the family, my dear? I can die happy if you will look after them when I have gone.’
  My mother died, and we were very sad, because we loved her dearly Elizabeth was brave and helped us; her sweet smile gave us some happiness in the unhappy days after my mother's death.
  The time came for me to go to university.I did not want to leave my sad family, but we all knew that I should go. It was hard to leave, too, because the parents of my good friend Henry Clerval would not let him go to university with me. And so I had to go alone.
  On my first day at the university I met my teacher, Professor Waldman, who was one of the greatest scientists in the world. He gave a wonderful talk to all the students who were starting at the university. He ended his talk by saying:‘Some of you will become the great scientists of tomorrow. You must study hard and discover everything that you can. That is why God made you intelligent—to help other people.’
  After the professor's talk,I thought very carefully.I remembered the storm when I was fifteen. I remembered how the lightning had destroyed the tree.I wanted to use electricity to help people, and I wanted to discover the secrets of life.I decided to work on these two things. I did not know then that my work would destroy me and the people that I loved.
  I started work the next day. I worked very hard and soon Professor Waldman and I realized that I could learn to be a very good scientist.
  The professor helped me very much, and other important scientists who were his friends helped me,too. I was interested in my work and I did not take one day's holiday during the next two years. I did not go home, and my letters to my family were very short.
  After two years I had discovered many things and I built a scientific machine that was better than anything in the university. My machine would help me answer the most important question of all. How does life begin? Is it possible to put life into dead things? To answer these questions about life I had to learn first about death.I had to watch bodies from the moment when they died and the warm life left them. In the hospital and in the university, I watched the dying and the dead.Day after day, month after month, I followed death.It was a dark and terrible time.
  Then one day, the answer came to me. Suddenly I was sure that I knew the secret of life. I knew that I could put life into a body that was not alive.
  I worked harder and harder now. I slept for only a short time each night, and I did not eat much food.I wrote to my family less often. But they loved me and did not stop writing to me.They said they understood how busy I was. They did not want me to stop work to write or to see them. They would wait until I had more time. They hoped to see me very soon.
  The professors realized that I was doing very important work, and so they gave me my own laboratory. There was a small flat above the laboratory, where I lived, and sometimes I stayed inside the building for a week and did not go out.
  Above the laboratory I built a very tall mast. It was 150metres high, and higher than the tallest building in the city.The mast could catch lightning and could send the electricity down to my machine in the laboratory. I had never forgotten the lightning that had destroyed the tree. There had been so much power in the electricity of that lightning. I believed I could use that electricity to give life to things that were dead.
  I will say no more than that. The secret of my machine must die with me. I was a very clever scientist, but I did not realize then what a terrible mistake I was making.


■ 3
  在17年的生命历程中我都很幸福。后来第一件悲伤的事发生了。我母亲病得很厉害,不久她便知道自己将不久于人世。就在她去世之前,她把伊丽莎白和我叫到她的房间。她抓住我们的手说道:
  “孩子们,你们彼此相爱并且将会结婚,我因此非常高兴。家里的每个人都很爱你,伊丽莎白。你愿意取代我在家中的位置吗,亲爱的?如果你在我走后能照顾他们,我将会走得很幸福。”
  我母亲死了,我们都非常伤心,因为我们非常爱她。伊丽莎白很勇敢并帮着我们;她那甜美的微笑在母亲死后的那些不快的日子里给我们带来了一些快乐。
  到了我该上大学的时候了。我不想离开我那悲伤的家,可我们都知道我应该去。离别也是很难的,因为我的好朋友克勒沃的父母不让他和我一起去上大学。这样我只能独自一人去了。
  大学的第一天我遇到了我的老师沃得曼教授,他是世界上最伟大的科学家之一。他给我们所有开始大学生活的学生做了一次精彩的演讲。他在结束讲话时说:“你们中的一些人将成为明天的科学家。你们必须努力学习并且去揭示你们所能揭示的事物。这就是上帝为什么给了你们智慧——去帮助他人。”
  教授演讲过后,我进行了非常认真的思考。我想起了我15岁时的那场暴风雨。我记得那次的闪电是如何摧毁了那棵树的。我想利用电去帮助人们,我还想去揭示生命的奥秘。我决心去从事这两项工作。我当时没有想到我的工作会毁了我还有我所爱的人们。
  第二天我就开始了工作。我工作非常努力,我和沃得曼教授不久便意识到我可以通过学习成为一名出色的科学家。
  教授帮了我很多的忙,那些是教授的朋友的、重要的科学家们也帮助过我。我对我的工作很感兴趣,在接下来的两年里我没有休过一天假。我没有回过家,给家里写的信也非常短。
  两年后我发现了很多的事物并建造了一台比大学里的任何机器都好的科学机器。我的机器能帮助我回答最重要的问题。生命是如何开始的?可以把生命注入无生命的东西中去吗?要回答有关生命的这些问题我首先得了解死亡。我得从他们刚死、滚热的生命离开人体的那一刹那起进行观察。在医院里和大学里,我观察着垂死的人和已死的人。日复一日、月复一月,我都在跟踪死亡。那是黑暗和恐惧的日子。
  后来有一天我得到了答案。我突然间确信自己懂得了生命的奥秘。我知道我能将生命注入一个无生命的身体中去。
  现在我工作越来越努力。每天晚上我只睡很短的时间,吃的东西也很少。我给家里写的信更加少了。但是家里的人爱我,他们没有停止给我写信。他们说他们理解我有多忙。他们不想让我停止工作而去给他们写信或是去看望他们。他们愿意等到我有时间的时候再说。他们希望很快见到我。
  教授们意识到我在从事一项重要的工作,因而给了我一间实验室。实验室的上面有一个小的套房,我就住在里面;有时候我一个星期都呆在那座建筑物里不出去。
  我在实验室的上方建起了一个很高的杆子。它有150米高,比全城最高的建筑物都要高。那个杆子能够“捕获”闪电并把电送到我实验室的机器上。我从未忘记摧毁那棵树的闪电。那次闪电中的电曾有那么大的力量。我相信我可以利用电给无生命的东西注以生命。
  我不想再多说什么了。我的机器的秘密必须随我一起消亡。我是个很聪明的科学家,可我那时没有意识到我在犯多么可怕的错误。


■ 4
  In my laboratory I made a body. I bought or stole all the pieces of human body that I needed, and slowly and carefully, I put them all together.
  I did not let anybody enter my laboratory or my flat while I was doing this awful work. I was afraid to tell anybody my terrible secret.
  I had wanted to make a beautiful man, but the face of the creature was horrible. Its skin was thin and yellow, and its eyes were as yellow as its skin. Its long black hair and white teeth were almost beautiful, but the rest of the face was very ugly.
  Its legs and arms were the right shape, but they were huge.I had to use big pieces because it was too difficult to join small pieces together. My creature was two and a half metres tall.
  For a year I had worked to make this creature, but now it looked terrible and frightening. I almost decided to destroy it.But I could not. I had to know if I could put life into it.
  I joined the body to the wires from my machine. More wires joined the machine to the mast. I was sure that my machine could use electricity from lightning to give life to the body. I watched and waited.Two days later I saw dark clouds in the sky, and I knew that a storm was coming. At about one o'clock in the morning the lightning came.My mast began to do its work immediately, and the electricity from the lightning travelled down the mast to my machine. Would the machine work?
  At first nothing happened. But after a few minutes I saw the creature's body begin to move.Slowly, terribly, the body came alive. His arms and legs began to move, and slowly he sat up.
  The dead body had been an ugly thing, but alive, he was much more horrible. Suddenly I wanted to escape from him. I ran out of the laboratory, and locked the door. I was filled with fear at what I had done.
  For hours I walked up and down in my flat. At last I lay down on my bed, and fell asleep. But my sleep was full of terrible dreams, and I woke up suddenly. The horrible thing that I had created was standing by my bed. His yellow eyes were looking at me; his mouth opened and he made strange sounds at me. On his yellow face there was an awful smile. One of his huge hands reached towards me…
  Before he could touch me, I jumped off the bed and ran downstairs into the garden. I stayed there all night, but I could not think clearly.I was afraid. And when morning came, I went out into the town and began to walk about.
  I did not notice where I was walking, but soon I came to the station. A train from Geneva had just arrived, and the passengers were leaving the station. One of them ran towards me when he saw me. It was my dear friend Henry Clerval.
  He was very pleased to see me. He took my hand and shook it warmly.
  ‘My dear Victor!’ he said.‘What a lucky chance that you are here at the station. Your father, and Elizabeth and the others, are very worried about you, because you have not visited them for a long time. They ask me to make sure that you are well. And I have very good news. My father has agreed to let me study at the university, so we shall be able to spend a lot of time together.’
  I was very happy to hear this news, and for a moment I for-got my fears.I took Henry back to my flat and asked him to wait outside while I went in to look. I was afraid that the creature was still there. But he had disappeared.At that time I did not think of other people, and what the creature could do to them.I took Henry into the flat and cooked a meal for us.But Henry noticed how thin I was,and that I was laughing too much and could not sit still.
  Suddenly he said:‘My dear Victor, what is the matter with you?Are you ill? Has something awful happened?’
  ‘Don't ask me that,’ I cried. I put my hands over my eyes.I thought I could see the horrible creature there in front of me. I pointed wildly across the room, and shouted:‘He can tell you. Save me! Save me!’ I tried to fight the creature,but there was nothing there. Then I fainted and fell to the floor.
  Poor Henry! I do not know what he thought. He called a doctor and they put me to bed. I was very ill for two months,and Henry stayed and looked after me. His loving care saved me from death.
  I wanted to go home and see my family as soon as possible.When I was well enough,I packed my clothes and books.All my luggage was ready, and I was feeling very happy when the postman arrived with some letters.One of the letters ended my short time of happiness.


■ 4
  我在我的实验室中造了一个人体。我所需要的人体各部分均是我买来或偷来的,然后我缓慢而细心地把它们拼凑到了一起。
  在干这项可怕的工作时,我没有让任何人进入我的实验室和我的住处。我不敢告诉任何人我那可怕的秘密。
  我曾想造一个漂亮的男人,但这个家伙的脸非常可怕:皮肤又薄又黄,眼睛同皮肤一样黄。黑长的头发和白色的牙齿倒也漂亮,脸上的其余部分却很丑陋。
  它的腿和胳膊的形状是对的,但它们太大了。因为拼接小片的人体太困难了,我只得用大片的去拼接。我创造的这个东西2.5米高。
  我曾为制造这个东西工作了一年时间,现在它却看上去恐怖吓人。我几乎要决定毁了它。但我做不到。我必须知道我是否能将生命植入其中。
  我把那个身体同我机器上的那些电线连接起来。更多的电线再把机器和杆子连接起来。我确信我的机器可以用闪电给那个身体生命。我观察着、等待着。两天后我看到天上有了乌云,知道将有一场暴风雨来临。大约在凌晨1点钟闪电闪了一下。我的杆子立即开始工作,闪电通过杆子传到了我的机器上。机器会管用吗?
  起先没有发生什么。但是几分钟过后我看见那个东西的躯体在动。那具躯体缓慢而怕人地变活了。他的胳膊和腿开始移动,而且他慢慢地坐了起来。
  那个无生命的躯体本来就可怕,而现在变成活的就更加恐怖了。突然间我想逃开。我跑出实验室并且锁上了门。我对我所做的一切充满了恐惧。
  有好几个小时我都在我的房间里走来走去。最后我躺倒在床上并睡着了。可是恶梦萦绕着我,我便猛然醒了过来。我所创造的那个可怕的东西正站在我的床边。他的黄色的眼睛正看着我。他的嘴张着并对我发出奇怪的声音。他的黄色的脸庞上露出可怕的笑容。他的一只大手伸向了我……
  没等他碰到我,我便跳下床冲到了楼下的花园里。我整个晚上都呆在那儿,只是思维已不清楚了。我很害怕。等到早上,我便走出花园到城里去并开始四处逛悠。
  我没注意我在什么地方走,但不久便到了火车站。刚好从日内瓦来了一趟火车,乘客正走出车站。其中一位见到我后便朝我跑了过来。原来是我的好朋友亨利·克勒沃。
  他见到我很高兴。他抓住我的手热情地握了起来。
  “我亲爱的维克多!”他说道,“你在车站这儿真是巧极了。你父亲、伊丽莎白还有其他人都非常为你担心,因为你很久没有探望他们了。他们让我来看看你的身体是否还好。另外我还有个好消息。我父亲已同意让我上大学学习,这样我们就能有好多时间呆在一起了。”
  我听了这个消息后很高兴,并且有一阵儿都忘记了我的恐惧之感。我把亨利带回我的公寓并让他在外面等着以便我能进去看一看。我害怕那个家伙还在那儿。但是他已经不见了。那时我没有想到过其他人以及那个家伙会对他们怎么样。我把亨利领进屋里并给我们做了顿吃的。然而亨利注意到了我有多么瘦削,我还笑得太多,也不能安静地坐着。
  他突然说道:“我亲爱的维克多,你怎么啦?你生病了吗?发生了什么可怕的事情了吗?”
  “别问我这个,”我喊道。我用手捂住眼睛。当时我想我能看见那个可怕的家伙正在我的面前。我发疯似地指向屋子,并且喊道:“他能告诉你。救救我!救救我!”我想去同那个家伙搏斗,但那儿什么也没有。然后我就晕过去,倒在了地板上。
  可怜的亨利!我不知道他当时是怎么想的。他叫了个医生并且一起把我扶到了床上。我大病了两个月,亨利一直留下来照顾我。他那充满爱意的护理把我从死亡那儿救了回来。
  我想尽快回家去见我的家人。在我恢复得足够强壮后,我便收拾起衣服和书籍。我的行李都已准备好了,但是正当我无比高兴时邮递员给我送来了几封信。其中的一封结束了我短暂的快乐时光。
发帖 回复